US20240016927A1 - Modular targeted therapeutic agents and methods of making same - Google Patents
Modular targeted therapeutic agents and methods of making same Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20240016927A1 US20240016927A1 US18/306,189 US202318306189A US2024016927A1 US 20240016927 A1 US20240016927 A1 US 20240016927A1 US 202318306189 A US202318306189 A US 202318306189A US 2024016927 A1 US2024016927 A1 US 2024016927A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- protein
- agent
- antibody
- interest
- target
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Pending
Links
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 179
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 title claims abstract description 155
- 229940124597 therapeutic agent Drugs 0.000 title abstract description 40
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 claims abstract description 226
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 claims abstract description 225
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 146
- 108020004999 messenger RNA Proteins 0.000 claims abstract description 140
- 108700012359 toxins Proteins 0.000 claims abstract description 71
- 239000003053 toxin Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 70
- 231100000765 toxin Toxicity 0.000 claims abstract description 68
- 238000012216 screening Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 31
- 230000001588 bifunctional effect Effects 0.000 claims description 120
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 claims description 105
- 230000027455 binding Effects 0.000 claims description 102
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 62
- 230000028993 immune response Effects 0.000 claims description 51
- 239000002299 complementary DNA Substances 0.000 claims description 46
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 claims description 44
- 210000000987 immune system Anatomy 0.000 claims description 40
- 229910001868 water Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 35
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 claims description 24
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 claims description 20
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 claims description 13
- 241000238631 Hexapoda Species 0.000 claims description 7
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 claims description 7
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 claims description 7
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 claims description 7
- 210000003205 muscle Anatomy 0.000 claims description 7
- 230000028327 secretion Effects 0.000 claims description 6
- 206010033799 Paralysis Diseases 0.000 claims description 5
- 230000000903 blocking effect Effects 0.000 claims description 5
- 210000004204 blood vessel Anatomy 0.000 claims description 5
- 241000195493 Cryptophyta Species 0.000 claims description 4
- 241000233866 Fungi Species 0.000 claims description 4
- 102000004310 Ion Channels Human genes 0.000 claims description 4
- 231100000742 Plant toxin Toxicity 0.000 claims description 4
- 230000001580 bacterial effect Effects 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000003123 plant toxin Substances 0.000 claims description 4
- 231100000659 animal toxin Toxicity 0.000 claims description 3
- 230000023555 blood coagulation Effects 0.000 claims description 3
- 230000002496 gastric effect Effects 0.000 claims description 3
- 230000003100 immobilizing effect Effects 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 abstract description 22
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 abstract description 21
- 231100000611 venom Toxicity 0.000 abstract description 9
- 239000002435 venom Substances 0.000 abstract description 9
- 210000001048 venom Anatomy 0.000 abstract description 9
- 230000001268 conjugating effect Effects 0.000 abstract description 2
- 230000001627 detrimental effect Effects 0.000 abstract description 2
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 209
- 108020004566 Transfer RNA Proteins 0.000 description 164
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 116
- ZCCUUQDIBDJBTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N psoralen Chemical compound C1=C2OC(=O)C=CC2=CC2=C1OC=C2 ZCCUUQDIBDJBTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 108
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 description 99
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 92
- 239000000427 antigen Substances 0.000 description 81
- 108091007433 antigens Proteins 0.000 description 80
- 102000036639 antigens Human genes 0.000 description 80
- 108091032973 (ribonucleotides)n+m Proteins 0.000 description 77
- 239000004971 Cross linker Substances 0.000 description 62
- 108020004705 Codon Proteins 0.000 description 60
- RXWNCPJZOCPEPQ-NVWDDTSBSA-N puromycin Chemical group C1=CC(OC)=CC=C1C[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](N2C3=NC=NC(=C3N=C2)N(C)C)O[C@@H]1CO RXWNCPJZOCPEPQ-NVWDDTSBSA-N 0.000 description 58
- VXGRJERITKFWPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4',5'-Dihydropsoralen Natural products C1=C2OC(=O)C=CC2=CC2=C1OCC2 VXGRJERITKFWPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 53
- 239000012642 immune effector Substances 0.000 description 42
- 229940121354 immunomodulator Drugs 0.000 description 42
- 230000014616 translation Effects 0.000 description 41
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 38
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 description 37
- 238000013519 translation Methods 0.000 description 37
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 33
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Furan Chemical compound C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 30
- 230000003211 malignant effect Effects 0.000 description 30
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 29
- 229950010131 puromycin Drugs 0.000 description 29
- -1 aryl azides Chemical class 0.000 description 27
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 description 26
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 26
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 25
- 108091034117 Oligonucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 24
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 24
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 24
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 24
- 229940024606 amino acid Drugs 0.000 description 23
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 23
- 239000008188 pellet Substances 0.000 description 22
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 description 21
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 21
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 21
- DRTQHJPVMGBUCF-XVFCMESISA-N Uridine Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1N1C(=O)NC(=O)C=C1 DRTQHJPVMGBUCF-XVFCMESISA-N 0.000 description 20
- 229930185560 Pseudouridine Natural products 0.000 description 19
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 description 19
- 108020005098 Anticodon Proteins 0.000 description 18
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chloroform Chemical compound ClC(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- 230000008685 targeting Effects 0.000 description 18
- 102000014914 Carrier Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 17
- 108091060545 Nonsense suppressor Proteins 0.000 description 17
- PTJWIQPHWPFNBW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pseudouridine C Natural products OC1C(O)C(CO)OC1C1=CNC(=O)NC1=O PTJWIQPHWPFNBW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 17
- WGDUUQDYDIIBKT-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-Pseudouridine Natural products OC1OC(CN2C=CC(=O)NC2=O)C(O)C1O WGDUUQDYDIIBKT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 17
- 108091008324 binding proteins Proteins 0.000 description 17
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 17
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 description 17
- PTJWIQPHWPFNBW-GBNDHIKLSA-N pseudouridine Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1C1=CNC(=O)NC1=O PTJWIQPHWPFNBW-GBNDHIKLSA-N 0.000 description 17
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 17
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 16
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 16
- 241000282414 Homo sapiens Species 0.000 description 16
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 16
- 210000001744 T-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 16
- 210000003719 b-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 16
- 230000035772 mutation Effects 0.000 description 16
- 206010012735 Diarrhoea Diseases 0.000 description 15
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 15
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 15
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 15
- 108700018351 Major Histocompatibility Complex Proteins 0.000 description 14
- ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1 ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 238000004128 high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 14
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 14
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 14
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 14
- 230000020382 suppression by virus of host antigen processing and presentation of peptide antigen via MHC class I Effects 0.000 description 14
- 102000016574 Complement C3-C5 Convertases Human genes 0.000 description 13
- 108010067641 Complement C3-C5 Convertases Proteins 0.000 description 13
- 239000000370 acceptor Substances 0.000 description 13
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 description 13
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 description 13
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 13
- 239000002773 nucleotide Substances 0.000 description 13
- QKNYBSVHEMOAJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-amino-2-(hydroxymethyl)propane-1,3-diol;hydron;chloride Chemical compound Cl.OCC(N)(CO)CO QKNYBSVHEMOAJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetonitrile Chemical compound CC#N WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- TWRXJAOTZQYOKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L Magnesium chloride Chemical compound [Mg+2].[Cl-].[Cl-] TWRXJAOTZQYOKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 12
- 108010083644 Ribonucleases Proteins 0.000 description 12
- 102000006382 Ribonucleases Human genes 0.000 description 12
- 125000005647 linker group Chemical group 0.000 description 12
- 125000003729 nucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 12
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 12
- 101000820585 Homo sapiens SUN domain-containing ossification factor Proteins 0.000 description 11
- 102100021651 SUN domain-containing ossification factor Human genes 0.000 description 11
- 238000001962 electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 11
- 239000011535 reaction buffer Substances 0.000 description 11
- 210000003705 ribosome Anatomy 0.000 description 11
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 10
- DRTQHJPVMGBUCF-PSQAKQOGSA-N beta-L-uridine Natural products O[C@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](CO)O[C@@H]1N1C(=O)NC(=O)C=C1 DRTQHJPVMGBUCF-PSQAKQOGSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 238000002264 polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 10
- 239000006228 supernatant Substances 0.000 description 10
- DRTQHJPVMGBUCF-UHFFFAOYSA-N uracil arabinoside Natural products OC1C(O)C(CO)OC1N1C(=O)NC(=O)C=C1 DRTQHJPVMGBUCF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 229940045145 uridine Drugs 0.000 description 10
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 108020004414 DNA Proteins 0.000 description 9
- 206010052779 Transplant rejections Diseases 0.000 description 9
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 9
- 108020001507 fusion proteins Proteins 0.000 description 9
- 102000037865 fusion proteins Human genes 0.000 description 9
- 230000002489 hematologic effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- 210000002540 macrophage Anatomy 0.000 description 9
- 238000001556 precipitation Methods 0.000 description 9
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 9
- 241000588724 Escherichia coli Species 0.000 description 8
- 102000003960 Ligases Human genes 0.000 description 8
- 108090000364 Ligases Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 206010028813 Nausea Diseases 0.000 description 8
- XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Urea Chemical compound NC(N)=O XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 8
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 8
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 8
- 230000008693 nausea Effects 0.000 description 8
- 239000002581 neurotoxin Substances 0.000 description 8
- 244000052769 pathogen Species 0.000 description 8
- 230000029058 respiratory gaseous exchange Effects 0.000 description 8
- 108020004635 Complementary DNA Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 108090000279 Peptidyltransferases Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 239000004743 Polypropylene Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 7
- 231100000599 cytotoxic agent Toxicity 0.000 description 7
- 239000000975 dye Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000004091 panning Methods 0.000 description 7
- 229920001155 polypropylene Polymers 0.000 description 7
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 7
- BIXYYZIIJIXVFW-UUOKFMHZSA-N (2R,3R,4S,5R)-2-(6-amino-2-chloro-9-purinyl)-5-(hydroxymethyl)oxolane-3,4-diol Chemical compound C1=NC=2C(N)=NC(Cl)=NC=2N1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O BIXYYZIIJIXVFW-UUOKFMHZSA-N 0.000 description 6
- RKSLVDIXBGWPIS-UAKXSSHOSA-N 1-[(2r,3r,4s,5r)-3,4-dihydroxy-5-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-2-yl]-5-iodopyrimidine-2,4-dione Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1N1C(=O)NC(=O)C(I)=C1 RKSLVDIXBGWPIS-UAKXSSHOSA-N 0.000 description 6
- GJTBSTBJLVYKAU-XVFCMESISA-N 2-thiouridine Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1N1C(=S)NC(=O)C=C1 GJTBSTBJLVYKAU-XVFCMESISA-N 0.000 description 6
- AGFIRQJZCNVMCW-UAKXSSHOSA-N 5-bromouridine Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1N1C(=O)NC(=O)C(Br)=C1 AGFIRQJZCNVMCW-UAKXSSHOSA-N 0.000 description 6
- DCPSTSVLRXOYGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-amino-1h-pyrimidine-2-thione Chemical compound NC1=CC=NC(S)=N1 DCPSTSVLRXOYGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon dioxide Chemical compound O=C=O CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- XFXPMWWXUTWYJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyanide Chemical compound N#[C-] XFXPMWWXUTWYJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 108010021757 Polynucleotide 5'-Hydroxyl-Kinase Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 102000008422 Polynucleotide 5'-hydroxyl-kinase Human genes 0.000 description 6
- 101710086015 RNA ligase Proteins 0.000 description 6
- OIRDTQYFTABQOQ-KQYNXXCUSA-N adenosine Chemical compound C1=NC=2C(N)=NC=NC=2N1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O OIRDTQYFTABQOQ-KQYNXXCUSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 235000011089 carbon dioxide Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 230000004154 complement system Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000004132 cross linking Methods 0.000 description 6
- 229940127089 cytotoxic agent Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 210000001163 endosome Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 239000000411 inducer Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000002085 irritant Substances 0.000 description 6
- 231100000021 irritant Toxicity 0.000 description 6
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 description 6
- 229910001629 magnesium chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 230000036210 malignancy Effects 0.000 description 6
- ZJQHPWUVQPJPQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N muscimol Chemical compound NCC1=CC(=O)NO1 ZJQHPWUVQPJPQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000010076 replication Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 6
- ZPSJGADGUYYRKE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2H-pyran-2-one Chemical compound O=C1C=CC=CO1 ZPSJGADGUYYRKE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 241000239290 Araneae Species 0.000 description 5
- 108091006146 Channels Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 241001638933 Cochlicella barbara Species 0.000 description 5
- 241000271532 Crotalus Species 0.000 description 5
- 241000145313 Gymnocorymbus ternetzi Species 0.000 description 5
- 108060003951 Immunoglobulin Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 101710138657 Neurotoxin Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 102000002508 Peptide Elongation Factors Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 108010068204 Peptide Elongation Factors Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 240000004808 Saccharomyces cerevisiae Species 0.000 description 5
- 241000239226 Scorpiones Species 0.000 description 5
- 238000002835 absorbance Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000005571 anion exchange chromatography Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000004202 carbamide Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 239000002254 cytotoxic agent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000006378 damage Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000012153 distilled water Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000001747 exhibiting effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000036039 immunity Effects 0.000 description 5
- 102000018358 immunoglobulin Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000002779 inactivation Effects 0.000 description 5
- 210000004698 lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 239000003550 marker Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000005012 migration Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000013508 migration Methods 0.000 description 5
- 231100000618 neurotoxin Toxicity 0.000 description 5
- 238000002823 phage display Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000001915 proofreading effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000000241 respiratory effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000004936 stimulating effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 230000007704 transition Effects 0.000 description 5
- YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N (+)-Biotin Chemical group N1C(=O)N[C@@H]2[C@H](CCCCC(=O)O)SC[C@@H]21 YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 102000040650 (ribonucleotides)n+m Human genes 0.000 description 4
- ZLOIGESWDJYCTF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-Thiouridine Natural products OC1C(O)C(CO)OC1N1C(=O)NC(=S)C=C1 ZLOIGESWDJYCTF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- ZLOIGESWDJYCTF-XVFCMESISA-N 4-thiouridine Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1N1C(=O)NC(=S)C=C1 ZLOIGESWDJYCTF-XVFCMESISA-N 0.000 description 4
- UFVWJVAMULFOMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-amino-5-iodo-1h-pyrimidin-2-one Chemical compound NC=1NC(=O)N=CC=1I UFVWJVAMULFOMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- HRPVXLWXLXDGHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acrylamide Chemical compound NC(=O)C=C HRPVXLWXLXDGHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 102000052866 Amino Acyl-tRNA Synthetases Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108700028939 Amino Acyl-tRNA Synthetases Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 102000007347 Apyrase Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108010007730 Apyrase Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 101100095028 Arabidopsis thaliana SAT3 gene Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 108091026890 Coding region Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 206010010904 Convulsion Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 241000199914 Dinophyceae Species 0.000 description 4
- FFEARJCKVFRZRR-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-methionine Chemical compound CSCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O FFEARJCKVFRZRR-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 4
- WEWBWVMTOYUPHH-QHAQEBJBSA-N Lotaustralin Chemical compound CC[C@](C)(C#N)O[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O WEWBWVMTOYUPHH-QHAQEBJBSA-N 0.000 description 4
- WEWBWVMTOYUPHH-HQPKYVJOSA-N Lotaustralin Natural products O([C@@](C#N)(CC)C)[C@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](CO)O1 WEWBWVMTOYUPHH-HQPKYVJOSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 208000015914 Non-Hodgkin lymphomas Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 101710163270 Nuclease Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 108010033276 Peptide Fragments Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 102000007079 Peptide Fragments Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 206010037660 Pyrexia Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 101710141795 Ribonuclease inhibitor Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 229940122208 Ribonuclease inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 102100037968 Ribonuclease inhibitor Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108010039491 Ricin Proteins 0.000 description 4
- JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N [3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-hydroxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methyl [5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-3-yl] hydrogen phosphate Polymers Cc1cn(C2CC(OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)C(COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3CO)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)O2)c(=O)[nH]c1=O JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229930013930 alkaloid Natural products 0.000 description 4
- 235000012501 ammonium carbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 230000003321 amplification Effects 0.000 description 4
- 210000001185 bone marrow Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 230000002498 deadly effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000002939 deleterious effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000003400 hallucinatory effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000000977 initiatory effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 4
- 210000004185 liver Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 239000012160 loading buffer Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229930182817 methionine Natural products 0.000 description 4
- 238000010369 molecular cloning Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000002703 mutagenesis Methods 0.000 description 4
- 231100000350 mutagenesis Toxicity 0.000 description 4
- MWUXSHHQAYIFBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen oxide Inorganic materials O=[N] MWUXSHHQAYIFBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000003199 nucleic acid amplification method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000001717 pathogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 238000001243 protein synthesis Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000003161 ribonuclease inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 4
- AVBGNFCMKJOFIN-UHFFFAOYSA-N triethylammonium acetate Chemical compound CC(O)=O.CCN(CC)CC AVBGNFCMKJOFIN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229960005486 vaccine Drugs 0.000 description 4
- IRJCBFDCFXCWGO-SCSAIBSYSA-N (2r)-2-azaniumyl-2-(3-oxo-1,2-oxazol-5-yl)acetate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)[C@H]([NH3+])C1=CC(=O)NO1 IRJCBFDCFXCWGO-SCSAIBSYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- HNSDLXPSAYFUHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-bis(2-ethylhexyl) sulfosuccinate Chemical compound CCCCC(CC)COC(=O)CC(S(O)(=O)=O)C(=O)OCC(CC)CCCC HNSDLXPSAYFUHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 241000242759 Actiniaria Species 0.000 description 3
- 239000002126 C01EB10 - Adenosine Substances 0.000 description 3
- 102000001902 CC Chemokines Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010040471 CC Chemokines Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 206010013975 Dyspnoeas Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 108010087819 Fc receptors Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000009109 Fc receptors Human genes 0.000 description 3
- IRJCBFDCFXCWGO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ibotenic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(N)C1=CC(=O)NO1 IRJCBFDCFXCWGO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 206010061218 Inflammation Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 102000015696 Interleukins Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010063738 Interleukins Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 108090000862 Ion Channels Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 241000270322 Lepidosauria Species 0.000 description 3
- 108060001084 Luciferase Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 239000005089 Luciferase Substances 0.000 description 3
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 description 3
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 3
- KWYHDKDOAIKMQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N,N',N'-tetramethylethylenediamine Chemical compound CN(C)CCN(C)C KWYHDKDOAIKMQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 241000283973 Oryctolagus cuniculus Species 0.000 description 3
- 206010057249 Phagocytosis Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 241001124072 Reduviidae Species 0.000 description 3
- VMHLLURERBWHNL-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium acetate Chemical compound [Na+].CC([O-])=O VMHLLURERBWHNL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 210000000173 T-lymphoid precursor cell Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 101710095528 Tachykinin-like peptide Proteins 0.000 description 3
- ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethylamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229960005305 adenosine Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000011616 biotin Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 3
- BKHZIBWEHPHYAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N chloroform;3-methylbutan-1-ol Chemical compound ClC(Cl)Cl.CC(C)CCO BKHZIBWEHPHYAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000004087 circulation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000010276 construction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000010511 deprotection reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000003599 detergent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000029087 digestion Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000003792 electrolyte Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000147 enterotoxin Substances 0.000 description 3
- 231100000655 enterotoxin Toxicity 0.000 description 3
- 238000000605 extraction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000001502 gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 3
- 230000003053 immunization Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000001114 immunoprecipitation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000010348 incorporation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000004054 inflammatory process Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229940047122 interleukins Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 238000002372 labelling Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000007774 longterm Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000006166 lysate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000011275 oncology therapy Methods 0.000 description 3
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 230000037361 pathway Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000008782 phagocytosis Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000026731 phosphorylation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000006366 phosphorylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 108091033319 polynucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000040430 polynucleotide Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 239000002157 polynucleotide Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000004252 protein component Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 230000002285 radioactive effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000005962 receptors Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 235000015170 shellfish Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000001632 sodium acetate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000017281 sodium acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 3
- 210000001541 thymus gland Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 230000002103 transcriptional effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 3
- UGJAEDFOKNAMQD-DVQDXYAYSA-N (-)-Falcarinol Natural products CCCCCCC\C=C\CC#CC#C[C@@H](O)C=C UGJAEDFOKNAMQD-DVQDXYAYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OOIBFPKQHULHSQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N (3-hydroxy-1-adamantyl) 2-methylprop-2-enoate Chemical compound C1C(C2)CC3CC2(O)CC1(OC(=O)C(=C)C)C3 OOIBFPKQHULHSQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UGJAEDFOKNAMQD-MQNTZWLQSA-N (3S,9Z)-1,9-Heptadecadiene-4,6-diyn-3-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCC\C=C/CC#CC#C[C@@H](O)C=C UGJAEDFOKNAMQD-MQNTZWLQSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IEUUDEWWMRQUDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N (6-azaniumylidene-1,6-dimethoxyhexylidene)azanium;dichloride Chemical compound Cl.Cl.COC(=N)CCCCC(=N)OC IEUUDEWWMRQUDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BQIMPGFMMOZASS-CLZZGJSISA-N (6r,7r)-7-amino-3-(hydroxymethyl)-8-oxo-5-thia-1-azabicyclo[4.2.0]oct-2-ene-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound S1CC(CO)=C(C(O)=O)N2C(=O)[C@@H](N)[C@H]21 BQIMPGFMMOZASS-CLZZGJSISA-N 0.000 description 2
- IAKHMKGGTNLKSZ-INIZCTEOSA-N (S)-colchicine Chemical compound C1([C@@H](NC(C)=O)CC2)=CC(=O)C(OC)=CC=C1C1=C2C=C(OC)C(OC)=C1OC IAKHMKGGTNLKSZ-INIZCTEOSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VILFTWLXLYIEMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,5-difluoro-2,4-dinitrobenzene Chemical compound [O-][N+](=O)C1=CC([N+]([O-])=O)=C(F)C=C1F VILFTWLXLYIEMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VPFUWHKTPYPNGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(3,4-dihydroxyphenyl)-1-(5-hydroxy-2,2-dimethylchromen-6-yl)propan-1-one Chemical compound OC1=C2C=CC(C)(C)OC2=CC=C1C(=O)CCC1=CC=C(O)C(O)=C1 VPFUWHKTPYPNGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FWMNVWWHGCHHJJ-SKKKGAJSSA-N 4-amino-1-[(2r)-6-amino-2-[[(2r)-2-[[(2r)-2-[[(2r)-2-amino-3-phenylpropanoyl]amino]-3-phenylpropanoyl]amino]-4-methylpentanoyl]amino]hexanoyl]piperidine-4-carboxylic acid Chemical compound C([C@H](C(=O)N[C@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N1CCC(N)(CC1)C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](N)CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 FWMNVWWHGCHHJJ-SKKKGAJSSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FDWIBKSJEVEGLU-IAIGYFSYSA-N 6-amino-5-iodo-1h-pyrimidin-2-one;1-[(2r,3r,4s,5r)-3,4-dihydroxy-5-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-2-yl]-4-sulfanylidenepyrimidin-2-one Chemical compound NC1=NC(=O)NC=C1I.O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1N1C(=O)NC(=S)C=C1 FDWIBKSJEVEGLU-IAIGYFSYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CZVCGJBESNRLEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7h-purine;pyrimidine Chemical compound C1=CN=CN=C1.C1=NC=C2NC=NC2=N1 CZVCGJBESNRLEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940027041 8-mop Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 208000004998 Abdominal Pain Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 108010066676 Abrin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102100027211 Albumin Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010088751 Albumins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000134916 Amanita Species 0.000 description 2
- 244000144725 Amygdalus communis Species 0.000 description 2
- 101710185725 Anti-platelet protein Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000193738 Bacillus anthracis Species 0.000 description 2
- 102100021943 C-C motif chemokine 2 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 102000004127 Cytokines Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000695 Cytokines Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101710112752 Cytotoxin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000012410 DNA Ligases Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010061982 DNA Ligases Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 206010012442 Dermatitis contact Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 241000255925 Diptera Species 0.000 description 2
- AOJJSUZBOXZQNB-TZSSRYMLSA-N Doxorubicin Chemical compound O([C@H]1C[C@@](O)(CC=2C(O)=C3C(=O)C=4C=CC=C(C=4C(=O)C3=C(O)C=21)OC)C(=O)CO)[C@H]1C[C@H](N)[C@H](O)[C@H](C)O1 AOJJSUZBOXZQNB-TZSSRYMLSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000002965 ELISA Methods 0.000 description 2
- 101710146739 Enterotoxin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- UGJAEDFOKNAMQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Falcarinol Natural products CCCCCCCC=CCC#CC#CC(O)C=C UGJAEDFOKNAMQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108700004714 Gelonium multiflorum GEL Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 229920002527 Glycogen Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 208000004547 Hallucinations Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 108090000144 Human Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000003839 Human Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- MHAJPDPJQMAIIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen peroxide Chemical compound OO MHAJPDPJQMAIIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102100026120 IgG receptor FcRn large subunit p51 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 101710177940 IgG receptor FcRn large subunit p51 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102100034343 Integrase Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 101710203526 Integrase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000019298 Lipocalin Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108050006654 Lipocalin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 206010025323 Lymphomas Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 102100035304 Lymphotactin Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 102000009112 Mannose-Binding Lectin Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010087870 Mannose-Binding Lectin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- QXKHYNVANLEOEG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methoxsalen Chemical compound C1=CC(=O)OC2=C1C=C1C=COC1=C2OC QXKHYNVANLEOEG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000034578 Multiple myelomas Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 241000699666 Mus <mouse, genus> Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000237536 Mytilus edulis Species 0.000 description 2
- 108020004485 Nonsense Codon Proteins 0.000 description 2
- JGRNMEQUBVRSQR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Orellanine Chemical compound ON1C=CC(=O)C(O)=C1C1=C(O)C(=O)C=CN1O JGRNMEQUBVRSQR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010053159 Organ failure Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 108091005804 Peptidases Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000035195 Peptidases Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 102100035194 Placenta growth factor Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 208000005374 Poisoning Diseases 0.000 description 2
- XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-M Propionate Chemical compound CCC([O-])=O XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 101000762949 Pseudomonas aeruginosa (strain ATCC 15692 / DSM 22644 / CIP 104116 / JCM 14847 / LMG 12228 / 1C / PRS 101 / PAO1) Exotoxin A Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 206010037423 Pulmonary oedema Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 102000007056 Recombinant Fusion Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010008281 Recombinant Fusion Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 206010038687 Respiratory distress Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 229920002684 Sepharose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 241000191967 Staphylococcus aureus Species 0.000 description 2
- 244000107975 Strychnos nux-vomica Species 0.000 description 2
- 108091008874 T cell receptors Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000016266 T-Cell Antigen Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 241001249485 Triatoma dimidiata Species 0.000 description 2
- 239000007984 Tris EDTA buffer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 102000005789 Vascular Endothelial Growth Factors Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010019530 Vascular Endothelial Growth Factors Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 206010047513 Vision blurred Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010047700 Vomiting Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010000059 abdominal discomfort Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- RJURFGZVJUQBHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N actinomycin D Natural products CC1OC(=O)C(C(C)C)N(C)C(=O)CN(C)C(=O)C2CCCN2C(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C1NC(=O)C1=C(N)C(=O)C(C)=C2OC(C(C)=CC=C3C(=O)NC4C(=O)NC(C(N5CCCC5C(=O)N(C)CC(=O)N(C)C(C(C)C)C(=O)OC4C)=O)C(C)C)=C3N=C21 RJURFGZVJUQBHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000003213 activating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000001299 aldehydes Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000000961 alloantigen Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000000266 alpha-aminoacyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000006229 amino acid addition Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001093 anti-cancer Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002303 anti-venom Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000005875 antibody response Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000000890 antigenic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000002246 antineoplastic agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000008346 aqueous phase Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000000376 autoradiography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000011324 bead Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000008238 biochemical pathway Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000017531 blood circulation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000000747 cardiac effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000000170 cell membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000005119 centrifugation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000013043 chemical agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002026 chloroform extract Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000012790 confirmation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 208000010247 contact dermatitis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000036461 convulsion Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000007822 coupling agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002619 cytotoxin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000034994 death Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- JRLHSTVTOOELAF-KRWDZBQOSA-N dehydrofalcarinol Natural products O[C@@H](C=C)C#CC#CCC=CCCCCCC=C JRLHSTVTOOELAF-KRWDZBQOSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000011033 desalting Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000005442 diisocyanate group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- ZWIBGKZDAWNIFC-UHFFFAOYSA-N disuccinimidyl suberate Chemical compound O=C1CCC(=O)N1OC(=O)CCCCCCC(=O)ON1C(=O)CCC1=O ZWIBGKZDAWNIFC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000012377 drug delivery Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000012869 ethanol precipitation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229940012017 ethylenediamine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000013604 expression vector Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000284 extract Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000001943 fluorescence-activated cell sorting Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000002222 fluorine compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000004927 fusion Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002068 genetic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229940096919 glycogen Drugs 0.000 description 2
- QBKSWRVVCFFDOT-UHFFFAOYSA-N gossypol Chemical compound CC(C)C1=C(O)C(O)=C(C=O)C2=C(O)C(C=3C(O)=C4C(C=O)=C(O)C(O)=C(C4=CC=3C)C(C)C)=C(C)C=C21 QBKSWRVVCFFDOT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 2
- SYECJBOWSGTPLU-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexane-1,1-diamine Chemical compound CCCCCC(N)N SYECJBOWSGTPLU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000000487 histidyl group Chemical group [H]N([H])C(C(=O)O*)C([H])([H])C1=C([H])N([H])C([H])=N1 0.000 description 2
- LELOWRISYMNNSU-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrogen cyanide Chemical compound N#C LELOWRISYMNNSU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000002463 imidates Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 210000002865 immune cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000002649 immunization Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000005847 immunogenicity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000016784 immunoglobulin production Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001976 improved effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011065 in-situ storage Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000005304 joining Methods 0.000 description 2
- 208000032839 leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 238000011068 loading method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000004072 lung Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 108010019677 lymphotactin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 210000003712 lysosome Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000001868 lysosomic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000001616 monocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 235000020638 mussel Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 210000000822 natural killer cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000005259 peripheral blood Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000011886 peripheral blood Substances 0.000 description 2
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K phosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 2
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 231100000572 poisoning Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 230000000607 poisoning effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000002203 pretreatment Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 229940002612 prodrug Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000000651 prodrug Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000035755 proliferation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 208000005333 pulmonary edema Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000010453 quartz Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002464 receptor antagonist Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940044551 receptor antagonist Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000013468 resource allocation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000000717 retained effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000001995 reticulocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000004007 reversed phase HPLC Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000012552 review Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012146 running buffer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000010187 selection method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000013207 serial dilution Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000035939 shock Effects 0.000 description 2
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N silicon dioxide Inorganic materials O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000002415 sodium dodecyl sulfate polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 2
- BAZAXWOYCMUHIX-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium perchlorate Chemical compound [Na+].[O-]Cl(=O)(=O)=O BAZAXWOYCMUHIX-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 229910001488 sodium perchlorate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 230000009870 specific binding Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000000130 stem cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 2
- UCSJYZPVAKXKNQ-HZYVHMACSA-N streptomycin Chemical compound CN[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@](C=O)(O)[C@H](C)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](NC(N)=N)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(N)=N)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O UCSJYZPVAKXKNQ-HZYVHMACSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QMGVPVSNSZLJIA-FVWCLLPLSA-N strychnine Chemical compound O([C@H]1CC(N([C@H]2[C@H]1[C@H]1C3)C=4C5=CC=CC=4)=O)CC=C1CN1[C@@H]3[C@]25CC1 QMGVPVSNSZLJIA-FVWCLLPLSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CNHYKKNIIGEXAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiolan-2-imine Chemical compound N=C1CCCS1 CNHYKKNIIGEXAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000002255 vaccination Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002792 vascular Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000008673 vomiting Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000001262 western blot Methods 0.000 description 2
- ILDPUOKUEKVHIL-QYYRPYCUSA-N (2r,3r,4s,5s)-4-amino-2-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)-5-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-3-ol Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@H](N)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1N1C2=NC=NC(N)=C2N=C1 ILDPUOKUEKVHIL-QYYRPYCUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YJGVMLPVUAXIQN-LGWHJFRWSA-N (5s,5ar,8ar,9r)-5-hydroxy-9-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-5a,6,8a,9-tetrahydro-5h-[2]benzofuro[5,6-f][1,3]benzodioxol-8-one Chemical compound COC1=C(OC)C(OC)=CC([C@@H]2C3=CC=4OCOC=4C=C3[C@@H](O)[C@@H]3[C@@H]2C(OC3)=O)=C1 YJGVMLPVUAXIQN-LGWHJFRWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FBUTXZSKZCQABC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-amino-1-methyl-7h-purine-6-thione Chemical compound S=C1N(C)C(N)=NC2=C1NC=N2 FBUTXZSKZCQABC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UJVHVMNGOZXSOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-amino-3-(methylamino)propanoic acid Chemical compound CNCC(N)C(O)=O UJVHVMNGOZXSOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ILDPUOKUEKVHIL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(1,2-epoxypropyl)-5,6-dihydro-5-hydroxy-6-methylpyran-2-one Natural products OC1C(N)C(CO)OC1N1C2=NC=NC(N)=C2N=C1 ILDPUOKUEKVHIL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101710131943 40S ribosomal protein S3a Proteins 0.000 description 1
- YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZXFLCMHBSA-N 5-[(3ar,4r,6as)-2-oxo-1,3,3a,4,6,6a-hexahydrothieno[3,4-d]imidazol-4-yl]pentanoic acid Chemical compound N1C(=O)N[C@H]2[C@@H](CCCCC(=O)O)SC[C@H]21 YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZXFLCMHBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- STQGQHZAVUOBTE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7-Cyan-hept-2t-en-4,6-diinsaeure Natural products C1=2C(O)=C3C(=O)C=4C(OC)=CC=CC=4C(=O)C3=C(O)C=2CC(O)(C(C)=O)CC1OC1CC(N)C(O)C(C)O1 STQGQHZAVUOBTE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930000680 A04AD01 - Scopolamine Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 244000283070 Abies balsamea Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000007173 Abies balsamea Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 244000144619 Abrus precatorius Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000238876 Acari Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000251468 Actinopterygii Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010083528 Adenylate Cyclase Toxin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101800002638 Alpha-amanitin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000948518 Amanita gemmata Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000134914 Amanita muscaria Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000948465 Amanita pantherina Species 0.000 description 1
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O Ammonium Chemical compound [NH4+] QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- 235000011437 Amygdalus communis Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- GEVWHIDSUOMVRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Anisatin Natural products CC1(O)C(OC(=O)C2O)CC22C(C)CC(O)C2(O)C21COC2=O GEVWHIDSUOMVRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000269350 Anura Species 0.000 description 1
- 101710126338 Apamin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004475 Arginine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000002109 Argyria Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000208838 Asteraceae Species 0.000 description 1
- 244000261411 Astragalus glycyphyllos Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000010110 Astragalus glycyphyllos Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 108090001008 Avidin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000037157 Azotemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000037914 B-cell disorder Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100024222 B-lymphocyte antigen CD19 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100022005 B-lymphocyte antigen CD20 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000288752 Blarina brevicauda Species 0.000 description 1
- 101710166815 Blarina toxin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108700041688 Boletus satanas Bolesatine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108030001720 Bontoxilysin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241001072256 Boraginaceae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000588832 Bordetella pertussis Species 0.000 description 1
- 102100025074 C-C chemokine receptor-like 2 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710155857 C-C motif chemokine 2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100032367 C-C motif chemokine 5 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000003930 C-Type Lectins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000342 C-Type Lectins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100025277 C-X-C motif chemokine 13 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium Chemical compound [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 244000045232 Canavalia ensiformis Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000283707 Capra Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000002566 Capsicum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 108010055166 Chemokine CCL5 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010078239 Chemokine CX3CL1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorine atom Chemical compound [Cl] ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DBAKFASWICGISY-BTJKTKAUSA-N Chlorpheniramine maleate Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C/C(O)=O.C=1C=CC=NC=1C(CCN(C)C)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 DBAKFASWICGISY-BTJKTKAUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010008631 Cholera Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000212312 Cicuta douglasii Species 0.000 description 1
- FQVNSJQTSOVRKZ-JNRDBWBESA-N Cicutoxin Chemical compound CCC[C@@H](O)\C=C\C=C\C=C\C#CC#CCCCO FQVNSJQTSOVRKZ-JNRDBWBESA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000221751 Claviceps purpurea Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000193163 Clostridioides difficile Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000193155 Clostridium botulinum Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000193468 Clostridium perfringens Species 0.000 description 1
- 101900068981 Clostridium tetani Tetanus toxin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101710201511 Coagulation factor X-activating enzyme heavy chain Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010047041 Complementarity Determining Regions Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000222511 Coprinus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001327708 Coriaria sarmentosa Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001480631 Cortinarius Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000186216 Corynebacterium Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001219700 Crambe hispanica Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000011309 Crambe hispanica subsp abyssinica Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 108700032819 Croton tiglium crotin II Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000192700 Cyanobacteria Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000218916 Cycas Species 0.000 description 1
- HEBKCHPVOIAQTA-QWWZWVQMSA-N D-arabinitol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)C(O)[C@H](O)CO HEBKCHPVOIAQTA-QWWZWVQMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-QTVWNMPRSA-N D-mannopyranose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-QTVWNMPRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000053602 DNA Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010092160 Dactinomycin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000208296 Datura Species 0.000 description 1
- 101710088194 Dehydrogenase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000202296 Delphinium Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010012741 Diarrhoea haemorrhagic Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 240000001879 Digitalis lutea Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010053187 Diphtheria Toxin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000016607 Diphtheria Toxin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 208000000059 Dyspnea Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010051021 Eledoisin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000196324 Embryophyta Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010014896 Enterocolitis haemorrhagic Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000221079 Euphorbia <genus> Species 0.000 description 1
- IKYCZSUNGFRBJS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Euphorbia factor RL9 = U(1) = Resiniferatoxin Natural products COC1=CC(O)=CC(CC(=O)OCC=2CC3(O)C(=O)C(C)=CC3C34C(C)CC5(OC(O4)(CC=4C=CC=CC=4)OC5C3C=2)C(C)=C)=C1 IKYCZSUNGFRBJS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000818016 Euphorbia resinifera Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000013818 Fractalkine Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 206010070840 Gastrointestinal tract irritation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000221018 Gelonium Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000003886 Glycoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000288 Glycoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 240000002024 Gossypium herbaceum Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000004341 Gossypium herbaceum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 241001465236 Gyromitra Species 0.000 description 1
- IMAGWKUTFZRWSB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Gyromitrin Natural products CC=NN(C)C=O IMAGWKUTFZRWSB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010019663 Hepatic failure Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000545744 Hirudinea Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000007625 Hirudins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010007267 Hirudins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 1
- 101000980825 Homo sapiens B-lymphocyte antigen CD19 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000897405 Homo sapiens B-lymphocyte antigen CD20 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000716068 Homo sapiens C-C chemokine receptor type 6 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000858064 Homo sapiens C-X-C motif chemokine 13 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000595923 Homo sapiens Placenta growth factor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101710179441 Huwentoxin-IV Proteins 0.000 description 1
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000257303 Hymenoptera Species 0.000 description 1
- STECJAGHUSJQJN-GAUPFVANSA-N Hyoscine Natural products C1([C@H](CO)C(=O)OC2C[C@@H]3N([C@H](C2)[C@@H]2[C@H]3O2)C)=CC=CC=C1 STECJAGHUSJQJN-GAUPFVANSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000235789 Hyperoartia Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010020751 Hypersensitivity Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000001953 Hypotension Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108700005091 Immunoglobulin Genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010067060 Immunoglobulin Variable Region Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000017727 Immunoglobulin Variable Region Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000002227 Interferon Type I Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010014726 Interferon Type I Proteins 0.000 description 1
- JMQMNWIBUCGUDO-UHFFFAOYSA-N L-Djenkolic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CSCSCC(N)C(O)=O JMQMNWIBUCGUDO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-REOHCLBHSA-N L-alanine Chemical compound C[C@H](N)C(O)=O QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000008575 L-amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- JMQMNWIBUCGUDO-WHFBIAKZSA-N L-djenkolic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CSCSC[C@H](N)C(O)=O JMQMNWIBUCGUDO-WHFBIAKZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010067125 Liver injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101700021948 Lopap Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004083 Lymphotoxin-alpha Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000542 Lymphotoxin-alpha Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 240000003183 Manihot esculenta Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000016735 Manihot esculenta subsp esculenta Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 102000018697 Membrane Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010052285 Membrane Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010049746 Microcystins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229930192392 Mitomycin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 241001529936 Murinae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000699660 Mus musculus Species 0.000 description 1
- 101100314144 Mus musculus Tnip1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- UQOFGTXDASPNLL-XHNCKOQMSA-N Muscarine Chemical compound C[C@@H]1O[C@H](C[N+](C)(C)C)C[C@H]1O UQOFGTXDASPNLL-XHNCKOQMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NWIBSHFKIJFRCO-WUDYKRTCSA-N Mytomycin Chemical compound C1N2C(C(C(C)=C(N)C3=O)=O)=C3[C@@H](COC(N)=O)[C@@]2(OC)[C@@H]2[C@H]1N2 NWIBSHFKIJFRCO-WUDYKRTCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- STECJAGHUSJQJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Methyl-scopolamin Natural products C1C(C2C3O2)N(C)C3CC1OC(=O)C(CO)C1=CC=CC=C1 STECJAGHUSJQJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010028851 Necrosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 235000006508 Nelumbo nucifera Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 240000002853 Nelumbo nucifera Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000006510 Nelumbo pentapetala Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 244000187664 Nerium oleander Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000007920 Neurogenic Inflammation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010029350 Neurotoxicity Diseases 0.000 description 1
- QMGVPVSNSZLJIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nux Vomica Natural products C1C2C3C4N(C=5C6=CC=CC=5)C(=O)CC3OCC=C2CN2C1C46CC2 QMGVPVSNSZLJIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000238413 Octopus Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010030113 Oedema Diseases 0.000 description 1
- JLPDBLFIVFSOCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oleandrin Natural products O1C(C)C(O)C(OC)CC1OC1CC(CCC2C3(CC(C(C3(C)CCC32)C=2COC(=O)C=2)OC(C)=O)O)C3(C)CC1 JLPDBLFIVFSOCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241001237902 Omphalotus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000233855 Orchidaceae Species 0.000 description 1
- 108700018345 Ornithodoros savignyi savignin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000237502 Ostreidae Species 0.000 description 1
- 101710160107 Outer membrane protein A Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101150062285 PGF gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229930012538 Paclitaxel Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 208000002193 Pain Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000033952 Paralysis flaccid Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000006002 Pepper Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002352 Peptidyl-tRNA Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 201000005702 Pertussis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010081690 Pertussis Toxin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 235000010617 Phaseolus lunatus Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000010627 Phaseolus vulgaris Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 244000046052 Phaseolus vulgaris Species 0.000 description 1
- YGYAWVDWMABLBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosgene Chemical compound ClC(Cl)=O YGYAWVDWMABLBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100026918 Phospholipase A2 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010058864 Phospholipases A2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091000080 Phosphotransferase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 235000016761 Piper aduncum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 240000003889 Piper guineense Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000017804 Piper guineense Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000008184 Piper nigrum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 206010035226 Plasma cell myeloma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 235000007685 Pleurotus columbinus Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 240000001462 Pleurotus ostreatus Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000001603 Pleurotus ostreatus Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 244000236480 Podophyllum peltatum Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000008562 Podophyllum peltatum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920002594 Polyethylene Glycol 8000 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000004257 Potassium Channel Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 239000004365 Protease Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000004022 Protein-Tyrosine Kinases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000412 Protein-Tyrosine Kinases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 235000003893 Prunus dulcis var amara Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 241001097374 Pselliopus cinctus Species 0.000 description 1
- 101900161471 Pseudomonas aeruginosa Exotoxin A Proteins 0.000 description 1
- SPCIYGNTAMCTRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Psilocine Natural products C1=CC(O)=C2C(CCN(C)C)=CNC2=C1 SPCIYGNTAMCTRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241001237914 Psilocybe Species 0.000 description 1
- QVDSEJDULKLHCG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Psilocybine Natural products C1=CC(OP(O)(O)=O)=C2C(CCN(C)C)=CNC2=C1 QVDSEJDULKLHCG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108020004511 Recombinant DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000001647 Renal Insufficiency Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000004756 Respiratory Insufficiency Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000010476 Respiratory Paralysis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 244000042430 Rhodiola rosea Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000003713 Rhodiola rosea Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 108700033636 Rhodnius prolixus RPAI-1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091028664 Ribonucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 240000000528 Ricinus communis Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000004443 Ricinus communis Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- RXGJTYFDKOHJHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N S-deoxo-amaninamide Natural products CCC(C)C1NC(=O)CNC(=O)C2Cc3c(SCC(NC(=O)CNC1=O)C(=O)NC(CC(=O)N)C(=O)N4CC(O)CC4C(=O)NC(C(C)C(O)CO)C(=O)N2)[nH]c5ccccc35 RXGJTYFDKOHJHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000008406 SarachaNachtschatten Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- DYAHQFWOVKZOOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sarin Chemical compound CC(C)OP(C)(F)=O DYAHQFWOVKZOOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000242583 Scyphozoa Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000270295 Serpentes Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000004891 Shellfish Poisoning Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010079723 Shiga Toxin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000607764 Shigella dysenteriae Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000004078 Snake Bites Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101710154810 Snake venom metalloproteinase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010052164 Sodium Channels Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000018674 Sodium Channels Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 235000004790 Solanum aculeatissimum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000008424 Solanum demissum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000018253 Solanum ferox Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000000208 Solanum incanum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000013131 Solanum macrocarpon Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000009869 Solanum phureja Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 240000002307 Solanum ptychanthum Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000000341 Solanum ptychanthum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000017622 Solanum xanthocarpum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- GRXKLBBBQUKJJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Soman Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C(C)OP(C)(F)=O GRXKLBBBQUKJJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010041415 Spastic paralysis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000193996 Streptococcus pyogenes Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001279009 Strychnos toxifera Species 0.000 description 1
- 230000024932 T cell mediated immunity Effects 0.000 description 1
- QHOPXUFELLHKAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thespesin Natural products CC(C)c1c(O)c(O)c2C(O)Oc3c(c(C)cc1c23)-c1c2OC(O)c3c(O)c(O)c(C(C)C)c(cc1C)c23 QHOPXUFELLHKAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010076830 Thionins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108700001045 Three Finger Toxins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000844259 Thrixopelma pruriens Beta/omega-theraphotoxin-Tp2a Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010044221 Toxic encephalopathy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010044250 Toxic shock syndrome staphylococcal Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 244000042324 Trifolium repens Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000013540 Trifolium repens var repens Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000007983 Tris buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000021307 Triticum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 244000098338 Triticum aestivum Species 0.000 description 1
- 108060008682 Tumor Necrosis Factor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000000852 Tumor Necrosis Factor-alpha Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 208000024780 Urticaria Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000251539 Vertebrata <Metazoa> Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000607626 Vibrio cholerae Species 0.000 description 1
- JXLYSJRDGCGARV-WWYNWVTFSA-N Vinblastine Natural products O=C(O[C@H]1[C@](O)(C(=O)OC)[C@@H]2N(C)c3c(cc(c(OC)c3)[C@]3(C(=O)OC)c4[nH]c5c(c4CCN4C[C@](O)(CC)C[C@H](C3)C4)cccc5)[C@@]32[C@H]2[C@@]1(CC)C=CCN2CC3)C JXLYSJRDGCGARV-WWYNWVTFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000700605 Viruses Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010093038 XCL-2 calpain Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101710197154 Zinc metalloproteinase-disintegrin VMP-II Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101710112278 Zinc metalloproteinase-disintegrin-like Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101710200352 Zinc metalloproteinase-disintegrin-like VMP-III Proteins 0.000 description 1
- HGMITUYOCPPQLE-IBGZPJMESA-N [(3r)-1-azabicyclo[2.2.2]octan-3-yl] 2-hydroxy-2,2-diphenylacetate Chemical compound O([C@@H]1C2CCN(CC2)C1)C(=O)C(O)(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 HGMITUYOCPPQLE-IBGZPJMESA-N 0.000 description 1
- PJVJTCIRVMBVIA-JTQLQIEISA-N [dimethylamino(ethoxy)phosphoryl]formonitrile Chemical compound CCO[P@@](=O)(C#N)N(C)C PJVJTCIRVMBVIA-JTQLQIEISA-N 0.000 description 1
- RJURFGZVJUQBHK-IIXSONLDSA-N actinomycin D Chemical compound C[C@H]1OC(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)N(C)C(=O)CN(C)C(=O)[C@@H]2CCCN2C(=O)[C@@H](C(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H]1NC(=O)C1=C(N)C(=O)C(C)=C2OC(C(C)=CC=C3C(=O)N[C@@H]4C(=O)N[C@@H](C(N5CCC[C@H]5C(=O)N(C)CC(=O)N(C)[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)O[C@@H]4C)=O)C(C)C)=C3N=C21 RJURFGZVJUQBHK-IIXSONLDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012190 activator Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002671 adjuvant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002411 adverse Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009824 affinity maturation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960003767 alanine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000004279 alanine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960000548 alemtuzumab Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000004007 alpha amanitin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002776 alpha toxin Substances 0.000 description 1
- CIORWBWIBBPXCG-SXZCQOKQSA-N alpha-amanitin Chemical compound O=C1N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N2C[C@H](O)C[C@H]2C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)[C@@H](O)CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](C2)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@H]1C[S@@](=O)C1=C2C2=CC=C(O)C=C2N1 CIORWBWIBBPXCG-SXZCQOKQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CIORWBWIBBPXCG-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-amanitin Natural products O=C1NC(CC(N)=O)C(=O)N2CC(O)CC2C(=O)NC(C(C)C(O)CO)C(=O)NC(C2)C(=O)NCC(=O)NC(C(C)CC)C(=O)NCC(=O)NC1CS(=O)C1=C2C2=CC=C(O)C=C2N1 CIORWBWIBBPXCG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QLTCHMYAEJEXBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-beta-D-glucopyranosyloxy-isobutyronitrile Natural products N#CC(C)(C)OC1OC(CO)C(O)C(O)C1O QLTCHMYAEJEXBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010001818 alpha-sarcin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000033115 angiogenesis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005349 anion exchange Methods 0.000 description 1
- GEVWHIDSUOMVRI-QWNPAUMXSA-N anisatin Chemical compound C([C@]12[C@@]3(O)[C@H](O)C[C@H]([C@@]43C[C@@H](OC(=O)[C@@H]4O)[C@@]2(O)C)C)OC1=O GEVWHIDSUOMVRI-QWNPAUMXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000000137 annealing Methods 0.000 description 1
- MWPLVEDNUUSJAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N anthracene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC3=CC=CC=C3C=C21 MWPLVEDNUUSJAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003242 anti bacterial agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001455 anti-clotting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001775 anti-pathogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000840 anti-viral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940019748 antifibrinolytic proteinase inhibitors Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000000612 antigen-presenting cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940041181 antineoplastic drug Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940121357 antivirals Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000006907 apoptotic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003491 array Methods 0.000 description 1
- RBFQJDQYXXHULB-UHFFFAOYSA-N arsane Chemical class [AsH3] RBFQJDQYXXHULB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010003246 arthritis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000003651 basophil Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000003115 biocidal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004071 biological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000031018 biological processes and functions Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000033228 biological regulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920001222 biopolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000001574 biopsy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960002685 biotin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000020958 biotin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- QKSKPIVNLNLAAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N bis(2-chloroethyl) sulfide Chemical compound ClCCSCCCl QKSKPIVNLNLAAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000000601 blood cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- KGBXLFKZBHKPEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N boric acid Chemical compound OB(O)O KGBXLFKZBHKPEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004327 boric acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940053031 botulinum toxin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000009395 breeding Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001488 breeding effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229930188356 brevetoxin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- RRKTZKIUPZVBMF-IBTVXLQLSA-N brucine Chemical compound O([C@@H]1[C@H]([C@H]2C3)[C@@H]4N(C(C1)=O)C=1C=C(C(=CC=11)OC)OC)CC=C2CN2[C@@H]3[C@]41CC2 RRKTZKIUPZVBMF-IBTVXLQLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RRKTZKIUPZVBMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N brucine Natural products C1=2C=C(OC)C(OC)=CC=2N(C(C2)=O)C3C(C4C5)C2OCC=C4CN2C5C31CC2 RRKTZKIUPZVBMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000007853 buffer solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004899 c-terminal region Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229930195731 calicheamicin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- HXCHCVDVKSCDHU-LULTVBGHSA-N calicheamicin Chemical compound C1[C@H](OC)[C@@H](NCC)CO[C@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](O[C@@H]2C\3=C(NC(=O)OC)C(=O)C[C@](C/3=C/CSSSC)(O)C#C\C=C/C#C2)O[C@H](C)[C@@H](NO[C@@H]2O[C@H](C)[C@@H](SC(=O)C=3C(=C(OC)C(O[C@H]4[C@@H]([C@H](OC)[C@@H](O)[C@H](C)O4)O)=C(I)C=3C)OC)[C@@H](O)C2)[C@@H]1O HXCHCVDVKSCDHU-LULTVBGHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012830 cancer therapeutic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002340 cardiotoxin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000677 cardiotoxin Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000015556 catabolic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000012292 cell migration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002738 chelating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009920 chelation Effects 0.000 description 1
- WTXGTTBOKVQBGS-ZOTXBKINSA-N chembl1077122 Chemical compound C(/[C@H]1O[C@H]2C[C@H]3O[C@H](CC(=C)C=O)C[C@H](O)[C@]3(C)O[C@@H]2C[C@@H]1O[C@@H]1C2)=C/C[C@@H]1O[C@H]1[C@@]2(C)O[C@]2(C)CC[C@@H]3O[C@@H]4C[C@]5(C)O[C@@H]6C(C)=CC(=O)O[C@H]6C[C@H]5O[C@H]4C[C@@H](C)[C@H]3O[C@H]2C1 WTXGTTBOKVQBGS-ZOTXBKINSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000007795 chemical reaction product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002975 chemoattractant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000460 chlorine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000003776 cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012411 cloning technique Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960001338 colchicine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 206010009887 colitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000012875 competitive assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000024203 complement activation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002131 composite material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001010 compromised effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011109 contamination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000599 controlled substance Substances 0.000 description 1
- OEEZRBUCLFMTLD-YFKPBYRVSA-N coprine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(=O)NC1(O)CC1 OEEZRBUCLFMTLD-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OEEZRBUCLFMTLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N coprine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(=O)NC1(O)CC1 OEEZRBUCLFMTLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QPJDMGCKMHUXFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyanogen chloride Chemical compound ClC#N QPJDMGCKMHUXFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SNTRKUOVAPUGAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclosarin Chemical compound CP(F)(=O)OC1CCCCC1 SNTRKUOVAPUGAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000003436 cytoskeletal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001472 cytotoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003145 cytotoxic factor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003013 cytotoxicity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000135 cytotoxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 229960000640 dactinomycin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- STQGQHZAVUOBTE-VGBVRHCVSA-N daunorubicin Chemical compound O([C@H]1C[C@@](O)(CC=2C(O)=C3C(=O)C=4C=CC=C(C=4C(=O)C3=C(O)C=21)OC)C(C)=O)[C@H]1C[C@H](N)[C@H](O)[C@H](C)O1 STQGQHZAVUOBTE-VGBVRHCVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000975 daunorubicin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006735 deficit Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006731 degradation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- REVYTWNGZDPRKE-UHFFFAOYSA-N delphinine Natural products C12C(CC3OC)(OC(C)=O)C(C4N(C)C5)C(OC)C6C5(COC)CCC(OC)C64C2CC3(O)C1OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 REVYTWNGZDPRKE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000004925 denaturation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000036425 denaturation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004443 dendritic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001066 destructive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000502 dialysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000741 diarrhetic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- LTMHDMANZUZIPE-PUGKRICDSA-N digoxin Chemical compound C1[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](C)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](C)O[C@@H](O[C@@H]2[C@H](O[C@@H](O[C@@H]3C[C@@H]4[C@]([C@@H]5[C@H]([C@]6(CC[C@@H]([C@@]6(C)[C@H](O)C5)C=5COC(=O)C=5)O)CC4)(C)CC3)C[C@@H]2O)C)C[C@@H]1O LTMHDMANZUZIPE-PUGKRICDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960005156 digoxin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- LTMHDMANZUZIPE-UHFFFAOYSA-N digoxine Natural products C1C(O)C(O)C(C)OC1OC1C(C)OC(OC2C(OC(OC3CC4C(C5C(C6(CCC(C6(C)C(O)C5)C=5COC(=O)C=5)O)CC4)(C)CC3)CC2O)C)CC1O LTMHDMANZUZIPE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000035475 disorder Diseases 0.000 description 1
- VZFRNCSOCOPNDB-AJKFJWDBSA-N domoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](C)\C=C\C=C(/C)[C@H]1CN[C@H](C(O)=O)[C@H]1CC(O)=O VZFRNCSOCOPNDB-AJKFJWDBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VZFRNCSOCOPNDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N domoic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(C)C=CC=C(C)C1CNC(C(O)=O)C1CC(O)=O VZFRNCSOCOPNDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004679 doxorubicin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012636 effector Substances 0.000 description 1
- AYLPVIWBPZMVSH-FCKMLYJASA-N eledoisin Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCSC)C(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCCN)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H]1N(CCC1)C(=O)[C@H]1NC(=O)CC1)C1=CC=CC=C1 AYLPVIWBPZMVSH-FCKMLYJASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229950011049 eledoisin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000008030 elimination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003379 elimination reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010828 elution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012149 elution buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108010028531 enomycin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000006862 enzymatic digestion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002532 enzyme inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940125532 enzyme inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000003979 eosinophil Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- YJGVMLPVUAXIQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N epipodophyllotoxin Natural products COC1=C(OC)C(OC)=CC(C2C3=CC=4OCOC=4C=C3C(O)C3C2C(OC3)=O)=C1 YJGVMLPVUAXIQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OFKDAAIKGIBASY-VFGNJEKYSA-N ergotamine Chemical compound C([C@H]1C(=O)N2CCC[C@H]2[C@]2(O)O[C@@](C(N21)=O)(C)NC(=O)[C@H]1CN([C@H]2C(C3=CC=CC4=NC=C([C]34)C2)=C1)C)C1=CC=CC=C1 OFKDAAIKGIBASY-VFGNJEKYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004943 ergotamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- XCGSFFUVFURLIX-UHFFFAOYSA-N ergotaminine Natural products C1=C(C=2C=CC=C3NC=C(C=23)C2)C2N(C)CC1C(=O)NC(C(N12)=O)(C)OC1(O)C1CCCN1C(=O)C2CC1=CC=CC=C1 XCGSFFUVFURLIX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000003743 erythrocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 108010022946 erythrogenic toxin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229960005542 ethidium bromide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- ZMMJGEGLRURXTF-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethidium bromide Chemical compound [Br-].C12=CC(N)=CC=C2C2=CC=C(N)C=C2[N+](CC)=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 ZMMJGEGLRURXTF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VJJPUSNTGOMMGY-MRVIYFEKSA-N etoposide Chemical compound COC1=C(O)C(OC)=CC([C@@H]2C3=CC=4OCOC=4C=C3[C@@H](O[C@H]3[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@@H]4O[C@H](C)OC[C@H]4O3)O)[C@@H]3[C@@H]2C(OC3)=O)=C1 VJJPUSNTGOMMGY-MRVIYFEKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960005420 etoposide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000007717 exclusion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 206010016256 fatigue Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000002349 favourable effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000019688 fish Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 208000028331 flaccid paralysis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007850 fluorescent dye Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000037406 food intake Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003862 glucocorticoid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229930000755 gossypol Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 229950005277 gossypol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000003714 granulocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- IMAGWKUTFZRWSB-HYXAFXHYSA-N gyromitrin Chemical compound C\C=N/N(C)C=O IMAGWKUTFZRWSB-HYXAFXHYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000009931 harmful effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002949 hemolytic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000767 hemotoxin Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 231100000234 hepatic damage Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000002440 hepatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013537 high throughput screening Methods 0.000 description 1
- WQPDUTSPKFMPDP-OUMQNGNKSA-N hirudin Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC(OS(O)(=O)=O)=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1NC=NC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H]1N(CCC1)C(=O)[C@H](CCCCN)NC(=O)[C@H]1N(CCC1)C(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H]1NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCCN)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H]([C@@H](C)CC)NC(=O)[C@@H]2CSSC[C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N[C@H](C(NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N2)=O)CSSC1)C(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H]1NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H]([C@@H](C)O)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@@H](N)C(C)C)C(C)C)[C@@H](C)O)CSSC1)C(C)C)[C@@H](C)O)[C@@H](C)O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WQPDUTSPKFMPDP-OUMQNGNKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N histidine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CN=CN1 HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000004727 humoral immunity Effects 0.000 description 1
- MJMLBAPXMAOKDU-UHFFFAOYSA-N huwentoxin iv Chemical compound C1SSCC(C(NC(CSSCC(NC(=O)C(N)CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NC(C(C)CC)C(=O)NC(CC=2C=CC=CC=2)C(=O)NC(CCCCN)C(=O)NC(C)C(=O)N2)C(=O)NC(CCCCN)C(=O)NC(CO)C(=O)NC(CO)C(=O)NC(CCCCN)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(C(=O)N3)C(C)C)=O)NC(=O)C(CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CC(O)=O)NC(=O)C(CC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CO)NC(=O)C4CCCN4C(=O)C(CC(N)=O)NC(=O)C2CSSCC3C(=O)NC(CO)C(=O)NC(CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)NC(CCCCN)C(=O)NC(C(C)O)C(=O)NC(CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)NC(CC=2C3=CC=CC=C3NC=2)C(=O)NC1C(=O)NC(CCCCN)C(=O)NC(C(=O)NC(CCC(N)=O)C(=O)NC(C(C)CC)C(N)=O)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 MJMLBAPXMAOKDU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IXCSERBJSXMMFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrogen chloride Substances Cl.Cl IXCSERBJSXMMFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910000041 hydrogen chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000007062 hydrolysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006460 hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000005457 ice water Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002163 immunogen Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940072221 immunoglobulins Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000003364 immunohistochemistry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002596 immunotoxin Substances 0.000 description 1
- REVYTWNGZDPRKE-KESPAZQLSA-N in41i78d7r Chemical compound O([C@H]1[C@]2(O)C[C@H]3[C@]45[C@@H](OC)CC[C@@]6([C@H]4[C@@H](OC)[C@H]([C@](C[C@@H]2OC)(OC(C)=O)[C@H]31)[C@@H]5N(C)C6)COC)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 REVYTWNGZDPRKE-KESPAZQLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000006698 induction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001939 inductive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002917 insecticide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003780 insertion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000037431 insertion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010255 intramuscular injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007927 intramuscular injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010253 intravenous injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001678 irradiating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007794 irritation Effects 0.000 description 1
- FQVNSJQTSOVRKZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N isocicutoxin Natural products CCCC(O)C=CC=CC=CC#CC#CCCCO FQVNSJQTSOVRKZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VZFRNCSOCOPNDB-OXYNIABMSA-N isodomoic acid D Natural products CC(C=C/C=C(/C)C1CNC(C1CC(=O)O)C(=O)O)C(=O)O VZFRNCSOCOPNDB-OXYNIABMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000012804 iterative process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000003734 kidney Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 201000006370 kidney failure Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000011031 large-scale manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000004816 latex Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000126 latex Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 210000000265 leukocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- GIKLTQKNOXNBNY-OWOJBTEDSA-N lewisite Chemical compound Cl\C=C\[As](Cl)Cl GIKLTQKNOXNBNY-OWOJBTEDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000007169 ligase reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- CRTWQTRFSBJGLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N linamarin Natural products CC(C)(C#N)C1OC(CO)C(O)C(O)C1O CRTWQTRFSBJGLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QLTCHMYAEJEXBT-ZEBDFXRSSA-N linamarin Chemical compound N#CC(C)(C)O[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O QLTCHMYAEJEXBT-ZEBDFXRSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000008818 liver damage Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000007903 liver failure Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 231100000835 liver failure Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 208000012866 low blood pressure Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000001165 lymph node Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000000207 lymphocyte subset Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000014759 maintenance of location Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003519 mature b lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000010534 mechanism of action Effects 0.000 description 1
- HAWPXGHAZFHHAD-UHFFFAOYSA-N mechlorethamine Chemical class ClCCN(C)CCCl HAWPXGHAZFHHAD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004961 mechlorethamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- HEBKCHPVOIAQTA-UHFFFAOYSA-N meso ribitol Natural products OCC(O)C(O)C(O)CO HEBKCHPVOIAQTA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000002503 metabolic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000002739 metals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000002493 microarray Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960004857 mitomycin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 108010010621 modeccin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- YVIIHEKJCKCXOB-STYWVVQQSA-N molport-023-276-178 Chemical compound C([C@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H]1CSSC[C@H]2C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N3CCC[C@H]3C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@H](C(N[C@@H](CSSC[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N2)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N1)=O)CC(C)C)[C@@H](C)O)C(N)=O)C1=CNC=N1 YVIIHEKJCKCXOB-STYWVVQQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010000867 moubatin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000003551 muscarinic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000017074 necrotic cell death Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000005036 nerve Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000007135 neurotoxicity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000228 neurotoxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 210000000440 neutrophil Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000002777 nucleoside Substances 0.000 description 1
- QNDVLZJODHBUFM-WFXQOWMNSA-N okadaic acid Chemical compound C([C@H](O1)[C@H](C)/C=C/[C@H]2CC[C@@]3(CC[C@H]4O[C@@H](C([C@@H](O)[C@@H]4O3)=C)[C@@H](O)C[C@H](C)[C@@H]3[C@@H](CC[C@@]4(OCCCC4)O3)C)O2)C(C)=C[C@]21O[C@H](C[C@@](C)(O)C(O)=O)CC[C@H]2O QNDVLZJODHBUFM-WFXQOWMNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VEFJHAYOIAAXEU-UHFFFAOYSA-N okadaic acid Natural products CC(CC(O)C1OC2CCC3(CCC(O3)C=CC(C)C4CC(=CC5(OC(CC(C)(O)C(=O)O)CCC5O)O4)C)OC2C(O)C1C)C6OC7(CCCCO7)CCC6C VEFJHAYOIAAXEU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JLPDBLFIVFSOCC-XYXFTTADSA-N oleandrin Chemical compound O1[C@@H](C)[C@H](O)[C@@H](OC)C[C@@H]1O[C@@H]1C[C@@H](CC[C@H]2[C@]3(C[C@@H]([C@@H]([C@@]3(C)CC[C@H]32)C=2COC(=O)C=2)OC(C)=O)O)[C@]3(C)CC1 JLPDBLFIVFSOCC-XYXFTTADSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229950010050 oleandrin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000020636 oyster Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960001592 paclitaxel Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000000242 pagocytic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108010077752 pallidipin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000001769 paralizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000137 peptide hydrolase inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010045867 phallotoxin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000000144 pharmacologic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- IMACFCSSMIZSPP-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenacyl chloride Chemical compound ClCC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 IMACFCSSMIZSPP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010076042 phenomycin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- JIRJHEXNDQBKRZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosgene oxime Chemical compound ON=C(Cl)Cl JIRJHEXNDQBKRZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UEZVMMHDMIWARA-UHFFFAOYSA-M phosphonate Chemical compound [O-]P(=O)=O UEZVMMHDMIWARA-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 102000020233 phosphotransferase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 210000004180 plasmocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000003752 polymerase chain reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000379 polymerizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011148 porous material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001242 postsynaptic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001124 posttranscriptional effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108020001213 potassium channel Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000002244 precipitate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001376 precipitating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003518 presynaptic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001948 pro-b lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000069 prophylactic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000019833 protease Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000006239 protecting group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 108020001580 protein domains Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000004853 protein function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004850 protein–protein interaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002797 proteolythic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006337 proteolytic cleavage Effects 0.000 description 1
- ZBWSBXGHYDWMAK-UHFFFAOYSA-N psilocin Chemical compound C1=CC=C(O)[C]2C(CCN(C)C)=CN=C21 ZBWSBXGHYDWMAK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QKTAAWLCLHMUTJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N psilocybin Chemical compound C1C=CC(OP(O)(O)=O)=C2C(CCN(C)C)=CN=C21 QKTAAWLCLHMUTJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000002685 pulmonary effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000001397 quillaja saponaria molina bark Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009257 reactivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003259 recombinant expression Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006798 recombination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005215 recombination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009877 rendering Methods 0.000 description 1
- DSDNAKHZNJAGHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N resinferatoxin Natural products C1=C(O)C(OC)=CC(CC(=O)OCC=2CC3(O)C(=O)C(C)=CC3C34C(C)CC5(OC(O4)(CC=4C=CC=CC=4)OC5C3C=2)C(C)=C)=C1 DSDNAKHZNJAGHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DSDNAKHZNJAGHN-MXTYGGKSSA-N resiniferatoxin Chemical compound C1=C(O)C(OC)=CC(CC(=O)OCC=2C[C@]3(O)C(=O)C(C)=C[C@H]3[C@@]34[C@H](C)C[C@@]5(O[C@@](O4)(CC=4C=CC=CC=4)O[C@@H]5[C@@H]3C=2)C(C)=C)=C1 DSDNAKHZNJAGHN-MXTYGGKSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940073454 resiniferatoxin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 201000004193 respiratory failure Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000002345 respiratory system Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000010839 reverse transcription Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002336 ribonucleotide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002652 ribonucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229960004641 rituximab Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229930182490 saponin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 150000007949 saponins Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 108010011655 saratin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- RPQXVSUAYFXFJA-HGRQIUPRSA-N saxitoxin Chemical compound NC(=O)OC[C@@H]1N=C(N)N2CCC(O)(O)[C@@]22N=C(N)N[C@@H]12 RPQXVSUAYFXFJA-HGRQIUPRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RPQXVSUAYFXFJA-UHFFFAOYSA-N saxitoxin hydrate Natural products NC(=O)OCC1N=C(N)N2CCC(O)(O)C22NC(N)=NC12 RPQXVSUAYFXFJA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000007017 scission Effects 0.000 description 1
- STECJAGHUSJQJN-FWXGHANASA-N scopolamine Chemical compound C1([C@@H](CO)C(=O)O[C@H]2C[C@@H]3N([C@H](C2)[C@@H]2[C@H]3O2)C)=CC=CC=C1 STECJAGHUSJQJN-FWXGHANASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002646 scopolamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940007046 shigella dysenteriae Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 208000013220 shortness of breath Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000019491 signal transduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000075 skin burn Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- RWVGQQGBQSJDQV-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;3-[[4-[(e)-[4-(4-ethoxyanilino)phenyl]-[4-[ethyl-[(3-sulfonatophenyl)methyl]azaniumylidene]-2-methylcyclohexa-2,5-dien-1-ylidene]methyl]-n-ethyl-3-methylanilino]methyl]benzenesulfonate Chemical compound [Na+].C1=CC(OCC)=CC=C1NC1=CC=C(C(=C2C(=CC(C=C2)=[N+](CC)CC=2C=C(C=CC=2)S([O-])(=O)=O)C)C=2C(=CC(=CC=2)N(CC)CC=2C=C(C=CC=2)S([O-])(=O)=O)C)C=C1 RWVGQQGBQSJDQV-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000006850 spacer group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 1
- 210000000952 spleen Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000007921 spray Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010092231 staphylococcal alpha-toxin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229960005322 streptomycin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960005453 strychnine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 208000035458 subtype of a disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000001629 suppression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960005566 swainsonine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- FXUAIOOAOAVCGD-UHFFFAOYSA-N swainsonine Natural products C1CCC(O)C2C(O)C(O)CN21 FXUAIOOAOAVCGD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FXUAIOOAOAVCGD-FKSUSPILSA-N swainsonine Chemical compound C1CC[C@H](O)[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CN21 FXUAIOOAOAVCGD-FKSUSPILSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000002195 synergetic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108010050301 tRNA nucleotidyltransferase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- RCINICONZNJXQF-MZXODVADSA-N taxol Chemical compound O([C@@H]1[C@@]2(C[C@@H](C(C)=C(C2(C)C)[C@H](C([C@]2(C)[C@@H](O)C[C@H]3OC[C@]3([C@H]21)OC(C)=O)=O)OC(=O)C)OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(=O)C=1C=CC=CC=1)C=1C=CC=CC=1)O)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 RCINICONZNJXQF-MZXODVADSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003491 tear gas Substances 0.000 description 1
- NRUKOCRGYNPUPR-QBPJDGROSA-N teniposide Chemical compound COC1=C(O)C(OC)=CC([C@@H]2C3=CC=4OCOC=4C=C3[C@@H](O[C@H]3[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@@H]4O[C@@H](OC[C@H]4O3)C=3SC=CC=3)O)[C@@H]3[C@@H]2C(OC3)=O)=C1 NRUKOCRGYNPUPR-QBPJDGROSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001278 teniposide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940124598 therapeutic candidate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 231100001274 therapeutic index Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000004797 therapeutic response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011200 topical administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013518 transcription Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000035897 transcription Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011830 transgenic mouse model Methods 0.000 description 1
- FMHHVULEAZTJMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N trioxsalen Chemical compound CC1=CC(=O)OC2=C1C=C1C=C(C)OC1=C2C FMHHVULEAZTJMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000850 trioxysalen Drugs 0.000 description 1
- LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tris Chemical compound OCC(N)(CO)CO LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000009281 ultraviolet germicidal irradiation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108010045161 variabilin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000004862 vasculogenesis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940118696 vibrio cholerae Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960003048 vinblastine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- JXLYSJRDGCGARV-XQKSVPLYSA-N vincaleukoblastine Chemical compound C([C@@H](C[C@]1(C(=O)OC)C=2C(=CC3=C([C@]45[C@H]([C@@]([C@H](OC(C)=O)[C@]6(CC)C=CCN([C@H]56)CC4)(O)C(=O)OC)N3C)C=2)OC)C[C@@](C2)(O)CC)N2CCC2=C1NC1=CC=CC=C21 JXLYSJRDGCGARV-XQKSVPLYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004528 vincristine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- OGWKCGZFUXNPDA-XQKSVPLYSA-N vincristine Chemical compound C([N@]1C[C@@H](C[C@]2(C(=O)OC)C=3C(=CC4=C([C@]56[C@H]([C@@]([C@H](OC(C)=O)[C@]7(CC)C=CCN([C@H]67)CC5)(O)C(=O)OC)N4C=O)C=3)OC)C[C@@](C1)(O)CC)CC1=C2NC2=CC=CC=C12 OGWKCGZFUXNPDA-XQKSVPLYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OGWKCGZFUXNPDA-UHFFFAOYSA-N vincristine Natural products C1C(CC)(O)CC(CC2(C(=O)OC)C=3C(=CC4=C(C56C(C(C(OC(C)=O)C7(CC)C=CCN(C67)CC5)(O)C(=O)OC)N4C=O)C=3)OC)CN1CCC1=C2NC2=CC=CC=C12 OGWKCGZFUXNPDA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000003612 virological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003643 water by type Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960005502 α-amanitin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 108091058550 ω-conotoxin Proteins 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
- A61K39/395—Antibodies; Immunoglobulins; Immune serum, e.g. antilymphocytic serum
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
- C07K16/18—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
- C07K16/28—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants
- C07K16/30—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants from tumour cells
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N15/00—Mutation or genetic engineering; DNA or RNA concerning genetic engineering, vectors, e.g. plasmids, or their isolation, preparation or purification; Use of hosts therefor
- C12N15/09—Recombinant DNA-technology
- C12N15/10—Processes for the isolation, preparation or purification of DNA or RNA
- C12N15/1034—Isolating an individual clone by screening libraries
- C12N15/1062—Isolating an individual clone by screening libraries mRNA-Display, e.g. polypeptide and encoding template are connected covalently
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N15/00—Mutation or genetic engineering; DNA or RNA concerning genetic engineering, vectors, e.g. plasmids, or their isolation, preparation or purification; Use of hosts therefor
- C12N15/09—Recombinant DNA-technology
- C12N15/11—DNA or RNA fragments; Modified forms thereof; Non-coding nucleic acids having a biological activity
- C12N15/62—DNA sequences coding for fusion proteins
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N33/00—Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
- G01N33/48—Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
- G01N33/50—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
- G01N33/53—Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor
- G01N33/531—Production of immunochemical test materials
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N33/00—Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
- G01N33/48—Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
- G01N33/50—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
- G01N33/68—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing involving proteins, peptides or amino acids
- G01N33/6803—General methods of protein analysis not limited to specific proteins or families of proteins
- G01N33/6845—Methods of identifying protein-protein interactions in protein mixtures
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K14/00—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K2319/00—Fusion polypeptide
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K2319/00—Fusion polypeptide
- C07K2319/30—Non-immunoglobulin-derived peptide or protein having an immunoglobulin constant or Fc region, or a fragment thereof, attached thereto
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N15/00—Mutation or genetic engineering; DNA or RNA concerning genetic engineering, vectors, e.g. plasmids, or their isolation, preparation or purification; Use of hosts therefor
- C12N15/09—Recombinant DNA-technology
- C12N15/10—Processes for the isolation, preparation or purification of DNA or RNA
- C12N15/1034—Isolating an individual clone by screening libraries
- C12N15/1068—Template (nucleic acid) mediated chemical library synthesis, e.g. chemical and enzymatical DNA-templated organic molecule synthesis, libraries prepared by non ribosomal polypeptide synthesis [NRPS], DNA/RNA-polymerase mediated polypeptide synthesis
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N15/00—Mutation or genetic engineering; DNA or RNA concerning genetic engineering, vectors, e.g. plasmids, or their isolation, preparation or purification; Use of hosts therefor
- C12N15/09—Recombinant DNA-technology
- C12N15/10—Processes for the isolation, preparation or purification of DNA or RNA
- C12N15/1034—Isolating an individual clone by screening libraries
- C12N15/1075—Isolating an individual clone by screening libraries by coupling phenotype to genotype, not provided for in other groups of this subclass
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12P—FERMENTATION OR ENZYME-USING PROCESSES TO SYNTHESISE A DESIRED CHEMICAL COMPOUND OR COMPOSITION OR TO SEPARATE OPTICAL ISOMERS FROM A RACEMIC MIXTURE
- C12P19/00—Preparation of compounds containing saccharide radicals
- C12P19/26—Preparation of nitrogen-containing carbohydrates
- C12P19/28—N-glycosides
- C12P19/30—Nucleotides
- C12P19/34—Polynucleotides, e.g. nucleic acids, oligoribonucleotides
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C40—COMBINATORIAL TECHNOLOGY
- C40B—COMBINATORIAL CHEMISTRY; LIBRARIES, e.g. CHEMICAL LIBRARIES
- C40B30/00—Methods of screening libraries
- C40B30/04—Methods of screening libraries by measuring the ability to specifically bind a target molecule, e.g. antibody-antigen binding, receptor-ligand binding
Definitions
- Sequence Listing is provided as a file entitled “PRONOV009P1C2_Replacement Seq_List.XML”, created on Sep. 4, 2023 and which is 54,991 bytes in size. This application also incorporates by reference the sequence listing submitted as ASCII text filed concurrently.
- the present invention relates to methods for making therapeutics tailored to individual patients or sub-populations of patients.
- Several embodiments relate to methods for making therapeutics that target soluble agents such as toxins, venoms, and/or other factors that alter physiological biopathways.
- Methods of using such targeted therapeutics are also provided, for example using therapeutics targeting soluble agents to treat patients or patient populations that have been exposed to such agents to reduce, eliminate, or inactivate, such detrimental soluble agents or their effects or use of therapeutics to treat malignancies, pathogenic infections, and other conditions, and to reduce or prevent transplant rejection.
- malignant cells display epitopes that are specific not only to the type of malignancy but also to the individual patient.
- cells that are infected, diseased, transplanted from a donor to host, or are otherwise compromised in their health or function have been found to express one or more unique markers.
- numerous toxins, venoms, chemical agents, and other agents that alter physiological biopathways exist and exposure to such agents presents a potentially significant health risk. Differentiating between the normal healthy cells of subject (or those transplanted into a subject) and those that are diseased, injured, infected or malfunctioning is important to many different therapies.
- methods for generating a modular targeted therapeutic that targets an agent of interest comprising: identifying a first protein capable of specifically interacting with the agent of interest; identifying a first mRNA that encodes for the first protein; identifying non-antibody second portion capable of eliciting an immune response through interaction with one or more components of the immune system; identifying a second mRNA that encodes for the non-antibody second portion; generating a first and a second cDNA corresponding to each of the first and the second mRNAs; fusing the first and the second cDNA to the first and second ends of a bridge cDNA to generate a fused cDNA; and translating the fused cDNA into a corresponding fused protein, wherein a first portion of the fused protein is capable of interacting with the agent of interest and a second portion of the fused protein is capable of eliciting an immune response, thereby generating a bifunctional targeted therapeutic that targets the agent of interest.
- the non-antibody second portion is a second protein.
- the first protein is identified by screening a library comprising proteins linked to their cognate mRNAs to identify one or more proteins that interact with the agent of interest. Additionally, the method can optionally further comprise screening the bifunctional targeted therapeutic against the agent of interest and the one or more components of the immune system.
- the non-antibody second portion has a known mRNA sequence.
- this allows for generation of the encoded protein from that mRNA, once the desired characteristics of second protein have been identified (e.g., interaction with desired portion of the immune system for the particular embodiment.
- the second protein is capable of binding to the heavy chain of an antibody.
- the second protein is capable of binding to the constant region of the heavy chain of the antibody.
- the second protein is capable of binding to the CH1 region of the heavy chain.
- the non-antibody second portion is capable of binding to an IgG antibody.
- the agent of interest is soluble (e.g., in the bloodstream of a subject), while in additional embodiments, the agent of interest is a cell surface molecule or marker.
- soluble agents of interest are selected from the group consisting of animal toxins, insect toxins, plant toxins, algae-derived toxins, fungi-derived toxins, bacterial-derived toxins, biowarfare agents, biopathway modulators, and combinations thereof.
- the agent of interest targets (and adversely affects) one or more of the blood, blood vessels, nervous tissue, and muscle tissue, one or more ion channels, induces muscle paralysis, prevents blood clotting, and/or induces increased gastrointestinal water secretion.
- the screening methods used to identify modular therapeutics capable of targeting the agent of interest comprise positive selection, negative selection, or combinations thereof.
- screening for bifunctional therapeutics that target the agent of interest comprises blocking a site on the agent of interest with which the first protein interacts, exposing a plurality of candidate bifunctional targeted therapeutics to the blocked agent of interest, identifying those candidate bifunctional targeted therapeutics that bind to the blocked agent of interest and those that do not bind to the blocked agent of interest; and collecting those candidate bifunctional targeted therapeutic that do not bind to the blocked agent of interest.
- the collection of those that do not bind is facilitated by first immobilizing the agent of interest on a solid support.
- a wash of the solid support and collection of the wash solution facilitates specific collection of those bifunctional targeted therapeutics that interact with the site on the agent of interest that was pre-blocked.
- the screening optionally further comprises screening the collected candidate bifunctional targeted therapeutics for interaction with one or more components of the immune system.
- additional screening methods comprise, in some embodiments, exposing the collected candidate bifunctional targeted therapeutics to the component of the immune system; identifying those candidate bifunctional targeted therapeutics that bind to component of the immune system and those that do not bind to the component of the immune system; and discarding those candidate bifunctional targeted therapeutics that do not bind to the component of the immune system and collecting those that do bind to the component of the immune system.
- the component of the immune system may optionally be immobilized on a solid support.
- the component of the immune system can also be pre-blocked (at a site or sites of interest) such that the candidate bifunctional targeted therapeutics that fail to bind to the blocked component are collected (as the failure to bind indicates preferential interaction with the blocked sites).
- the component of the immune system is an antibody.
- the antibody is an IgG antibody. In some embodiments, the antibody is an IgG isotype 1, 2, 3, or 4 antibody.
- a method for treating a subject that has been exposed to a soluble agent comprising identifying a subject who has been exposed to a soluble agent; and administering to the subject a bifunctional targeted therapeutic that has been screened for specific interaction with the soluble agent and with a component of the immune system, and wherein upon interaction with the soluble agent via the first portion of the targeted therapeutic, the second portion elicits an immune response, which results in clearance of the soluble agent and treatment of the subject.
- methods are provided herein for developing targeted therapeutics useful in treating a wide range of conditions by targeting cell-surface markers (e.g., epitopes, idiotypes, and the like) or other molecules that are differentially expressed by, or in close proximity to, malignant cells, pathogens, transplanted cells, and/or other entities targeted for treatment. Also provided are methods for treating a disease or condition by administering a therapeutic produced by methods described herein.
- cell-surface markers e.g., epitopes, idiotypes, and the like
- methods for treating a disease or condition by administering a therapeutic produced by methods described herein.
- methods provided herein utilize novel techniques for linking proteins to their corresponding mRNAs, and screening the protein-mRNA complexes for binding to a molecular target associated with one or more etiological determinants.
- therapeutics provided herein are designed to recognize molecular targets that are differentially expressed in an individual patient seeking treatment, or in a sub-population of patients, such as patients diagnosed with a specific strain or subtype of a disease or condition. Proteins having high affinity for a target of interest are preferably isolated and linked to one or more therapeutic agents effective against the disease being treated (e.g., cytotoxic agents), to produce a variety of targeted therapeutics.
- the rapid and efficient identification, isolation, and production of proteins capable of recognizing targets of interest provides effective, low cost methods for the production of patient- and/or disease-specific therapeutics.
- methods provided herein beneficially allow a wide range of diseases and conditions to be treated with tailored therapeutics, within the context of existing health care budgets and resource allocations.
- the tailored therapeutics comprise a “targeting domain” that binds to a molecular target associated with a disease or condition selected for treatment, and a “therapeutic agent” capable of treating or preventing said disease or condition.
- the targeting domain is tailored to recognize targets that are differentially expressed in particular patients or sub-populations of patients, while in these and/or other embodiments, the therapeutic agent does not require substantial tailoring to individual patients or sub-populations of patients.
- This “modular” architecture advantageously allows for the creation of individualized therapeutics by tailoring only the small portion of the administrable therapeutic comprising the targeting domain, which can then be used to enhance the efficacy of a variety of pre-existing or easily prepared therapeutic agents.
- the targeting domain is tailored to bind an epitope selectively or preferentially expressed by cancerous cells relative to non-cancerous cells in a patient seeking treatment
- the therapeutic agent is an antibody or other molecule (hereinafter referred to as the “immune effector”) capable of stimulating an immune response in the patient.
- the targeted epitopes are substantially absent from non-cancerous cells, and the therapeutic agent does not otherwise substantially bind to non-cancerous cells.
- the cancer is a hematological cancer, such as a lymphoma (e.g., non-Hodgkin's lymphoma), a leukemia, or a multiple myeloma, wherein cancerous and/or malignant cells express a patient-specific epitope that can be an idiotype.
- a lymphoma e.g., non-Hodgkin's lymphoma
- leukemia e.g., a leukemia
- multiple myeloma e.g., multiple myeloma
- cancerous and/or malignant cells express a patient-specific epitope that can be an idiotype.
- the therapeutic agent is linked, fused, or derivatized, directly or indirectly, to the targeting domain to form the modular therapeutic.
- an immune effector is covalently linked to a target-binding domain, while in other embodiments it is non-covalently bound.
- the target-binding domain is part of a bifunctional protein comprising a target-binding domain fused to a second domain that binds the immune effector.
- the immune effector-binding domain may comprise an epitope recognized by variable regions of an antibody, or a molecule that binds other regions of an antibody, such as the Fc region.
- the immune effector-binding domain may also comprise a peptide sequence designed to bind the immune effector.
- the bifunctional protein may comprise a fusion protein, or the two domains can be covalently or non-covalently linked.
- the target-binding domain and the immune effector binding domain can be directly linked, or indirectly linked, for example via a flexible linker peptide.
- the invention provides methods for preparing a therapeutic for treating a cancer comprising isolating complexes of expressed mRNA molecules and their nascent polypeptides from an mRNA expression library; screening the protein-mRNA complexes for binding to a molecular target associated with an etiological determinant, such as an epitope displayed by a cancerous cell; isolating and expressing mRNA encoding a protein that binds the target epitope; and derivatizing the target epitope-binding protein (or derivatives, fragments or subunits thereof) to a therapeutic agent, such as an antibody capable of eliciting an immune response against the target.
- a therapeutic agent such as an antibody capable of eliciting an immune response against the target.
- the preparation of the therapeutic further comprises allowing isolated mRNA encoding a target-binding domain to undergo in vitro evolution, selective mutagenesis, and/or other methods known in the art to identify and isolate mRNAs exhibiting stronger or more effective binding to the target epitope, as described in more detail below.
- the invention provides methods for treating a disease or condition, such as a cancer, comprising identifying a target epitope or other molecule specifically or preferentially expressed on, or in close proximity to, an etiological determinant of the condition targeted for treatment, in a patient in need of treatment; isolating a protein that binds the target, but does not bind substantially to non-targets; linking the target-binding protein (or derivatives, fragments or subunits thereof) to a therapeutic agent, such as an antibody capable of eliciting an immune response in the subject of interest; and administering the therapeutic to the patient in an amount and for a time sufficient to treat the condition targeted for treatment.
- a disease or condition such as a cancer
- the invention provides methods for identifying proteins that bind cancer cell target epitopes, or other etiological determinants, comprising isolating complexes of expressed mRNA molecules and their nascent polypeptides from an mRNA expression library; screening the protein-mRNA complexes for binding to a target epitope displayed by a cancerous cell; isolating and expressing mRNA encoding a protein that binds the target epitope; and derivatizing the target epitope-binding protein (or derivatives, fragments or subunits thereof) to an antibody capable of eliciting an immune response.
- the methods may further comprise allowing isolated mRNA encoding a target epitope-binding protein to undergo in vitro evolution, selective mutagenesis, or other methods known in the art to identify and isolate mRNAs exhibiting stronger or more effective binding to the target epitope.
- the invention provides a kit for developing an individualized therapeutic for the treatment of a disease or condition characterized by the expression of disease- and/or patient-specific etiological determinants.
- a kit is provided for developing patient-specific therapeutics for the treatment of a cancer, including solid tumors and hematological cancers, wherein the therapeutics are targeted to a unique cell-surface epitope differentially expressed on the surface of cancerous and/or malignant cells.
- the invention provides therapeutics and methods for reducing or preventing transplant rejection.
- the target-binding protein binds to cell surface antigens displayed by transplanted cells, such as MHC antigens
- the therapeutic agent e.g., the immune effector
- the immune effector comprises a protein or other molecule that binds to and inhibits one or more molecular determinants of the immune response.
- the immune effector binds the C1q or C3 components of the complement system to thereby inhibit the activation of complement-mediated immunity.
- the immune effector stimulates an immune response to eliminate transplanted cells bearing “foreign” MHC or other antigens.
- the therapeutic agent ablates or prevents the clonal expansion of lymphocyte subpopulations expressing specific epitopes, for example epitopes that recognize MHC antigens.
- inventions of the present invention further provide methods and kits for inhibiting transplant rejection that are essentially similar to those described above for treating malignancies.
- the target-binding domain is selected to bind one or more variable epitopes expressed by a disease-causing pathogen, or one or more cells infected by a disease-causing pathogen
- the therapeutic agent comprises an anti-pathogenic drug, such as an antibiotic or other cytotoxic agent.
- the pathogen is a virus, such as HIV.
- methods provided herein allow for the rapid and cost-effective creation of individualized therapeutics.
- the following detailed description illustrates various aspects of the invention as they relate to particular applications. However, the description applies equally to the development and use of therapeutics and methods for the treatment of a wide variety of conditions, including but not limited to, the treatment of malignancies, the reduction and elimination of pathogens, the reduction and/or prevention of transplant rejection, and in general, the treatment of any condition involving a therapeutic target which exhibits differential binding characteristics relative to non-targeted cells or molecules.
- methods are provided herein for developing targeted therapeutics useful in treating a wide range of conditions by targeting soluble targets (e.g., toxins, venoms and the like). Methods are also provided herein that target soluble proteins without a pre-immunization of a subject with an epitope of the desired target. Also provided are methods for treating a disease or condition by administering a therapeutic produced by methods described herein.
- soluble targets e.g., toxins, venoms and the like.
- a method for generation of a bifunctional targeted therapeutic that targets a soluble agent comprising identifying a first protein capable of interacting with a desired soluble target, identifying a first mRNA that encodes for the first protein, identifying an antigen capable of eliciting an immune response through interaction with one or more components of the immune system, identifying a second mRNA that encodes for the antigen, generating a first and a second cDNA corresponding to each of the first and the second mRNAs, fusing the first and the cDNA to generate a fused cDNA, translating the fused cDNA into a corresponding fused protein, wherein the a first portion of the fused protein is capable of interacting with the desired soluble target and a second portion of the fused protein is capable of eliciting an immune response, thereby generating a bifunctional targeted therapeutic that targets a soluble agent.
- the antigen has a known mRNA sequence.
- a method for generation of a bifunctional targeted therapeutic that targets a soluble agent comprising identifying a first protein capable of interacting with a desired soluble target, identifying a first mRNA that encodes for the first protein, identifying a second protein capable of eliciting an immune response through interaction with one or more components of the immune system, identifying a second mRNA that encodes for the second protein, generating a first and a second cDNA corresponding to each of the first and the second mRNAs, fusing the first and the cDNA to generate a fused cDNA, translating the fused cDNA into a corresponding fused protein, wherein the a first portion of the fused protein is capable of interacting with the desired soluble target and a second portion of the fused protein is capable of eliciting an immune response, thereby generating a bifunctional targeted therapeutic that targets a soluble agent.
- the second protein is capable of binding to an antibody. In some embodiments, the second protein is capable of binding to the heavy chain of an antibody. In some embodiments, the second protein is capable of binding to the constant region of the heavy chain. In some embodiments, the second protein is capable of binding to the CH1 region of the heavy chain. In some embodiments, the antibody is an IgG antibody.
- the proteins are linked to their cognate mRNAs via a cross-linker.
- the cross-linker is placed on a codon.
- the cross-linker is placed on a pseudo-stop codon.
- the cross-linker comprises a psoralen cross-linker, and wherein exposure of the mRNA to UV light links the mRNA to the protein.
- the linker is selected from the group consisting of tRNA, modified tRNA, and tRNA analogs.
- the first protein is identified by screening a library comprising proteins linked to their cognate mRNAs to identify one or more proteins that interact with the soluble agent.
- the method further comprises screening the bifunctional targeted therapeutic against the soluble agent and the one or more components of the immune system.
- the fused cDNA comprises a bridge cDNA between the first and the second cDNA.
- the soluble agent is a selected from the group consisting of animal toxins, insect toxins, plant toxins, algae-derived toxins, fungi-derived toxins, bacterial-derived toxins, biowarfare agents, and biopathway modulators.
- the soluble agent targets one or more of the blood, blood vessels, nervous tissue, and muscle tissue.
- the soluble agent targets an ion channel.
- the soluble agent induces muscle paralysis.
- the soluble agent targets prevents blood clotting.
- the soluble agent induces increased gastrointestinal water secretion.
- a method for treating a subject that has been exposed to a soluble agent comprising: identifying a subject who has been exposed to a soluble agent; and administering to the subject a bifunctional targeted therapeutic, wherein the immune response results in clearance of the soluble agent.
- a method for treating a subject that has been exposed to a soluble agent comprising identifying a subject who has been exposed to a soluble agent, administering to the subject an antigen, wherein administration of the antigen induces production of antibodies directed to the antigen by the subject; administering to the subject the bifunctional targeted therapeutic comprising the antigen, wherein the administration allows the targeted therapeutic to bind to interact with the soluble agent and with the produced antibodies, wherein the interaction results in clearance the soluble target by the immune system, thereby treating the subject.
- a method for treating a subject that has been exposed to a soluble agent comprising identifying a subject who has been exposed to a soluble agent, administering to the subject an antigen in order for the subject to produce antibodies to the antigen, identifying a first protein capable of interacting with the soluble agent, identifying a first mRNA that encodes for the first protein, identifying a second mRNA that encodes for the antigen, generating a first and a second cDNA corresponding to each of the first and the second mRNAs, fusing the first and the cDNA to generate a fused cDNA, translating the fused cDNA into a corresponding fused protein, administering the fused protein to the subject, wherein the administration allows the first portion of allows a first portion of the fused protein to interact with the soluble agent and a second portion of the fused protein to interact with the antibodies produced in response to the administration of the antigen, wherein the interactions result in the clearance of the soluble agent by the immune
- a method for treating a subject that has been exposed to a soluble agent comprising, identifying a subject who has been exposed to a soluble agent, identifying a first protein capable of interacting with the soluble agent, identifying a first mRNA that encodes for the first protein, identifying a second protein capable of binding to an antibody, identifying a second mRNA that encodes for the second protein, generating a first and a second cDNA corresponding to each of the first and the second mRNAs, fusing the first and the cDNA to generate a fused cDNA, translating the fused cDNA into a corresponding fused protein, administering the fused protein to the subject, wherein the administration allows a first portion of the fused protein to interact with the soluble agent and a second portion of the fused protein to interact with the antibody, wherein the interaction with the antibody elicits an immune response, and wherein the immune response results in clearance of the soluble agent, thereby treating the subject.
- the antibody is an IgG antibody.
- bifunctional therapeutic generated according to the methods disclosed herein for the treatment of exposure to a soluble agent, wherein the exposure induces a deleterious effect in an exposed subject, and wherein the bifunctional therapeutic clears the soluble agent from the subject, thereby treating the exposure.
- a bifunctional therapeutic comprising a known antigen for the pre-treatment of a subject likely to be exposed to a soluble agent, wherein administration to the identified antigen induces the production of antibodies directed against the antigen, wherein subsequent actual exposure to the soluble agent induces the interaction of the first portion of the bifunctional protein with the soluble agent and the interaction of the produced antibodies with the second portion of the bifunctional protein, and wherein the interactions clear the soluble agent from the subject.
- methods provided herein utilize novel techniques for linking proteins to their corresponding mRNAs, and screening the protein-mRNA complexes for binding to a target associated with a particular soluble agent.
- the identified proteins having high affinity for a soluble agent of interest are preferably isolated and linked to one or more immune modulators, to produce a variety of targeted therapeutics.
- the rapid and efficient identification, isolation, and production of proteins capable of recognizing targets of interest provides effective, low cost methods for the production of patient- and/or condition-specific therapeutics.
- methods provided herein beneficially allow a wide range of soluble agents, and exposure thereto, to be treated with tailored therapeutics, within the context of existing health care budgets and resource allocations.
- the therapeutics comprise a “targeting domain” that binds to all or a portion of a soluble agent, and a immune effector region capable of initiating an immune response.
- This “modular” architecture advantageously allows for the creation of uniquely targeted therapeutics by tailoring the targeting domain, which can then be used to enhance the efficacy of a variety of pre-existing or easily prepared therapeutic agents.
- the immune effector region of the therapeutic is linked, fused, or derivatized, directly or indirectly, to the soluble agent targeting domain to form the bifunctional therapeutic.
- an immune effector is covalently linked to a target-binding domain, while in other embodiments it is non-covalently bound.
- the target-binding domain and the immune effector binding domain can be directly linked, or indirectly linked, for example via a flexible linker peptide.
- the invention provides methods for preparing a therapeutic for treating exposure to a soluble agent comprising isolating complexes of expressed mRNA molecules and their nascent polypeptides from an mRNA expression library; screening the protein-mRNA complexes for binding to all or a portion of a soluble agent; isolating and expressing mRNA encoding a protein that binds the target; and linking the target-binding protein (or derivatives, fragments or subunits thereof) to a therapeutic agent, such as an antibody capable of eliciting an immune response.
- a therapeutic agent such as an antibody capable of eliciting an immune response.
- the preparation of the therapeutic further comprises allowing isolated mRNA encoding a target-binding domain to undergo in vitro evolution, selective mutagenesis, and/or other methods known in the art to identify and isolate mRNAs exhibiting stronger or more effective binding to the target, as described in more detail below.
- the invention provides a kit for developing a bifunctional therapeutic for the treatment of (or pre-treatment of) exposure to a soluble agent.
- a kit is provided for developing patient-specific therapeutics for the treatment of soluble agent exposure, wherein the therapeutics are targeted to a unique marker, epitope, structural feature, etc., that is differentially expressed by the soluble agent (as compared to other molecules or compounds in the bloodstream.
- FIG. 1 depicts a complex comprising a target epitope-binding protein and an immune effector antibody reacted with a malignant cell via the Fab idiotype expressed on the cell surface.
- FIG. 2 depicts an illustration of a known human antibody (Ab) to a small human protein (Ebbd).
- the protein can serve as an epitope that links the antibody (Ab) to the therapeutic.
- the role of the Ab is to act as an immune effector that ultimately triggers an immune response.
- FIG. 3 depicts an illustration of scaled up production of mRNA encoding an immune effector-binding protein (Ebbd) for ligation purposes in construction of oligonucleotide sequence that codes for the bifunctional protein component of the therapeutic.
- Ebbd immune effector-binding protein
- FIG. 4 depicts a system for breeding a protein that binds selectively to an epitopes expressed on the surface of certain cancer cells.
- the system includes in vitro translation of an mRNA library to give protein libraries in which each protein remains linked with its cognate mRNA. Selection includes steps to identity proteins that selectively bind the cancer epitopes but not the epitopes expressed by normal cells. The selection methods used are dependent on the epitopes isolation and display procedure used.
- the system also includes rapid directed evolution, selection, and production, in quantity, of the protein(s) with targeted properties.
- FIG. 5 depicts one embodiment of a process for isolating the mRNA from the protein that binds the idiotype or target epitope on malignant cells.
- the illustration excludes negative selection.
- FIG. 6 depicts one embodiment of a bifunctional protein translated from an oligonucleotide sequence created by the ligation of the mRNAs that code for a target epitope-binding protein and for a human protein (the immune effector binding domain (Ebbd)) that is bound by a human antibody.
- Ebbd immune effector binding domain
- FIG. 7 depicts an individualized cancer therapeutic prepared by forming a complex that includes a bifunctional protein with epitopes for the immune effector Ab (Anti-Ebbd antibody) and the Fab idiotype or target epitope.
- FIG. 8 depicts an illustration of a malignant cell tagged by the therapeutic through the linkage between the idiotype or target epitope and the protein that binds the iidiotype or target epitope.
- the exposed human antibody triggers the curative immune response.
- FIG. 9 depicts a therapeutic comprising a first peptide (the target epitope-binding domain) bred to bind to the target epitope and a second peptide (the immune effector-binding domain) bred to bind a stable C3 convertase (the immune effector). Binding of the therapeutic to the target epitope elicits a complement-mediated immune response at the binding site.
- FIG. 10 depicts a therapeutic comprising a first peptide (the target epitope-binding domain) bred to bind to the target epitope and a second peptide (the immune effector) bred to bind the C1 component of the complement system. Binding of the therapeutic to the target epitope elicits binding of endogenous C1 to the effector, and the initiation of a complement-mediated immune response at the binding site.
- a first peptide the target epitope-binding domain
- the immune effector the immune effector
- FIG. 11 illustrates schematically one example of the complex formed by the mRNA and its protein product when linked by a modified tRNA or analog.
- a codon of the mRNA pairs with the anticodon of a modified tRNA and is covalently crosslinked to a psoralen monoadduct, or a non-psoralen crosslinker or aryl azides by UV irradiation.
- the translated polypeptide is linked to the modified tRNA via the ribosomal peptidyl transferase. Both linkages occur while the mRNA and nascent protein are held in place by the ribosome.
- FIG. 12 illustrates schematically an example of the in vitro selection and evolution process, wherein the starting nucleic acids and their protein products are linked (e.g., according to FIG. 1 ) and are selected by a particular characteristic exhibited by the protein. Proteins not exhibiting the particular characteristic are discarded and those having the characteristic are amplified with variation, preferably via amplification with variation of the mRNA, to form a new population. In various embodiments, nonbinding proteins will be selected. The new population is translated and linked via a modified tRNA or analog, and the selection process is repeated. As many selection and amplification/mutation rounds as desired can be performed to optimize the protein product.
- FIG. 13 illustrates one method of construction of a tRNA molecule of the invention.
- the 5′ end of a tRNA, a nucleic acid encoding an anticodon loop and having a molecule capable of stably linking to mRNA (such as psoralen, as used in this example), and the 3′ end of tRNA modified with a terminal puromycin molecule are ligated to form a complete modified tRNA for use in the in vitro evolution methods of the invention.
- Other embodiments do not include puromycin.
- FIG. 14 describes two alternative embodiments by which the crosslinking molecule psoralen can be positioned such that it is capable of linking the mRNA with the tRNA in the methods of the invention.
- a first embodiment includes linking the crosslinker (e.g., psoralen monoadduct) to the mRNA, and a second embodiment includes linking the crosslinker to the anticodon of the tRNA molecule.
- the crosslinker can either be monoadducted to the anticodon or the 3′ terminal codon of the reading frame for known or partially known messages. This can be done in a separate procedure from translation, e.g., before translation occurs.
- FIG. 15 illustrates the chemical structures for uridine and pseudouridine.
- Pseudouridine is a naturally occurring base found in tRNA that forms hydrogen bonds just as uridine does, but lacks the 5-6 double bond that is the target for psoralen.
- FIG. 16 illustrates some embodiments of the present invention.
- the SATA, Linking tRNA Analog and Nonsense Suppressor analog, in certain embodiments, are shown.
- FIGS. 17 A- 17 D depict a scheme for development of therapeutics targeted to soluble targets.
- Panel A depicts identification of an mRNA linked to its cognate protein.
- a soluble target e.g., a toxin or venom
- a library of proteins each of which may or may not interact with the soluble target
- Panel B depicts identification of an mRNA associated with a known antigen, that antigen to be used to immunize a patient.
- Panel C depicts the fusion of the cDNAs from the mRNAs identified in each of Panels A and B.
- Panel D depicts the generation of a pool of bifunctional proteins directed to the soluble target, which are generated through translation of the cDNA with a linker provided between the two ends of the bi functional protein.
- FIGS. 18 A- 18 D depict a scheme for selecting bifunctional proteins that specifically react with the soluble target of interest and the known antigen used to immunize a subject.
- Panel A depicts the panning of the pool of bifunctional proteins against the soluble target which is affixed to a solid substrate.
- Panel B depicts specific binding of certain bifunctional proteins to the target of interest.
- Panel C depicts the reaction of the antigen portion of the bifunctional protein with a specific antibody bound to a substrate.
- Panel D represents the pool of generated bifunctional proteins that are to be used in treatments (e.g., those that have both a portion that reacts with the soluble target of interest and the known antigen of interest).
- FIGS. 19 A- 19 C depict a schematic for the treatment of a subject who has been exposed to the soluble target.
- Panel 3A depicts the administration of the targeted therapeutic to the subject.
- Panel B represents the in vivo activity of the targeted therapeutic, e.g., the soluble target is bound to one end of the therapeutic and the other end of the therapeutic is bound by an antibody present in the subject.
- Panel C depicts the complex that is formed, which is then destroyed by the immune system.
- FIGS. 20 A- 20 D depict a schematic for development of therapeutics targeted to soluble targets to be administered to subjects who have not been pre-immunized with a known antigen.
- Panel A depicts identification of a first mRNA linked to its cognate protein.
- a soluble target e.g., a toxin or venom
- Panel B depicts an IgG molecule on a solid substrate that is panned with the library of proteins that are linked to their cognate mRNA, thereby identifying those proteins that react with the CH1 region of the antibody.
- Panel C depicts the generation of a fusion protein from cDNAs generated from each of the identified mRNAs.
- Panel D represents the pool of bifunctional proteins that are to be used in treatments (e.g., those that have both a portion that reacts with the soluble target of interest and the CH1 region of an antibody).
- FIG. 21 depicts an example of the therapeutic agent generated by methods described herein.
- FIGS. 22 A- 22 D depicts a scheme for selecting bifunctional proteins that specifically react with the soluble target of interest and the CH1 region of an antibody.
- Panel A depicts the panning of the pool of bifunctional proteins against the soluble target which is affixed to a solid substrate.
- Panel B depicts specific binding of certain bifunctional proteins to the target of interest.
- Panel C depicts the reaction of the bifunctional protein with the CH1 region of antibodies bound to a substrate.
- Panel D represents the pool of generated bifunctional proteins that are to be used in treatments (e.g., those that have both a portion that reacts with the soluble target of interest and with the CH1 region of an antibody).
- FIGS. 23 A- 23 E depict the process in vivo that results in the clearance of the soluble target and generation of cells bearing antigen related to the soluble target.
- Panel A depicts a typical macrophage having an Fc receptor on its surface as well as the soluble target-bifunctional protein-antibody complex.
- Panel B depicts the binding of the complex to the macrophage.
- Panel C depicts the phagocytosis of the complex by the macrophage.
- Panel D depicts the digestion of the complex into small peptide fragments by enzymes.
- Panel E depicts the generation of a macrophage with the small peptides expressed on its surface, which will induce antibody production.
- bifunctional therapeutic As used herein, the terms “bifunctional therapeutic”, “targeted therapeutic”, and “tailored therapeutic” shall be used interchangeably, shall be given their ordinary meaning and shall also refer to therapeutics with a soluble agent targeting portion and an immune effector portion (e.g., an antigen or an antibody binding region).
- an immune effector portion e.g., an antigen or an antibody binding region
- T lymphocyte and “T cell” as used herein shall be given their ordinary meaning and shall also encompass any cell within the T lymphocyte lineage from T cell precursors to mature T cells.
- B lymphocyte and “B cell” shall be given their ordinary meaning and shall also encompass any cell within the B cell lineage from B cell precursors, such as pre-B cells, to mature B cells and plasma cells.
- Immunoglobulin molecules consist of heavy (H) and light (L) chains, which comprise highly specific variable regions at their amino termini.
- the variable (V) regions of the H (V H ) and L (V L ) chains combine to form the unique antigen recognition or antigen combining site of the immunoglobulin (Ig) protein.
- the variable regions of an Ig molecule contain determinants (e.g., molecular shapes) that can be recognized as antigens or idiotypes.
- epitope shall be given its ordinary meaning and shall also refer to the set of antigenic or epitopic determinants (i.e., idiotopes) of an immunoglobulin V domain (i.e., the antigen combining site formed by the association of the complementarity determining regions or V H and V L regions).
- idiotope shall be given its ordinary meaning and shall also refer to a single idiotypic epitope located along a portion of the V region of an immunoglobulin molecule.
- immune effector shall be given its ordinary meaning and shall also refer to a molecule, or derivatives, fragments, or subunits thereof, able to stimulate an immune response in the subject being treated, and may comprise an antibody, or derivatives, fragments, or subunits thereof, or a non-antibody molecule.
- adjuvant shall be given its ordinary meaning and shall also refer to a compound which enhances or stimulates the immune response when administered with one or more antigen(s).
- malignant cells shall be given its ordinary meaning and shall also refer to cells, which if left untreated, give rise to a cancer.
- protein e.g., D- or L-amino acids, synthetic or modified amino acids capable of polymerizing via peptide bonds, etc.
- polypeptide e.g., D- or L-amino acids, synthetic or modified amino acids capable of polymerizing via peptide bonds, etc.
- soluble target and “soluble agent” shall be given their ordinary meaning and shall also refer to toxins, venoms, factors that have the capacity to alter biochemical pathways, biochemical agents, and the like that are not solid or tissue-based (e.g., they present in the blood circulation of a subject as opposed to being a mass of cells, etc.).
- soluble targets are shown in Tables 1-8, below.
- soluble molecules e.g., toxins
- antivenin against the venom particular snakes can be used to treat snake bites.
- the principle of antivenin is based on that of vaccines. Rather than inducing immunity in the patient directly, it is induced in a host animal and the hyperimmunized serum is transfused into the patient.
- the number and variety of soluble toxins and agents is greater than the current host of therapies available to treat them.
- the therapeutics are comprised of a “modular” architecture that allows a portion of the therapeutic to bind, engage, or otherwise interact the soluble target, and a second domain that binds, engages, or otherwise interacts with one or more components of a subject's immune system.
- Lymphocytes are critical to the immune system of vertebrates. Lymphocytes are produced in the thymus, spleen and bone marrow (adult) and represent about 30% of the total white blood cells present in the circulatory system of humans (adult). There are two major sub-populations of lymphocytes: T cells and B cells. T cells are responsible for cell-mediated immunity, while B cells are responsible for antibody production (humoral immunity).
- T cells are activated when the T cell receptor binds to fragments of an antigen that are bound to major histocompatibility complex (“MHC”) glycoproteins on the surface of an antigen presenting cell; such activation causes release of biological mediators (“interleukins”) which, in essence, stimulate B cells to differentiate and produce antibody (“immunoglobulins”) against the antigen.
- MHC major histocompatibility complex
- hematological cancers such as lymphomas, leukemias and multiple myelomas varies or is unknown. Suspected causes range from viral and chemical exposure to familial propensities.
- a common denominator in these cancers is that they all begin with a malignantly transformed B-cell or T-cell which divides to form a clone of cells that express the same Fab idiotype on the immunoglobulin proteins they express on their surface.
- One of the difficulties in treating these cancers is that each cancer expresses a unique idiotype. Developing a therapeutic treatment that effectively and selectively treats all possible idiotypes has therefore been elusive.
- monoclonal antibody vaccines typically utilize “Chimeric” antibodies, i.e., antibodies which comprise portions from two or more different species (e.g., mouse and human). Repeated injections of such foreign antibodies can lead to the induction of immune responses leading to harmful hypersensitivity reactions. For murine-based monoclonal antibodies, this is often referred to as a Human Anti-Mouse Antibody response (“HAMA” response). Patients may also develop a Human Anti-Chimeric Antibody response (“HACA” response).
- HAMA Human Anti-Mouse Antibody response
- HACA Human Anti-Chimeric Antibody response
- HAMA and HACA can attack “foreign” antibodies so that they are, in effect, neutralized before they reach their target site(s).
- a further drawback to monoclonal antibody vaccines is the time and expense required to produce monoclonal antibodies. This is particularly problematic considering that targeted epitopes, such as CD20, CD19, CD52w, and anti-class II HLA can readily mutate to form new tumors that are resistant to previous therapeutics (see e.g., Clinical Cancer Research, 5:611-615, 1999).
- targeted epitopes such as CD20, CD19, CD52w, and anti-class II HLA can readily mutate to form new tumors that are resistant to previous therapeutics (see e.g., Clinical Cancer Research, 5:611-615, 1999).
- the cells of transplanted tissues and organs display cell-surface epitopes that are differentially expressed in transplanted cells relative to native cells.
- the present invention is directed to therapeutics that can be targeted to the cells of transplanted tissues or organs by recognition of such variable epitopes.
- Transplant rejection is caused by an immune response to alloantigens on the transplanted cells, which are proteins specific for an individual patient (including the donor), and which are thus perceived as foreign by the recipient.
- the most common alloantigens involved in transplant rejections are MHC (major histocompatibility complex) molecules, which are expressed on the surface of transplanted cells and are highly polymorphic among individuals.
- Foreign MHC molecules are recognized by the recipient's immune system, causing an immune response that leads to rejection of the transplant.
- complement-mediated immunity One pathway through which the immune system rejects transplanted tissues is complement-mediated immunity, which can be activated by binding of C1 (a first component of complement) to an immune complex consisting of an MHC antigen on a transplanted cell and the recipient's natural antibody against the MHC antigen. Activation of the pathway results in the assembly of enzymes called C3 convertases, which cleave the complement component C3 to form C3a and C3b. Some of the C3b molecules then bind to the C3 convertases to cleave C5 to C5a and C5b.
- the biological activities of the complement system are derived from the cleavage products of C3 and C5.
- C1q Another subcomponent of the complement system, C1q, is involved in the initial steps of complement activation.
- methods for treating transplant rejection by modulating complement-mediated immunity have suffered from side effects associated with non-selectivity, due, for example, to the suppression of all complement-mediated immune responses by a therapeutic agent, which eliminates an important component of the immune system's ability to protect against foreign molecules.
- several embodiments of the present invention are directed to therapeutics that can be targeted to patient-specific epitopes, such as, for example those displayed on malignant lymphocytes, infected tissues, or tissues expressing unique disease markers.
- several embodiments provide therapeutics for reducing or preventing transplant rejection by selectively inhibiting the body's immune response against transplanted cells while retaining protection against foreign pathogens, and/or by selectively destroying particular cell types that stimulate a larger immune response.
- the therapeutics are comprised of a “modular” architecture that allows tailoring of a small protein domain (the “target-binding domain”) to bind one or more patient- and/or disease-specific markers, and use of the tailored domain to direct a variety of existing or easily produced therapeutics that are effective against the condition targeted for treatment.
- the targeted disease markers can comprise any type of molecule, or portion or derivative thereof, or complex of molecules, including but not limited to, proteins, nucleic acids, lipids, chemical compounds, polymers, and metals, as well as biological structures, such as cell membranes, cytoskeletal elements, receptors, and even entire cells.
- the markers are expressed on, or in close proximity to, an etiological determinant of the condition targeted for treatment, and activity of the therapeutic agent is focused to disease-causing cells, pathogens, proteins, and/or other determinants of the condition being treated.
- the modular therapeutic is tailored for the treatment of a hematological cancer, and designed to bind to the unique Fab idiotype on the surface of malignant B-cells and/or T-cells.
- a therapeutic is provided for the treatment of non-Hodgkin's Lymphoma (NHL), which is a “clonal” B-cell disease, in which all cancerous cells are derived from a single, malignant B-cell.
- NHL non-Hodgkin's Lymphoma
- every NHL cell expresses a common idiotype (comprising the variable domains of surface expressed IgM molecules) that is unique to each patient, which can be targeted by the target-binding portions of the modular therapeutics provided herein.
- B-cells can be isolated from the lymph nodes, or from peripheral blood, using methods known in the art. For example, in some embodiments, erythrocytes and/or granulocytes may be separated from the B-cells by centrifugation in a liquid having a density intermediate between the groups of cells to be separated. Means of obtaining T-lymphocytes are also well known in the art, such as isolation from the peripheral blood of a patient, and separation on the basis of size and/or density. Extraction of proteins from B-cells and/or T-cells may be performed by any of the many means known in the art. For example, cells may be lysed by a detergent or by mechanical means. If desired, nucleic acids can be removed from the cell preparation by enzymatic digestion or by precipitation with agents such as streptomycin. Such means are well known in the art.
- FIG. 1 The mechanism of action of a modular therapeutic for treating a hematological cancer prepared according to one embodiment of the methods described herein is illustrated in FIG. 1 .
- the administered therapeutic binds to the unique Fab idiotype on the surface of malignant B-cells and/or T-cells, and the etiological determinant of the hematological cancer, with which the idiotype is associated, comprises malignant and/or cancerous cells expressing the targeted idiotype. Binding of the targeting domain to the idiotype effects an immune response that destroys the malignant cells.
- the target-binding protein is too small to elicit an immune response, and thus the bound immune effector will not produce an IR in the absence of binding to the targeted idiotype.
- the target-binding protein When the target-binding protein binds to the Fab idiotype on the surface of a malignant cell, the malignant cell acts as a carrier that confers immunogenicity to the target epitope-binding protein, allowing the immune effector to produce an IR that targets the malignant cell.
- therapeutics and methods of the invention can also be used to target epitopes that distinguish non hematological cancers.
- targeted markers are differentially expressed (i) in an individual patient, or a defined sub-group of patients, relative to other patients having similar diagnoses, and/or (ii) in association with cells or other molecular targets associated with the etiology of the condition, relative to cells/molecules that are unassociated with the condition and preferably not subjected to the therapeutic agent.
- the selectivity of tailored therapeutics enhances the efficacy of treatment relative to existing, non-tailored therapeutics, due, for example, to the non-selective activity of non-tailored therapeutics against healthy cells, and/or failure of existing targeted therapeutics to account for inter-patient variability in the targeted marker(s).
- the targeted idiotype is unique to both the patient and to the malignant cells, allowing the activity of the therapeutic agent (effecting an immune response) to be selectively directed to targeted cells, sparing non-cancerous cells.
- the idiotype is unique to each patient, non-tailored therapeutics would result in a non-selective, or less-selective, therapeutic response.
- cell-surface markers differentially expressed by malignant cells include, but are not limited to: for fluid tumors, stable cell surface antigen epitopes, such as CD-20 and CD-22, and for solid tumors, surface epitopes, such as CD-19 and CD-33, which become internalized upon binding with a mAb.
- Other differentially expressed cell-surface markers are known in the art, including but not limited to, CD-52w and class II HLA antigens.
- the targeted epitope is a cancer cell-specific epitope that is mutated (see e.g., Clinical Cancer Research, 5:611-615, 1999) in the patient targeted for treatment.
- methods provided herein allow for more efficacious treatment of cancers by allowing the development of individualized therapeutics that target mutated epitopes, which are unique to each patient.
- the target-binding domain of the modular therapeutic comprises a first sub-domain that binds the target (e.g., a target epitope-bdining domain (Tebd)), and a second sub-domain that binds the therapeutic agent (e.g., an immune effector-binding domain (Ebbd)).
- the therapeutic agent is an agent that is capable of stimulating an immune response in the subject targeted for treatment, such as an antibody, or a derivative, fragment, or subunit thereof, and the domain that binds the therapeutic agent is a small protein recognized by the therapeutic agent, for example an epitope recognized by a therapeutic agent antibody.
- Antibodies useful in the invention may be derived from any mammal, or may be a chimeric antibody derived from a combination of different mammals.
- the mammal may be, for example, a rabbit, a mouse, a rat, a goat, or a human.
- the antibody is preferably a human antibody.
- Reactivity of antibodies against a target antigen may be established by a number of well known means, including Western blot, immunoprecipitation, ELISA, and FACS analyses using, as appropriate, Fab idiotype fragments, peptides, idiotype-expressing cells or extracts thereof.
- the antibody can belong to any antibody class and/or sub-class.
- the antibodies may also contain fragments from antibodies of different classes and sub-classes, thereby forming a composite.
- human monoclonal antibodies having a desired binding activity are produced using methods known in the art (for review, see Vaughan et al., 1998, Nature Biotechnology 16: 535-539), for example by screening a phage display library, as described, e.g., in Parmley and Smith Gene 73:305-318 (1988), Barbas et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 88: 7978-7982 (1991), Griffiths et al., EMBO J 13: 3245-3260 (1994), Griffiths and Hoogenboom, Building an in vitro immune system: human antibodies from phage display libraries. In: Protein Engineering of Antibody Molecules for Prophylactic and Therapeutic Applications in Man.
- Fully human monoclonal antibodies may also be produced using transgenic mice engineered to contain human immunoglobulin gene loci, as described in PCT Patent Application WO98/24893 and Jakobovits, 1998, Exp. Opin. Invest. Drugs 7(4): 607-614, herein incorporated by reference. This method avoids the in vitro manipulation required with phage display technology and efficiently produces high affinity authentic human antibodies.
- an antibody against an antigen of interest is produced in the patient selected for treatment with the modular therapeutic.
- the patient is “vaccinated” with the antigen of interest, and antibodies from the patient against the antigen are selected by binding to the antigen of interest, as described in Zebedee, et al. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89: 3175-3179 (1992), Burton et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 88: 10134-10137 (1991), and Barbas et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89: 10164-20168 (1991).
- additional rounds of screening are performed to increase the affinity of the originally isolated antibody.
- the affinity of the antibody is enhanced by affinity maturation, in which hypervariable antibody regions are mutated to produce a large number of combinations, and the corresponding antibody variants are screened via phage display to select antibodies having the desired affinity for the antigen.
- the small protein epitope can undergo in vitro evolution, as described in more detail below, to increase its binding affinity for the antibody.
- an analogous process is carried out by the host immune system (e.g., via clonal selection) to produce high affinity antibodies specific for the antigen of interest.
- the immune effector comprises a non-antibody molecule capable of stimulating an immune response in the subject receiving treatment.
- the immune effector may comprise a C3 convertase, as described, e.g., in U.S. Pat. No. 6,268,485 to Farries and Harrison, which is herein incorporated by reference.
- C3 convertase is an enzyme that catalyzes the proteolytic conversion of C3 protein into C3a and C3b, which conversion comprises a critical step in the generation of the complement system response.
- C3b binds to cell surfaces near its site of generation, where it mediates phagocytosis and other destructive immune responses.
- C3 convertase is modified or derivatized to confer reduced susceptibility to inhibitors, resistance to proteolytic cleavage, enhanced affinity for cofactors, or other modifications that enhance the effectiveness of the enzyme in stimulating a complement-mediated immune response.
- the immune effector comprises a C5 convertase, a mannose binding protein (MBP), or another molecule that stimulates complement-mediated immunity.
- Linking C3 convertase to the therapeutics of the instant invention allows a complement-mediated immune response to be directed to cells, pathogens, pathogen-infected cells, and/or other cells targeted for treatment by binding of the target epitope binding protein to variable eptiopes on the surface of the targeted cells.
- a therapeutic with C3 convertase as the immune effector is illustrated in FIG. 9 .
- peptide sequences encoding proteins that bind C3 convertase (the immune effector binding protein) and a target epitope (the target epitope binding protein) are identified, isolated, and optionally bred by in vitro evolution or other techniques to increase their affinity to their target ligands.
- a bifunctional fusion protein is then constructed comprising the target epitope binding domain, and the convertase binding peptide as the immune effector binding domain (Ebbd).
- the therapeutic is administered to a patient in need of treatment, upon which the target epitope-binding domain binds to the surface of a malignant cell or other target, and the C3 convertase produces a complement-mediated immune response, which includes the production of membrane attack complexes that mediate the destruction of the targeted cell.
- the therapeutic comprises a target epitope-binding domain and a C3 convertase binding domain.
- such therapeutics bind a target epitope and recruit endogenous C3 convertase to initiate a complement-mediated immune response.
- FIG. 10 shows a therapeutic in which the immune effector binds the C1 component of the complement system.
- the therapeutic binds to the target epitope and recruits endogenous C1 to the cell surface, where it induces a complement-mediated immune response.
- the immune effector component of the therapeutic binds to and inhibits C1q, C3, C5, and/or other molecules involved in generating complement-mediated immune responses, such as the proteins described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,650,389.
- such therapeutics bind to the target epitope and inhibit the immune response that would otherwise be directed at or near the binding site.
- a patient is the recipient of transplanted cells (e.g., stem cells, or cells comprising a transplanted organ), and the targeted therapeutic is capable of recognizing tranplanted cells, and inhibiting an immune response against such cells.
- targeted therapeutics for the inhibition of transplant rejection comprise a target-binding domain that targets one or more epitopes of immune cells that recognize transplanted cells, for example epitopes that bind MHC antigens on the surfaces of tranplanted cells, and the therapeutic agent is an immune effector capable of stimulating an immune response in the patient against the anti-transplant immune cells.
- the methods provided herein are rapid and cost-effective enough to allow routine creation of individualized therapeutics.
- Therapeutics according to several embodiments can preferably be created, from reception of the biopsy material to the completion of the therapeutic, in a reduced period of time and for less money than other methods.
- a bifunctional fusion protein for use in the invention can be produced according to standard recombinant DNA techniques known to those skilled in the art (e.g., Sambrook, J. et al., Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, 2nd ed., Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, New York (1989)).
- the purified bifunctional protein can be reacted with the immune effector, yielding a conjugated effector-bifunctional protein complex, as shown FIG. 7 , which comprises the therapeutic.
- the bifunctional protein can also be chemically bound to the immune effector through means known in the art.
- a protein coupling agent such as N-succinimidyl-3-(2-pyridyldithiol)propionate (SPDP), iminothiolane (IT), bifunctional derivatives of imidoesters (such as dimethyl adipimidate HCL), active esters (such as disuccinimidyl suberate), aldehydes (such as glutareldehyde), bis-azido compounds (such as bis (p-azidobenzoyl)hexaned-iamine), bis-diazonium derivatives (such as bis-(p-diazoniumbenzoyl)-ethyl-enediamine), diisocyanates (such as tolyene 2,6-diisocyanate), or bis-active fluorine compounds (such as 1,5-difluoro-2,4-dinitrobenzene), is used to link two or more protein components comprising the therapeutic.
- SPDP N-succinimidyl-3-(
- a recombinant fusion protein is prepared by: linking a first polynucleotide sequence encoding a target-epitope-binding protein, or derivatives, fragments or subunits thereof, to a second polynucleotide sequence encoding an epitope or other protein that binds the immune effector to generate a chimeric coding sequence; subcloning the chimeric coding sequence into an expression vector; transfecting a cell with the expression vector; and purifying the fusion protein expressed by the transfected cell.
- the chimeric polynucleotide can include an initiation sequence appropriate for prokaryotic and/or eukaryotic in vitro translation systems, and/or a selectable marker.
- the bifunctional protein complex is made by in vitro translation of an mRNA oligo that includes the mRNA encoding both proteins and, in some embodiments, the major histocompatibility complex I and/or II.
- the cDNA for the mRNA sequences can be synthesized or obtained commerically, and transcribed by PCR to obtain sufficient mRNA, as shown in FIG. 3 .
- the oligo is formed by ligating mRNA encoding the immune effector-binding domain and the mRNA encoding the target epitope-binding domain. In some cases this fusion can be connected through an mRNA bridge that codes for hydrophilic amino acids, as illustrated in FIG. 6 .
- the mRNA can then be translated in vitro using prokaryotic or eukaryotic translation systems, and the resultant bifunctional protein can purified by gel electrophoresis or any other method known in the art.
- the present fusion proteins can also comprise one or more numerous other components that enhance the utility of the chimeric proteins.
- the proteins can be designed to contain an epitope tag useful, for example, to facilitate purification of the fusion proteins.
- the chimeric coding sequence can be modified to encode two or more neighboring histidine residues, for example, in the amino or carboxy terminus of the peptide. Histidine residue insertion can be readily accomplished by the splice-by-overlap extension methodology, by incorporating histidine-encoding CAT and CAC triplet codons into the PCR primers at suitable locations in the coding sequence. Histidine-modified proteins can be efficiently and quantitatively isolated by nickel-sepharose chromatography methods known in the art.
- therapeutics provided herein may also be conjugated to a second molecule, such as a therapeutic agent (e.g., a cytotoxic agent).
- a therapeutic agent e.g., a cytotoxic agent
- the therapeutic agent includes, but is not limited to, an anti-tumor drug, a toxin, a radioactive agent, a cytokine, a second antibody or an enzyme.
- cytotoxic agents include, but are not limited to ricin, ricin A-chain, doxorubicin, daunorubicin, taxol, ethidium bromide, mitomycin, etoposide, tenoposide, vincristine, vinblastine, colchicine, dihydroxy anthracin dione, actinomycin D, diphteria toxin, Pseudomonas exotoxin (PE) A, PE40, abrin, arbrin A chain, modeccin A chain, alpha-sarcin, gelonin, mitogellin, retstrictocin, phenomycin, enomycin, curicin, crotin, calicheamicin, Sapaonaria officinalis inhibitor, maytansinoids, and glucocorticoid and other chemotherapeutic agents, as well as radioisotopes such as mBi, 131 I 90 Y, and 186 Re.
- PE Ps
- Suitable detectable markers include, but are not limited to, a radioisotope, a fluorescent compound, a bioluminescent compound, chemiluminescent compound, a metal chelator or an enzyme.
- the therapeutics of the invention may also be conjugated to an anti-cancer pro-drug activating enzyme capable of converting the pro-drug to its active form. See, for example, U.S. Pat. No. 4,975,287.
- the secondary therapeutic agent has a complementary mode of action with the primary therapeutic agent.
- the primary and secondary therapeutic agents act against different aspects of a signal transduction system involved in the etiology of a cancer or other disease, leading to enhanced efficacy, fewer side effects, an improved therapeutic index, and/or other benefits relative to tailored therapeutics bearing the primary and/or secondary therapeutic agents only.
- the first therapeutic agent potentiates the second therapeutic agent, or vice versa, or the first and second therapeutic agents exhibit a synergistic enhancement in one or more aspects of treatment.
- the therapeutic agent is conjugated to an antibody immune effector component of the therapeutic.
- Techniques for conjugating or joining therapeutic agents to antibodies are well known (see, e.g., Arnon et al., “Monoclonal Antibodies For Immuno-targeting Of Drugs In Cancer Therapy”, in Monoclonal Antibodies And Cancer Therapy, Reisfeld et al. (eds.), pp. 243-56 (Alan R. Liss, Inc. 1985); Hellstrom et al., “Antibodies For Drug Delivery”, in Controlled Drug Delivery (2nd Ed.), Robinson et al. (eds.), pp. 623-53 (Marcel Dekker, Inc.
- the therapeutics produced according to the methods disclosed herein are suitable for administration by methods such as intravenous injection, intramuscular injection, topical administration, oral ingestion, rectal administration, and inhalation.
- the therapeutics of the present invention can be delivered directly to the site of the malignancy (or other target site).
- the therapeutic may be administered in admixture with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. Any such carrier can be used according to the present methods, as long as compatibility problems do not arise.
- An effective amount of the present recombinant fusion protein should be administered to the patient.
- the term “effective amount” refers to that amount of the fusion protein needed to bring about the desired response.
- therapeutics made according to methods providing herein inhibit proliferation and/or induces apoptosis of cells bearing the epitope against which the epitope binding protein was screened.
- the epitope-binding portion of the therapeutic complex can bind with the epitopes expressed on the surface of malignant cells, or other targets. Once bound, the IR-eliciting antibody component of the complex stimulates the immune system to attack and eliminate the tagged cells, while sparing the normal cells, as illustrated in FIG. 8 .
- the tailoring of individualized therapeutics provided herein for binding to patient- and/or disease-specific targets is made possible by utilizing novel methods for linking proteins to their corresponding mRNAs (as “cognate pairs”).
- protein libraries are prepared comprising a large number of cognate pairs, and the libraries are screened for cognate pairs that bind to a target of interest, such as the individualized targets described herein.
- modified tRNA and/or mRNA molecules to link translated protein products to their corresponding mRNAs via a tRNA linker, forming a “cognate pair.”
- mRNAs having unknown sequences are expressed in an in vitro translation system, for example from an mRNA library, and their corresponding proteins are screened for one or more desired characteristics, such as binding to the target epitope-binding domain, or another ligand of interest, and/or selectivity over one or more additional ligands, such as epitopes displayed by healthy cells.
- proteins and their linked nucleic acids identified in one or more rounds of selection are modified, for example through nucleic acid evolution ( FIG.
- Proteins having desired characteristics, such as a high affinity for the target ligand can then be produced in large quantities using standard cloning techniques by isolating their corresponding mRNA from the protein-mRNA cognate pairs.
- cognate pairs are formed using a eukaryotic in vitro translation system, such as rabbit reticulocyte lysate (RLL), wheat germ, E. coli , or yeast lysate systems.
- RLL rabbit reticulocyte lysate
- any in vitro translation system can be used, including in situ systems, as well as hybrid systems, which combine components of different systems.
- one or more prokaryotic factors are used in a eukaryotic translation system, such as translation suppressor proteins (see e.g., Geller and Rich Nature 283:41 (1980); Edwards et al PNAS 88:1153 (1991); Hou and Schimmel Biochem 28:6800 (1989), all herein incorporated by reference).
- one or more tRNAs or tRNA analogs are charged in a prokaryotic system and then purified according to established methods (Lucas-Lenard and Haenni, PNAS 63:93 (1969), herein incorporated by reference) for use in a eukaryotic system.
- proteins comprising cognate pairs are linked to tRNA or a tRNA analog by the action of ribosomal peptidyl transferase.
- proteins are linked to a stable aminoacyl tRNA analog (SATA).
- SATA is a tRNA with an amino acid or amino acid analog attached to its 3′ end via a stable bond, relative to the corresponding high-energy ester bond in the native structure.
- the stable aminoacyl bond prevents the detachment of the tRNA from the polypeptide by peptidyl transferase, and also preserves the tRNA-polypeptide structure during subsequent steps.
- a SATA is created according to methods generally described in Fraser and Rich, PNAS, 70:2671 (1973), herein incorporated by reference, which involve the conversion of a tRNA, or tRNA analog, to a 3′-amino-3′-deoxy tRNA. This is accomplished by adding a 3′-amino-3′-deoxy adenosine to the end of a native tRNA with tRNA nucleotidyl transferase after removing the native adenosine, and then charging the modified tRNA with an amino acid with the respective aminoacyl tRNA synthetase (aaRS).
- the aaRS charges the tRNA on the 3′, rather than the 2′, hydroxyl, linking the amino acid to the tRNA by a stable amide bond, rather than the usual labile high-energy ester bond.
- SATA accepts a peptide from ribosomal peptidyl transferase it will stably hold the peptide and be unable to donate it to another acceptor.
- tRNAs aminoacylated via a 3′ amide bond may not combine with the elongation factor EF-TU, which assists in binding to the A site (e.g., SRocl and Cramer, Prog. Nuc. Acid Res. 22:1 (1979), herein incorporated by reference).
- modified tRNAs do, however, bind to the A site.
- This binding of 3′ modified tRNAs can be increased by changing the Mg ++ concentration (Chinali et al., Biochem. 13:3001 (1974), herein incorporated by reference).
- concentrations of and/or molar ratios of SATA and Mg 2+ can be determined empirically.
- the SATA may compete with native tRNAs for non-cognate codons, stalling translation.
- the concentration or A site avidity of SATA is too low, the SATA might fail to effectively compete with release factors, preventing it from stably accepting the nascent peptide.
- UAA is used as the linking codon.
- UAA has 7 non stop codons that differ from it by one amino acid, which comprises 7/61, or about 11.5% of the non stop codons.
- UAG can be used as the linking codon without substantial impairment due to the absence of elongation factor-mediated proofreading.
- the SATA is a tRNA, or tRNA analog, with one or more modified bases in the acceptor stem, or another region of the molecule.
- tRNAs with acceptor stem modification are known in the art, and are described, for example, in SRocl and Cramer, Prog. Nuc. Acid Res., 22:1 (1979), herein incorporated by reference.
- a tRNA is modified with a puromycin moiety, such that the tRNA mimics aminoacyl-Tyr tRNA and is incorporated into the nascent polypeptide, terminating translation.
- acceptor stem-modified tRNAs are formed from “transcriptional tRNA”, wherein the sequence of the tRNA itself, rather than post-transcriptional processing, leads to the atypical and modified bases.
- Transcriptional tRNAs are capable of functioning as tRNAs (see e.g., Dabrowski et al., EMBO J. 14:4872, 1995; and Harrington et al., Biochem. 32: 7617, 1993, both herein incorporated by reference).
- Transcriptional tRNA can be produced by methods known in the art, such as transcription, or by connecting commercially available RNA sequences (e.g., from Dharmacon Research Inc., Boulder, Colo.) together, piece-wise as in FIG.
- the 5′ phosphate and 3′ puromycin are commercially available attached to oligoribonucleotides, which can be connected together using T4 DNA ligase (e.g., Moore and Sharp, Science 256: 992, (1992), herein incorporated by reference) or alternatively, T4 RNA ligase (Romaniuk and Uhlenbeck, Methods in Enzymology 100:52 (1983), herein incorporated by reference).
- T4 DNA ligase e.g., Moore and Sharp, Science 256: 992, (1992), herein incorporated by reference
- T4 RNA ligase Romaniuk and Uhlenbeck, Methods in Enzymology 100:52 (1983), herein incorporated by reference.
- modified tRNAs are known in the art, and are described, e.g., in Chinali et al., Biochem. 13:3001 (1974) and Krayevsky and Kukhanova, Prog. Nuc. Acid Res 23:1 (1979), both herein incorporated by reference.
- the tRNA is a nonsense suppressor tRNA comprising a modified or unmodified tRNA, or tRNA analog, that recognizes a stop codon or a pseudo-stop codon, preferably by codon-anticodon hydrogen bonding, such that translation is terminated when the nascent protein is attached to the tRNA by peptidyl transferase.
- the nonsense suppressor tRNA has 3′ modifications and/or sequences that conform to the Yarus extended anticodon rules (Yarus, Science 218:646-652, 1982, herein incorporated by reference).
- a “pseudo stop codon,” as defined herein, refers to a codon which, while not naturally a nonsense codon, prevents a message from being further translated.
- a pseudo stop codon can comprise a codon recognized by a “stable aminoacyl tRNA analog,” or SATA, as described herein, or a codon for which tRNA bearing a complementary anticodon is substantially depleted or absent, such that translation is terminated when the absent tRNA is required, i.e. at the pseudo stop codon.
- SATA stable aminoacyl tRNA analog
- One skilled in the art will appreciate that are numerous ways to create a pseudo stop codon, as defined herein.
- the tRNA is a native tRNA, linked to the nascent polypeptide via a native peptide bond.
- the SATA is a tRNA that is unmodified at the 3′ end, but which may have one or more modifications to the anticodon loop and/or other regions of the molecule.
- the use of native tRNAs and/or tRNAs that are unmodified at the 3′ end results in improvements in various selection methods described herein, giving rise to quicker, less error-prone, more efficient, more cost-effective, and/or higher yield methods. While not being bound by a particular theory, it is believed that, under certain conditions, puromycin (and similar linkers) can result in lower yields due to interference with the interaction between elongation factor(s) and tRNAs.
- the crosslinker is an agent that chemically or mechanically links two molecules together.
- the crosslinker is an agent that can be activated to form one or more covalent bonds with tRNA and/or mRNA.
- the crosslinker is a sulfur-substituted nucleotide.
- the crosslinker is a halogen-substituted nucleotide. Examples of crosslinkers include, but are not limited to, 2-thiocytosine, 2-thiouridine, 4-thiouridine, 5-iodocytosine, 5-iodouridine, 5-bromouridine and 2-chloroadenosine, aryl azides, and modifications or analogues thereof.
- the crosslinker is psoralen or a psoralen analog.
- a psoralen is monoadducted to a tRNA, or a tRNA analog (e.g., a 3′ modified SATA), for example by connecting a psoralen linked oligonucleotide ( FIG. 3 ), or by monoadduction ( FIG. 4 ), to a native or modified tRNA or tRNA analog, preferably to the anticodon or another site distinct from the linkage to the polypeptide.
- a covalent psoralen crosslink is formed between the SATA and mRNA, as described in more detail below.
- the anticodon or other portion of a tRNA is derivatized with a non-psoralen moiety capable of forming a crosslink to the mRNA, such as 2-thiocytosine, 2-thiouridine, 4-thiouridine 5-iodocytosine, 5-iodouridine, 5-bromouridine, 2-chloroadenosine, aryl azides, and modifications or analogues thereof.
- a non-psoralen moiety capable of forming a crosslink to the mRNA
- a non-psoralen moiety capable of forming a crosslink to the mRNA
- a non-psoralen moiety capable of forming a crosslink to the mRNA
- a SATA-polypeptide complex or a tRNA-polypeptide complex is linked to the mRNA encoding the polypeptide via a linker moiety, which can be located on the mRNA and/or on the tRNA.
- the mRNA comprises a cross-linker, preferably at or near a stop codon at the 3′-end of the transcript, and the mRNA-tRNA linkage is mediated entirely by the mRNA-based cross-linker.
- the tRNA is unmodified at its 3′-end (e.g., a nonsense suppressor tRNA).
- an mRNA comprises a pseudo-stop codon located at the end of the translatable reading frame.
- a pseudo-stop codon can be effectively placed at the end of a reading frame where the pseudo-stop codon is located at the 3′ end of the mRNA, where the translation system is depleted of tRNAs corresponding to codons 3′ to the pseudo-stop codon, and/or where 3′-modified tRNAs corresponding to the pseudo-stop codon are used, rendering the transcript untranslatable and incapable of activating release factors.
- the mRNA comprises a stop codon corresponding to a tRNA stop anticodon.
- a stop codon/anticodon pair selects for full-length transcripts.
- an mRNA not having a stop codon may also be used and that any codon or nucleic acid triplet may be used.
- a SATA is attached to the translated message by a psoralen cross link between the codon and anticodon.
- Psoralen cross links are preferentially made between sequences that contain complementary 5′ pyrimidine-purine 3′ sequences, especially UA or TA sequences (Cimino et al., Ann. Rev. Biochem. 54:1151 (1985), herein incorporated by reference).
- the codon coding for the SATA, or the linking codon can be PYR-PUR-X or X-PYR-PUR, so that several codons may be used for the linking codon. Conveniently, the stop or nonsense codons have this configuration.
- a stop codon is used as the linking codon and the SATA functions as a nonsense suppressor in that it recognizes the linking codon.
- any codon can be used.
- the SATA or peptidyl-tRNA is cross-linked to the translated mRNA, for example between the codon and anticodon, by a psoralen cross-link, or by a cross-link formed from the group consisting of: 2-thio cytosine, 2-thio uridine, 4thio uridine 5-iodocytosine, 5-iodouridine, 5-bromouridine, 2-chloroadenosine, and aryl azides.
- Psoralen cross links are, in some embodiments, preferentially made between sequences that contain complementary 5′ pyrimidine-purine 3′ sequences, especially UA or TA sequences (Cimino et al., Ann. Rev. Biochem.
- non-psoralen crosslinkers or aryl azides are used and in certain embodiments, are particularly advantageous because they are less stringent in their requirements and therefore increase the possible codon-anticodon pairs.
- translation terminates when the nascent protein is attached to a SATA by the peptidyl transferase and/or when the end of the reading frame is reached.
- SATA and the mRNA are cross-linked by application of UV light.
- cross-linking is accomplished by forming a psoralen crosslink upon irradiation with UV light, preferably in the range of 320 nm to 400 nm.
- Psoralens comprise a furan side and a pyrone side, and they readily intercalate between complementary base pairs in double stranded DNA, RNA, and DNA-RNA hybrids (Cimino et al., Ann. Rev.
- psoralen cross-linking forms monoadducts, described more fully below, that are either pyrone sided or furan sided monoadducts. Upon further irradiation, the furan sided monoadducts can be covalently crosslinked to complementary base pairs, whereas the pyrone sided monoadducts cannot be further crosslinked.
- the formation of furan-sided psoralen monoadducts (MAf) is achieved according to established methods.
- psoralen can also be attached at the end of the reading frame of the message.
- furan sided monoadducts will be created using visible light, preferably in the range of approximately 400 nm-420 nm, according to the methods described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,462,733 and Gasparro et al., Photochem. Photobiol. 57:1007 (1993), both herein incorporated by reference.
- a SATA with a furan sided monoadduct or monoadducted oligonucleotides for placement on the 3′ end of mRNAs, along with a nonadducted SATA are provided as the basis of a kit.
- the formation and reversal of monoadducts and crosslinks are performed according to the methods of Bachellerie et al. (Nuc Acids Res 9:2207 (1981)), herein incorporated by reference.
- efficient production of monoadducts, resulting in high yield of the end-product is accomplished using the methods of Kobertz and Essigmann, J. A. Chem. Soc. 1997, 119, 5960-5961 and Kobertz and Essigmann, J. Org. Chem. 1997, 62, 2630-2632, both herein incorporated by reference.
- appropriate concentrations of SATA and Mg ++ are used in the in vitro translation system in the presence of the mRNA molecules, causing translation to cease when ribosomes reach a stop, or pseudo-stop, codon which permits the SATA to accept the peptide chain, as described above. After a short time, a substantial proportion and/or number of the stop or pseudo-stop codons are occupied by SATAs within ribosomes, and in some embodiments, the system is then irradiated with UV light to generate cross-links between the tRNA-polypeptides and their corresponding mRNAs.
- the ribosomes are released or denatured after cross-linking of to mRNA, preferably by the depletion of Mg ++ through dialysis, dilution, or chelation.
- Mg ++ through dialysis, dilution, or chelation.
- denaturation by changing the ionic strength, the pH, or the solvent system can also be used to release cognate pairs from associated ribosomes and/or other translation factors.
- cognate pairs are selected based on one or more desired characteristics.
- the selection of cognate pairs is based upon the binding of a target cell, protein, and/or other biomolecule, as determined by any of a variety of established methods, including, but not limited to, arrays, affinity columns, immunoprecipitation, and the like.
- selection criteria are measured using a high throughput screening procedure. The selection can be positive or negative in various embodiments, according to the desired characteristics of the therapeutic agent.
- mRNAs whose sequences are unknown are expressed (e.g., in the form of an mRNA library from a patient, tissue, or other source of interest) and linked to their encoded polypeptides using methods described herein, and the cognate pairs are screened to select for desired properties.
- cognate pairs are assayed for binding to a ligand of interest, such as an Fab idiotype displayed by a malignant cell, or other surface characteristic of a target cell.
- mRNA can be isolated for proteins exhibiting the desired binding characteristics, and large quantities of the protein can be produced using standard molecular cloning techniques known in the art.
- the protein of interest can then be incorporated into a modular therapeutic agent, for example to target the agent to a patient- and/or disease-specific target.
- the selected cognate pairs can be those that do bind well to a ligand or those that do not.
- a protein to accelerate a thermodynamically favorable reaction, i.e., act as an enzyme for that reaction, it should bind both the substrate and a transition state analog.
- the transition state analog should be bound much more tightly than the substrate.
- the ratio of the rate of the reaction with the enzyme, k enzyme to the rate without, k enzyme is equal to the ratio of the binding of the transition state to the enzyme K trans over the binding of the substrate to the enzyme K subst (Voet and Voet, Biochemistry 2 nd ed. p. 380, (1995), John Wiley.
- proteins which compete poorly for binding to the substrate but compete well for binding to the transition state analog are selected. Operationally, this may be accomplished by taking the proteins that are easily eluted from a matrix with substrate or substrate analog bound to it and are the most difficult to remove from matrix with transition state analog bound to it. By sequentially repeating this selection and reproducing the proteins through replication and translation of the nucleic acid of the cognate pairs, an improved enzyme should evolve. Affinity to one entity and lack of affinity to another in the same selection process is used in several embodiments of the current invention. In some additional embodiments, cognate pairs can be selected according to one or more properties of the mRNA portion.
- a peptide microarray can be used to isolate cell-specific marker peptides from a combinatorial library, as described, e.g., by Aina et al, “Therapeutic Cancer Targeting Peptides,” Biopolymers 66:184-199 (2002).
- the protein-mRNA complex library is reacted an isolated population of malignant cells, and the degree of binding to the malignant cell epitope is measured relative to binding observed against a population of normal cells.
- proteins are selected having substantial affinity for malignant cells, with substantially lower or no affinity for normal cells.
- polypeptides are identified that bind an epitope or other target of interest with an affinity of less than about 10 ⁇ M, preferably less than about 1 ⁇ M, more preferably less than about 0.1 M, and even more preferably less than about 10 nM.
- a polypeptide has an affinity for the epitope or other target of less than about 1 nM. Screening methods can be carried out with the potential ligands (e.g., proteins linked to their cognate mRNA) and targets (e.g., cells targeted for treatment) in a variety of orientations.
- malignant cells are presented on a planar surface, such as a glass slide, and are exposed to a solution containing mRNA-protein cognate pairs.
- Bound proteins can be detected via a variety of methods known in the art.
- the cognate pairs are derivatized, preferably on the mRNA and/or the tRNA linker, with a detectable probe, such as a biotin moiety, which can then be detected with a secondary reporter probe, for example using avidin coated magnetic beads.
- the resultant idiotype-(protein:mRNA)-biotin-avidin-magnetic bead complex can be identified with a Ventana 320 automated immunohistochemistry system (Ventana Medical Systems, Arlington, AZ), or a similar system, as described, for example, in Davis et al., Clinical Cancer Research 5: 611-615, (1999).
- the method can further comprise providing a plurality of distinct nucleic acid-polypeptide complexes, providing a ligand with a desired binding characteristic, contacting the complexes with the ligand, removing unbound complexes, and recovering complexes bound to the ligand.
- nucleic acid component as RNA, or corresponding cDNA
- methods of the current invention involve the evolution of nucleic acid molecules and/or proteins.
- such methods comprise amplifying the nucleic acid component (as RNA, or corresponding cDNA) of the recovered complexes and introducing variation to the sequence of the nucleic acids, for example by error-prone PCR, as described, e.g., in Cadwell et al., PCR Methods Appl., 2: 28 (1992), incorporated herein by reference, in vitro recombination, described, e.g., in U.S. Pat. No. 5,605,793, mutagenesis, described, e.g., in U.S. Pat. No.
- the method further comprises translating polypeptides from the amplified and varied nucleic acids, linking them together using tRNA, and contacting them with the ligand to select another new population of bound complexes.
- a nominal minimum number of replications for efficient evolution may be estimated using the following formulae. If there is a sequence which is n sequences in length, with a selective improvement r mutations away with a mutation rate of p, the probability of generating the selective improvement on replication may be determined as follows:
- a poisson approximation for large n and small p for a given ⁇ can be calculated so that we can compute the general term when n is, say, of the order 10 9 and p is of the order 10 ⁇ 9 .
- the general term of the approximation is:
- An amplification factor of greater than approximately 6/P ensures that evolution will progress with the use of all amino acids. This is useful when the production of novel proteins precludes the use of “shuffling” of preexisting proteins.
- the total concentrations can be expressed as follows:
- [ A ⁇ B ] [ A ⁇ C ] [ B ] T ⁇ ( k C + [ A ] ) [ C ] T ⁇ ( k B + [ A ] ) ( k C + [ A ] ) ( k B + [ A ] )
- the above factor is termed the “Enrichment Factor”.
- the ratio of the total components is multiplied by this factor to calculate the ratio of the bound components, or the enrichment of B over C.
- the maximum enrichment factor is k c /k B , when the [A] is significantly smaller than k c or k B .
- the enrichment is 1, that is, there is no enrichment of one over the other.
- the enrichment is limited by the ratio of binding constants. To enrich a scarce protein that is bound 100 times as strongly as its competitors, the ratio of that protein to its competitors is increased by 1 million with 3 enrichments. To enrich a protein that only binds twice as strongly as its competitors, 10 enrichment cycles would gain only an enrichment of ⁇ 1000.
- the enrichment here is maximal at [A]>k A or k B .
- soluble target and “soluble agent” shall be given their ordinary meaning and shall also refer to toxins, venoms, factors that have the capacity to alter biochemical pathways, biochemical agents, and the like that are not solid or tissue-based (e.g., they are present in the blood circulation of a subject as opposed to being a in or on a cell or mass of cells, etc.).
- soluble targets are shown in Tables 1-8, below.
- gemmata ibotenic acid muscimol hallucinogenic Psilocybe psilocybin, psilocin hallucinogenic Pleurotus ostreatus arabitol gastrointestinal irritation
- Boletus satanas bolesatine hemotoxin Claviceps purpurea ergotamine affects vascular system, loss of limbs, death
- VEGF Vascular Endothelial Growth Factors Cancer and other disorders
- PLGF Placental Growth Factor Cancer angiogenesis/vasculogenesis
- PLGF Tumor Necrosis Factor Alpha Inflammation, arthritis Tumor Necrosis Factor Beta Kills infected cells, product of CD8 + T cells
- Chemokine Cell migration inducer ⁇ -Chemokine
- Chemokine ligands Migration inducer for monocytes, NK and dendritic cells (CCL-1, 15, 23, 28) Monocyte Chemo attractant Protein 1 (MCP- Inducer of monocytes to become tissue macrophages 1 or CCL2)
- RANTES CCL-5 Attract CCR6 expressing T cells, eosinophils and basophils
- Glutamic Acid-leucine-arginine Inducer of migration of neutrophils ELR
- the generation of a bifunctional targeted therapeutic is performed based on the exploitation of a known antigen and a sequence of mRNA that encodes that antigen (see e.g., FIGS. 17 A- 17 D ).
- a more general immune-mediated approach is used to generate the therapeutics (see e.g., FIGS. 20 A- 20 D ).
- a specific protein that interacts with the soluble agent is identified.
- the bifunctional (one portion interacts with the soluble target while another interacts with one or more components of the immune system) protein functions to snare the soluble target and simultaneously (or subsequently) clear the soluble agent from a subject via an immune-mediated response.
- the bifunctional targeted therapeutics are particularly advantageous because no therapy or treatment means for clearing the agent presently exists.
- the selectivity the bifunctional targeted therapeutics enhances the efficacy of treatment relative to non-tailored therapeutics, due, for example, to the non-selective activity of non-tailored therapeutics.
- the therapeutics provided are more efficient at interacting with a wider variety of soluble agents as the protein-target interaction presents a wider scope of interactions that can be exploited. For example, use of an antibody based approach against certain soluble agents may not be particularly effective against agents having a low immunogenicity.
- targeted therapeutics can, in some embodiments, exploit protein-protein interactions between the soluble agent and the protein therapeutic (e.g., a steric relationship that is not highly immunogenic).
- the possible ways of capturing or interacting with the soluble agent may be greater, and in some embodiments, more effective, than simply relying on antibody-based interactions.
- proteins that interact with soluble chemical agents are used in the generation of the bifunctional protein.
- the generation of bifunctional therapeutics provided herein for binding to a variety of soluble agents is made possible by utilizing novel methods for linking proteins to their corresponding mRNAs (as “cognate pairs”).
- protein libraries are prepared comprising a large number of cognate pairs, and the libraries are screened for cognate pairs that bind to a target of interest, such as the individualized targets described herein. Further information regarding the generation and use of a library of proteins linked to their cognate mRNAs can be found in U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,962,781; 7,351,812; 7,410,761; and 7,488,600 and the following US Patent Applications: Ser. No.
- FIGS. 17 A- 17 D show several embodiments, bifunctional targeted therapeutics that will be used in conjunction with a known antigen.
- a soluble target is shown on a solid substrate that is panned with protein-SATA-mRNA library under neutral and then acid conditions, stimulating-plasma and endosome conditions.
- FIG. 17 A a soluble target is shown on a solid substrate that is panned with protein-SATA-mRNA library under neutral and then acid conditions, stimulating-plasma and endosome conditions.
- a soluble target of interest is immobilized on a solid substrate and panned with a library of proteins that are linked to their cognate mRNA (e.g., the mRNA sequences that code for that particular protein). Entire proteins need not be used, fragments, or portions of proteins are sufficient to interact with a soluble target in some embodiments.
- the library is panned against the soluble target under conditions similar to those in the bloodstream (e.g., about a neutral pH).
- the library is also panned against the soluble target under acidic conditions, simulating the endosome or other cellular complex in which the degradation of the soluble target may occur. Based on the panning of the library a particular protein (or protein fragment) that demonstrates an interaction with the soluble target may be selected.
- a known or particularly desirable epitope on the soluble target is “pre-blocked”, for example by a natural antigen that binds that epitope.
- the target is a ligand to a receptor
- the target can be pre-incubated with a peptide that encodes the portion of the receptor that interacts with the ligand.
- the target that is to be panned has the key site of interest blocked when the candidate molecules are screened. When the candidate molecules are screened against the pre-blocked target, a portion of the candidate molecules will bind to the target and a portion will fail to bind to the target.
- the candidate molecules that fail to bind the target are collected and those that bind the target are discarded. It shall be appreciated that this “pre-blocking” step is optional, and multiple rounds of screening of candidate molecules can be performed and selection of a final candidate being based on other characteristics of the molecule and/or the target. However, advantageously, the pre-blocking and negative selection, in several embodiments provide a more efficient screening process and result in a pool of candidate molecules that are more precisely defined in terms of the epitopes with which they will interact.
- the retained candidate molecules that failed to bind to the pre-blocked epitope of interest are further screened against a target with an unblocked epitpoe. These will only bind to the chosen epitope since the proteins that bind to other epitopes have been discarded. Such additional screening can be used to provide confirmation of the specificity of the candidate molecules.
- Competitive binding assays may also optionally be performed in order to characterize the various candidate molecules in terms of their interaction efficiency with the target of interest.
- an antigen with known code for its mRNA is used to immunize patient(s).
- the immunized patient makes antibodies to the antigen.
- an antigen that is known is selected.
- the antigen is one to which a subject has already been exposed.
- the known antigen is administered to the subject, in order to “vaccinate” the subject and induce the generation of antibodies against that antigen.
- the advantage of using a known antigen are that an mRNA sequence known to encode that antigen may already be known, thereby reducing the need to pan an additional protein-mRNA library to generate the portion of the therapeutic that will elicit an immune response.
- a second panning step is used.
- the two mRNAs, converted to cDNA and PCR amplified, are then enzymatically fused with a bridge cDNA between the two cDNAs.
- the mRNA encoding the protein that interacts with the soluble target and the mRNA that encodes the known antigen are, in some embodiments, converted to cDNA by a reverse transcription reaction.
- a linker or bridge sequence of cDNA is ligated between the two cDNAs, and then the entire sequence is amplified by polymerase chain reaction.
- the bridge cDNA encodes a sequence of known hydrophilic amino acids.
- the bridge (or other portion of the cDNAs) encode a series of amino acids that can be later used to purify the resultant protein (e.g., a histidine tag, allowing for well-established nickel-sepharose chromatography methods).
- the individual cDNAs are first amplified and then ligated with the bridge cDNA. Regardless, of the order of amplification and ligation, the resultant sequence of cDNA (now comprising a cDNA sequence for the protein that interacts with the soluble target and a cDNA sequence that encodes the known antigen and a bridge cDNA sequence) is then, in some embodiments, translated into protein.
- the individual cDNAs are translated into protein and later linked together to form the bifunctional therapeutic.
- a protein coupling agent such as N-succinimidyl-3-(2-pyridyldithiol)propionate (SPDP), iminothiolane (IT), bifunctional derivatives of imidoesters (such as dimethyl adipimidate HCL), active esters (such as disuccinimidyl suberate), aldehydes (such as glutareldehyde), bis-azido compounds (such as bis (p-azidobenzoyl)hexaned-iamine), bis-diazonium derivatives (such as bis-(p-diazoniumbenzoyl)-ethyl-enediamine), diisocyanates (such as tolyene 2,6-diisocyanate), or bis-active fluorine compounds (such as 1,5-difluoro-2,4-dinitrobenzen
- SPDP N-succin
- such an approach is particularly advantageous as a variety of pools of soluble agent binding domains and antigenic domains can be prepared, stored, and later used in various combinations depending on the needs of a particular subject.
- the translation is in vitro, while in some embodiments, in vivo translation is used, followed by isolation of the resultant protein (e.g., by gel electrophoresis, size exclusion, selective tag purification, or any other means known in the art to purify proteins).
- a series of panning steps are performed, in some embodiments, to identify and select for therapeutics that are more efficient at interacting with the soluble agent and/or an antibody.
- a pool of bifunctional therapeutic candidate molecules are panned (e.g., reacted with) the soluble target of interest, which is bound to a solid substrate.
- the candidate molecules are represented by the small geometric, semi-rectangular geometric shapes (the portion which may interact with a soluble target) a linker portion (the curvy line) and a rounded portion (represents the antigen domain, which will interact with an antibody generated by the “vaccinated” subject).
- the bifunctional proteins that recognize the soluble target will bind with it; those that do not will be removed by washing (or other similar removal step). Those that bind with the soluble target are collected and the soluble target is removed (e.g., by incubation or washing in detergent-rich buffers), in some embodiments, re-reacted with unbound soluble target. In several embodiments, such an approach assures that the soluble target does not cause steric hindrance changes in the bifunctional protein that affect the reaction with the antibody. As shown in Panel C, the target bound bifunctional protein is reacted with antibodies that are directed to the known antigen portion of the bifunctional protein.
- the antibodies that bind the antigen portion of the bifunctional proteins are affixed to a solid substrate. Only bifunctional protein candidates with the correct immunizing antigen will bind with the idiotype site of the antibodies while those with other antigens will not, and can be removed (e.g., washed) from the reaction site). As represented in Panel D, only the bifunctional proteins with both correct ends are collected. After removal of the soluble target component, these bifunctional proteins become the therapeutic.
- other methods are used to determine if the candidate therapeutics interact with the soluble target and/or the generated antibody, for example Western blot, immunoprecipitation, ELISA, and FACS analyses using, as appropriate, Fab idiotype fragments, peptides, idiotype-expressing cells or extracts thereof.
- a bifunctional therapeutic that comprises a region that interacts with the soluble target and a region that binds directly to the structural portions of an antibody are generated.
- the soluble target on solid substrate is panned with a protein-SATA-mRNA library under both neutral and acid conditions to stimulate plasma and endosome conditions, similar to that described above.
- a known or particularly desirable epitope on the soluble target is “pre-blocked”, for example by a natural antigen that binds that epitope.
- the target that is to be panned has the key site of interest blocked when the candidate molecules are screened.
- the candidate molecules are screened against the pre-blocked target, a portion of the candidate molecules will bind to the target and a portion will fail to bind to the target.
- Those that bind to the target are less desirable than those that fail to bind, as those that bind are interacting with the target at a site other than the epitope of interest (which is blocked).
- the candidate molecules that fail to bind the target are collected and those that bind the target are discarded.
- the retained candidate molecules that failed to bind to the pre-blocked epitope of interest are further screened against a target with an unblocked epitope. Such additional screening can be used to provide confirmation of the specificity of the candidate molecules prior to generation of a final bifunctional protein.
- IgG on solid substrate is panned with protein-SATA-mRNA library under both neutral and acid conditions to simulate plasma and endosome conditions.
- both neutral and acidic conditions are used to simulate both plasma and endosome-like environments.
- the two mRNA's are converted to cDNA and PCR amplified. then enzymatically fused with a bridge cDNA between them. The fused, cDNA is then PCR amplified and transcribed to mRNA and translated in vitro, and screened for intact bifunctional proteins.
- the antibody panned is an IgG, though IgM, IgA, or IgE isotypes are used in some embodiments. In some embodiments, using IgG isotypes, isotype 1, 2, 3, or 4 can be used, depending on the embodiment. In some embodiments, the optimum binding protein-IgG isotype combinations will be made empirically, while in others, the isotype can be selected ahead of time.
- proteins that bind to the variable regions are identified by panning and used in generation of the bifunctional therapeutic. In several embodiments, those proteins that bind to the constant region of an antibody are used. In some embodiments, the constant heavy chain is the preferred binding site of proteins to be used in generating the therapeutic.
- FIG. 21 depicts a representative targeted therapeutic that is consistent with several embodiments disclosed herein. It shall be appreciated that other interactions with antibodies are used, depending on the specific embodiment.
- IgG immunoglobulin G
- the FcRn binding site is located between the CH2 and CH3 regions of the Fc stem of the IgG, provides a salvage pathway for returning IgG to the circulation.
- use of IgG antibodies provide a longer residence time in the circulation, and, in some embodiments, an increased therapeutic time.
- the selections are performed at both neutral and acid pH (pH 5-6.2) to ensure that the bifunctional protein will remain bound to the soluble target while in the endosome.
- the remainder of the generation of the targeted therapeutic is performed as described above, with the exception, of course, that one portion of the therapeutic will bind directly to a portion of an antibody that preexists in a subject.
- this approach advantageously obviates the need for vaccination of the subject with a known antigen prior to administration of the targeted therapeutic.
- bifunctional protein candidates are panned against soluble target affixed on a solid substrate.
- the bifunctional proteins that recognize the soluble target will bind with it, and those that do not recognize the soluble target will not bind. Those that bind are collected, and then re-reacted with soluble target. This assures that the soluble target does not cause steric hindrance changes in the bifunctional protein that might affect the reaction with the CH1 portion of the antibody.
- the bifunctional protein candidates pre-reacted with soluble target are panned against IgG affixed to solid substrate.
- Bifunctional protein candidates that recognize the CH1 portion of the IgG specifically will bind, and those that do not recognize the CH1 portion will not bind.
- FIG. 22 D only the bifunctional proteins with both correct ends are collected. With removal of the soluble target component, they can become therapeutic.
- Screening of candidate bifunctional proteins is likewise performed as described above, with the exception that the antibody that is panned is matched to the antibody isotype that the mRNA used to generated the bifunctional protein encoded (e.g., IgG with IgG). See, for example FIGS. 23 A- 23 E .
- the initiation of therapy with bifunctional therapeutics that exploit known antigens occurs when a subject who has been exposed to a soluble target is administered the known antigen.
- an mRNA that encodes the known antigen will be used in the generation of the bifunctional therapeutics.
- the pre-administration of the known antigen to the subject acts to induce generation of antibodies directed against that antigen.
- the identified bifunctional therapeutics are administered to the subject.
- FIG. 19 A shows the therapeutic bifunctional protein being infused into the patient.
- the “target” side of the bifunctional therapeutic binds with the soluble target.
- the antigen portion of the bifunctional therapeutic is bound by the patient's own antibodies against the antigen.
- the result of the two reactions is that the soluble target which is bound indirectly via the bifunctional therapeutic to the antibodies is flagged for destruction by the immune system, thereby removing the target from the individual.
- the administration of therapeutics with a region that directly binds to a portion of an antibody dose not need to be preceded by vaccination of the subject with a known antigen.
- a subject who has been exposed to a soluble target is identified.
- a bifunctional therapeutic is generated that is directed specifically to the soluble target and also to a specific portion of an antibody (e.g., an IgG).
- the selected bifunctional therapeutics are administered to a subject.
- the target portion of the bifunctional protein interacts with the soluble target.
- the antibody binding portion interacts with a circulating antibody.
- the antibody binding portion binds to the heavy chain of an IgG within the constant region (e.g., the CH1 binding site).
- FIG. 23 A macrophages express Fc receptors on their surface.
- FIG. 23 B after administration of the bifunctional therapeutic, the Fc domain of the IgG complexes bound to the bifunctional therapeutic will bind the Fc receptors on the macrophages ( FIG. 23 B ).
- the bifunctional complex is subsequently phagocytosed ( FIG. 23 C ).
- the bifunctional therapeutic will be digested to small peptide fragments by enzymes in the endosome, lysosome or other acid vesicle to which the bifunctional therapeutic is trafficked. While in the lysosome (or other vesicle), in several embodiments, the resultant fragments are associated with MHC II and are subsequently presented on the surface of the macrophage. Once on the surface, they are recognized by CD4 + T cells that express the appropriate T cell receptor. Binding of the fragment, which is now functionally an antigen, and CD4 to the MHC II activates the T cells to secrete cytokines (interleukins) that activate B cells. The activated B cells undergo proliferation and produce antibodies against the antigen fragment.
- the single administration of the bifunctional therapeutic induces a last therapeutic immune response.
- both for the direct antibody binding therapeutic and the antigen encoding (pre-immunization) therapeutic two, three, four, five, or more administrations may be given in certain embodiments.
- SATA can be produced in a number of different ways.
- the protocols described below in the following examples can be used for SATAs that have both a puromycin and a crosslinker on the tRNA, or that have a puromycin on the tRNA and a crosslinker on the mRNA. Where the crosslinker is on the mRNA, Example 4, below, provides guidance.
- the following protocol is also instructive for Linking tRNA Analogs, in the sense that Linking tRNA Analogs also, in a preferred embodiments, have a crosslinker on the tRNA.
- FIG. 1 three fragments ( FIG. 1 ) were purchased from a commercial source (e.g., Dharmacon Research Inc., Boulder, CO). Modified bases and a fragment 3 with a pre-attached puromycin on its 3′ end and a P04 on its 3′ end were included, all of which were available commercially. Three fragments were used to facilitate manipulation of the fragment 2 in forming the monoadduct.
- a commercial source e.g., Dharmacon Research Inc., Boulder, CO.
- Modified bases and a fragment 3 with a pre-attached puromycin on its 3′ end and a P04 on its 3′ end were included, all of which were available commercially.
- Three fragments were used to facilitate manipulation of the fragment 2 in forming the monoadduct.
- Yeast tRNAAla or yeast tRNAPhe were used; however, sequences can be chosen from widely known tRNAs or by selecting sequences that will form into a tRNA-like structure. Preferably, sequences with only a limited number of U's in the portion that corresponds to the fragment 2 are used. Using a sequence with only a few U's is not necessary because psoralen preferentially binds 5′UA3′ sequences (Thompson J.F., et al Biochemistry 21:1363, herein incorporated by reference). However, there would be less doubly adducted product to purify out if such a sequence was used.
- Fragment 2 was preferably used in a helical conformation to induce the psoralen to intercalate. Accordingly, a complementary strand was required. RNA or DNA was used, and a sequence, such as poly C to one or both ends, was added to facilitate separation and removal after monoadduct formation was accomplished.
- Fragment 2 and the cRNA were combined in buffered 50 mM NaCl solution.
- the Tm was measured by hyperchromicity changes.
- the two molecules were re-annealed and incubated for 1 hour with the selected psoralen at a temperature ⁇ 10° C. less than the Tm.
- the psoralen was selected based upon the sequence used.
- a relatively insoluble psoralen, such as 8 MOP could be selected which has a higher sequence stringency but may need to be replenished.
- a more soluble psoralen, such as AMT has less stringency but will fill most sites.
- HMT is used. If a fragment 2 is chosen that contains more non-target U's, a greater stringency is desired. Decreasing the temperature or increasing ionic strength by adding Mg++ was also used to increase the stringency.
- MG++ was omitted and ⁇ 400 mM NaCl solution was used.
- psoralen was irradiated at a wavelength greater than approximately 400 nm.
- the irradiation depends on the wavelength chosen and the psoralen used. For instance, approximately 419 nm 20-150 J/cm2 was preferably used for HMT. This process results in an almost entirely furan sided monoadduct.
- the monoadduct was then purified by HPLC as described in Sastry et al, J. Photochem. Photobiol. B Biol. 14:65-79, herein incorporated by reference.
- the fact that fragment 2 was separate from fragment 3 facilitated the purification step because, generally, purification of monoadducts ⁇ 25 mer is difficult (Schmann et al. PNAS 89: 4514-4518, herein incorporated by reference).
- the fragment 2 was ligated to the fragment 3 using T4 RNA ligase.
- the puromycin on the 3′ end acted as a protecting group. This is done as per Romaniuk and Uhlenbeck, Methods in Enzymology 100:52-59 (1983), herein incorporated by reference.
- Joining of fragment 2+3 to the 3′ end of fragment 1 was done according to the methods described in Uhlenbeck, Biochemistry 24:2705-2712 (1985), herein incorporated by reference.
- Fragment 2+3 was 5′ phosphorylated by polynucleotide kinase and the two half molecules were annealed.
- furan sided monoadducted U significant quantities were formed by hybridizing poly UA to itself and irradiating as above. The poly UA was then enzymatically digested to yield furan sided U which was protected and incorporated into a tRNA analog by nucleoside phosphoramidite methods.
- Other methods of forming the psoralen monoadducts include the methods described in Gamper et al., J. Mol. Biol. 197: 349 (1987); Gamper et al., Photochem. Photobiol. 40:29, 1984; Sastry et al, J. Photochem. Photobiol. B Biol. 14:65-79; Spielmann et al. PNAS 89:4514-4518, U.S. Pat. No. 4,599,303, all herein incorporated by reference.
- Equal volumes of 3 ng/ml RNA:cRNA hybrid segments and of 10 ⁇ g/ml HMT both comprised of 50 mM NaCl were transferred into a new 1.5 ml capped polypropylene microcentrifuge tube and incubated at 37° C. for 30 minutes in the dark. This was then transferred onto a new clean culture dish. This was positioned in a photochemical reactor (419 nm peak Southern New England Ultraviolet Co.) at a distance of about 12.5 cm so that irradiance was ⁇ 6.5 mW/cm2 and irradiated for 60-120 minutes.
- a photochemical reactor (419 nm peak Southern New England Ultraviolet Co.) at a distance of about 12.5 cm so that irradiance was ⁇ 6.5 mW/cm2 and irradiated for 60-120 minutes.
- RNA+8-MOP Two volumes ( ⁇ 1000 ⁇ l) ice cold absolute ethanol was added to the mixture. The tube was centrifuged for 15 minutes at 15,000 ⁇ g in a microcentrifuge. The supernatant was decanted and discarded and the precipitated RNA was redissolved in 100 ⁇ l DEPC treated water then re-exposed to the RNA+8-MOP.
- fractions were stored at 4° C. in new, RNAase free snapped microcentrifuge tubes and stored at ⁇ 20° C. if more than four weeks of storage were required.
- the electrophoresis unit was set up in a 4° C. refrigerator. A gel was selected with a 2 mm spacer. Each 5 ⁇ l of HPLC fraction was diluted to 10 ⁇ l with Loading Buffer. 10 ⁇ l of each diluted fraction was loaded into appropriately labeled sample wells. The tracking dye was loaded in a separate lane and electrophoresis was run as described in the following section entitled “Polyacrylamide Gel Electrophoresis (PAGE) of Psoralenated RNA Fragments.” After the electrophoresis run was complete, the electrophoresis was stopped when the tracking dye reached the edge of the gel. The apparatus was disassembled. The gel-glass panel unit was placed on the UV light box. UV lights were turned on. The RNA bands were identified. The bands appeared as denser shadows under UV lighting conditions.
- Each band was excised with a new sterile and RNAase free scalpel blade and transferred into a new 1.5 ml snap capped microcentrifuge tube. Each gel was crushed against the walls of the microcentrifuge tubes with the side of the scalpel blade. A new blade was used for each sample. 1.0 ml of 0.3M sodium acetate was added to each tube and eluted for at least 24 hours at 4° C. The eluate was transferred to a new 0.5 ml snap capped polypropylene microcentrifuge tube with a micropipette. A new RNAase free pipette tip was used for each tube and the RNA with ethanol was precipitated out.
- RNA oligonucleotide fragments were precipitated, and all glassware was cleaned to remove any traces of RNase as described in the following section entitled “Inactivation of RNases on Equipment, Supplies, and in Solutions.” All solutions were stored in RNAase free glassware and introduction of nucleases was prevented. Absolute ethanol was stored at 0° C. until used. Micropipettes were used to add two volumes of ice cold ethanol to nucleic acids that were to be precipitated in microcentrifuge tubes. Capped microcentrifuge tubes were placed into the microfuge and spun at 15,000 ⁇ g for 15 minutes. The supernatant was discarded and precipitated RNA was re-dissolved in DEPC treated DI-water. RNA was stored at 4° C. in microcentrifuge tubes until ready to use.
- Fragment 2 (3.0 nM) 125.0 ⁇ l Fragment 3 (3.0 nM) 125.0 ⁇ l Reaction buffer 250.0 ⁇ l RNA T4 ligase (9-12 U/ml) 42 ⁇ l
- Frag. 2 (SEQ ID NO: 5) 5′CUAGA ⁇ CUGGAGG3′-OHPsoralen b) Frag. 3 (SEQ ID NO: 6) 5′UCCUGUGT ⁇ CGAUCCACAGAAUUCGCACC-Puromycin c) Frag 2 + 3 (SEQ ID NO: 7) 5′CUPsoralenAGAYCUGGAGGUCCUGUGT ⁇ CGAUCCACAGAAUUCGCA CC Puromycin
- RNA was gently mixed then melted by heating the mixture to 70° C. for 5 minutes in a heating block. The mixture was cooled to room temperature over a two hour period and the RNA was allowed to anneal in a tRNA configuration. The RNA was precipitated out of the solution.
- Frag. 1 (SEQ ID NO: 8) 5′GCGGAUUUAGCUCAGUUGGGAGAGCGCCAGACU3′ b) Frag 2 + 3 (SEQ ID NO: 6) 5′CUPsoralenAGAYCUGGAGGUCCUGUGT ⁇ CGAUCCACAGAAUUCGCA CCPuromycin c) Frag. 1 + 2 + 3 (SEQ ID NO: 9) 5′GCGGAUUUAGCUCAGUUGGGAGAGCGCCAGACUCUPsoralenAGA ⁇ CUGGAGGUCCUGUGT ⁇ CGAUCCACAGAAUUCGCACCPuromycin
- the mixture was incubated at 17° C. in a temperature controlled refrigerator for 4.7 hours. Immediately after the incubation the tRNA was precipitated out as described in step 6.2 above and the tRNA was isolated by electrophoresis as described in the following section entitled “Polyacrylamide Gel Electrophoresis (PAGE) of Psoralenated RNA Fragments.”
- the tRNA was pooled in a small volume of RNase free water and stored at 4° C. for up to two weeks or stored at ⁇ 20° C. for periods longer than two weeks.
- RNAase free as described in the following section entitled “Inactivation of RNases on Equipment, Supplies, and in Solutions.”
- the gel apparatus was assembled to produce a 4 mm thick by 20 cm ⁇ 42 cm square gel. 29 parts acrylamide with 1 part ammonium crosslinker were mixed at room temperature with the appropriate amount of acrylamide solution in an RNAase free, thick walled Erlenmeyer flask.
- the mixture was degassed with vacuum pressure for one minute.
- the appropriate amount of TEMED was added, mixed gently, and then the gel mixture was poured between the glass plates to within 0.5 cm of the top.
- the comb was immediately inserted between the glass sheets and into the gel mixture.
- An RNAase free gel comb was used.
- the comb produced wells for a 5 mm wide dye lane and 135 mm sample lanes.
- the gel was allowed to polymerize for about 30-40 minutes then the comb was carefully removed.
- the sample wells were rinsed out with a running buffer using a micropipette with a new pipette tip. The wells were then filled with running buffer.
- RNA/loading buffer solution The maximum volume of RNA/loading buffer solution was loaded into the 135 mm sample wells and the appropriate volume of tracking dye in 5 mm tracking lane.
- the samples were electrophoresed in a 5° C. refrigerator. The electrophoresis was stopped when the tracking dye reached the edge of the gel.
- the apparatus was then disassembled. Glass panels were not removed from the gel.
- the gel-glass panel unit was placed on a UV light box. With UV filtering goggles in place, the UV lights were turned on. The RNA bands were identified. They appeared as denser shadows under UV lighting conditions. The RNA was extracted from the gel.
- Each band was excised with a new sterile and RNAase free scalpel blade and each band was transferred into a new 1.5 ml snap capped microcentrifuge tube. Each gel was crushed against the walls of the microcentrifuge tubes with the side of the scalpel blade. A new blade was used for each sample. 1.0 ml of 0.3M sodium acetate was added to each tube and eluted for at least 24 hours at 4° C. The eluate was transferred to a new 0.5 ml snap capped polypropylene microcentrifuge tubes with a micropipette with a new RNAase free pipette tip for each tube.
- RNA oligonucleotides HPLC purification of the RNA oligonucleotides is best effected using anion exchange chromatography. Either the 2′-protected or 2′-deprotected forms can be chromatographed. The 2′-protected form offers the advantage of minimizing secondary structure effects and provides resistance to nucleases. If the RNA is fully deprotected, sterile conditions are required during purification.
- the tubes are centrifuged at 15,000 ⁇ g for 30 seconds or until the RNA pellet is at the bottom. 400 ⁇ l of pH 3.8 deprotection buffer is added to each tube of RNA.
- Acetic acid (100 mM) is adjusted to pH 3.8 with tetramethylethylenediamine (TEMED).
- TEMED tetramethylethylenediamine
- the pellet is completely dissolved in the buffer by drawing in and out of a pipette.
- the tubes are vortexed for 10 seconds and centrifuged at 15,000 ⁇ g.
- the tubes are incubated in a 60° C. water bath for 30 minutes.
- the samples are lyophilized before use.
- a 4 ⁇ 250 mm column (DNAPAC PA, No. 043010) packed with Dionex (800)-DIONEX-0 (346-6390), with a capacity of 40 optical density units (ODU) at 260 nm is installed.
- the column temperature is set to 54° C.
- the injection volume is adjusted such that 5 ⁇ l produces approximately 0.20 ODU.
- the gradient is selected based upon the number of bases, as follows:
- the target samples are collected and the RNA concentration is determined with a spectrophotometer at 260 nm.
- the samples are stored at ⁇ 70° C.
- Glassware was treated by baking at 180° C. for at least 8 hours.
- Plasticware was treated by rinsing with chloroform. Alternatively, all items were soaked in 0.1% DEPC.
- DEPC 0.1% DEPC was prepared. DI water was filtered through a 0.2 ⁇ M membrane filter. The water was autoclaved at 15 psi for 15 minutes on a liquid cycle. 1.0 g (wt/v) DEPC/liter of sterile filtered water was added.
- All glass and plasticware was submerged in 0.1% DEPC for two hours at 37° C.
- the glassware was rinsed at least 5 ⁇ with sterile DI water.
- the glassware was heated to 100° C. for 15 minutes or autoclaved for 15 minutes at 15 psi on a liquid cycle.
- Tanks were washed with detergent, rinsed with water then ethanol and air dried.
- the tank was filled with 3% (v/v) hydrogen peroxide (30 ml/L) and left standing for 10 minutes at room temperature.
- the tank was rinsed at least 5 times with DEPC treated water. Solutions
- GIP gastroinhibitory peptide
- SATA was added to the experimental tubes. Control tubes which did not contain SATA were also prepared. The quantity of SATA used was approximately between 0.1 ⁇ g to 500 ⁇ g, preferably between 0.5 ⁇ g to 50 ⁇ g. 1 ⁇ l of Rnasin at 40 units/ml was added. Nuclease free water was added to make a total volume of 50 ⁇ l.
- the amount of tRNA may need to be supplemented. For example, approximately 10-200 ⁇ g of tRNA may be added.
- the quantity of the SATA should be high enough to effectively suppress stop or pseudo stop codons.
- the quantity of the native tRNA must be high enough to out compete the SATA which does not undergo dynamic proofreading under the action of elongation factors.
- each tube was immediately capped, parafilmed and incubated for the translation reactions at 30° C. for 90 minutes.
- the contents of each reaction tube was transferred into a 50 ⁇ l quartz capillary tube by capillary action.
- the SATA was crosslinked with mRNA by illuminating the contents of each tube with 2-10 J/cm2 ⁇ 350 nm wavelength light, as per Gasparro et al. (Photochem. Photobiol. 57:1007 (1993), herein incorporated by reference). Following photocrosslinking, the contents of each tube were transferred into a new snapcap microfuge tube.
- the ribosomes were dissociated by chelating the calcium cations by adding 2 ⁇ l of 10 mM EDTA to each tube. Between each step, each tube was gently mixed by stirring each component with a pipette tip upon addition.
- RNA for a translation was determined prior to performing definitive experiments. Serial dilutions may be required to find the optimal concentration of mRNA between 5-20 ⁇ g/ml.
- SATA e.g., puromycin on tRNA plus crosslinker on the tRNA
- Linking tRNA Analog e.g., no puromycin, but has crosslinker on tRNA
- the SATA was produced in a manner similar to the above methodology, except that uridines were substituted with pseudouridines. Substitution by pseudouridines can also be used with Linking tRNA Analog, as it facilities the formation of crosslinker monoadduct formation (such as formation of the psoralen monoadduct). This technique is discussed below in Example 2.
- FIG. 5 shows the chemical structures for uridine and pseudouridine.
- Pseudouridine is a naturally occurring base found in tRNA that forms hydrogen bonds just as uridine does, but lacks the 5-6 double bond that is the target for psoralen.
- Pseudouridine shall include the naturally occurring base and any synthetic analogs or modifications.
- the SATA was produced using pseudouridine.
- Linking tRNA Analog can also be produced using pseudouridine. Specifically, in a preferred embodiment, three fragments ( FIG.
- Fragment 1 (SEQ ID NO: 10) 5′PO 4 GCGGAUUUAGCUCAGUUGGGAGAGCGCCAGACOH3′ (SEQ ID NO: 16) 5′PO 4 GCGGAUUUAGCUCAGUUGGGAGAGCGCCAGACOH3′ Fragment 2 (SEQ ID NO: 11) 5′OH ⁇ CUAAC ⁇ COH3′ (SEQ ID NO: 17) 5′ OH ⁇ CUAAA ⁇ COH3′ Fragment 3 (SEQ ID NO: 12) 5′PO 4 UGGAGGUCCUGUGT ⁇ CGAUCCACAGAAUUCGCACCPuromycin3′ (SEQ ID NO: 18) 5′PO 4 UGGAGGUCCUGUGT ⁇ CGAUCCACAGAAUUCGCACCPuromycin3′ (SEQ ID NO: 18) 5′PO 4 UGGAGGUCCUGUGT ⁇ CGAUCCACAGAAUUCGCACCPuromycin3′ (SEQ ID NO: 18) 5′PO 4 UGGAGGUCCUGUGT ⁇ CGAUCCACAGAAU
- Modified yeast tRNAAla or yeast tRNAPhe was used according to one embodiment of the invention.
- sequences can be chosen widely from known tRNAs or by selecting sequences that will form into a tRNA-like structure.
- pseudouridine in some embodiments is that the pseudouridine in Fragment 2 avoids psoralen labeling of the nontarget U's.
- Use of pseudouridine instead of uridine decreases the avidity of the A site of the ribosome for the tRNA analog but eliminates the interaction of the terminal uridine with psoralen.
- Yarus “extended anticodon” guidelines increases A site binding (Yarus, Science 218:646-652, 1982, herein incorporated by reference).
- Fragment 2 was used in a helical conformation to induce the psoralen to intercalate.
- conformations can also be used in accordance with several embodiments of the invention.
- a complementary strand was also used.
- RNA or DNA was used, and a sequence, such as poly C or poly G when C interacts with the psoralen to one or both ends, was added to facilitate separation and removal after monoadduct formation was accomplished.
- Use of pseudouridine instead of uridines in the complement permitted the use of a high efficiency wave length, such as about 365 nm, without fear of crosslinking the product.
- Irradiation was preferably in the range of about 300-450 nm, more preferably in the range of about 320 to 400 nm, and most preferably about 365 nm. Further, use of pseudouridine left the furan-sided monoadduct in place on Fragment 2 because the Maf is the predominate first step in the crosslink formation.
- reaction buffer was prepared as follows:
- HMT 4′hydroxy methyl-4,5′,8′-triethyl psoralen
- Steps 1 and 2 above were repeated 4 times to re-intercalate and irradiate HMT. After the second irradiation additional 10 ⁇ l of 1.6 mM HMT was added in total 100 ⁇ l reaction volume. After 4 cycles of irradiation, the free psoralens were extracted with chloroform and all oligos (labeled and unlabeled) were precipitated with ethanol overnight (see precipitation step). A small aliquot was saved for gel identification.
- the fractions containing the 2MA were identified by the level of absorbance at 260 nm (RNA) and 330 nm (furan sided psoralen monoadducted RNA). This was done by redissolving the dried fractions with 120 ⁇ l of Rnase-free distilled water and the absorbance was measured with a spectrophotometer at 260 nm and 330 nm. The fractions with high absorbance at both wavelengths were pooled then dried with speed vacuum. A small aliquot from each was saved for gel analysis.
- the cross-linked products were analyzed on a denaturing 20% TBE-urea gel and visualized by gel silver staining.
- Step 3 Purification of HMT Conjugated Fragment 2 Oligo from cRNA by HPLC
- the oligos were eluted at a flow rate of 1 ml/min. with a concave gradient from 4% to 55% buffer D for 15 minutes followed by a convex gradient from 55% to 80% with buffer D for the next 15 minutes.
- the oligos were washed with 100% buffer D for 5 min and 100% buffer C for another 5 min at a flow rate of 1.5 ml/min;
- Fractions were collected that absorbed 260 nm light.
- 2MA had a retention time (RT) of 16.2 minutes and was eluted by 57% buffer D, and free fragment 2 had RT less than 16.6 minutes, and was eluted by 55% buffer D and free cRNA had RT greater than 19.2 minutes.
- the fractions were collected that absorbed at 254 or 260 nm. The collected fractions were dried with speed vacuum overnight. All solutions were filtered and degassed before use.
- the solution used comprised the following:
- the dried fractions were redesolved with 100 ⁇ l Rnase free distilled water. 500 ⁇ l cool 100% ethanol with 0.5M (NH4)2CO3 was added and the mixture was vortexed briefly. The mixture was then frozen on dry ice for 60 minutes or stored at ⁇ 20° C. overnight.
- Nuclease-free water was added to final Volume of 40 ⁇ l. The mixture was incubate at 16° C. overnight (16 hr). The mixture was centrifuged briefly and then was placed on ice.
- the pellet was then washed with 70% pre-cooled ethanol several times. This was then centrifuged at maximum speed in a microcentrifuge for 5 minutes at 4 C. The ethanol was carefully removed using a pipette. Centrifugation was repeated again to collect remaining ethanol which was carefully removed. The wet pellet was dried with speed vacuum for 10 min. A small aliquot was collected for the gel analysis. For long term storage, the RNA was stored in ethanol at ⁇ 20 C. Care was taken not to store the RNA in DEPC water.
- the dried sample was redissolved with 0.5 ⁇ TE buffer and was loaded onto a DNAPac PA-100 column which was equilibrated with buffer C.
- the column temperature was 85° C. and the detector operated at 254 nm to identify fractions with RNA and at 340 nm to identify fractions with 2MaF.
- the oligos were eluted with a convex gradient from 30% to 70% with buffer D for the first 20 minutes at a flow rate of 0.8 ml/min and followed with a linear gradient from 70% to 98% D for another 20 min at the same flow rate. The elution was completed by washing with 100% D for 7 min and 100% C for another 10 min at 1.0 ml/min flow rate.
- the fractions were detected with 254 or 260 nm wavelength light.
- the ligated oligos (2MA-fragment 3) were eluted after 34 min, by more than 90% buffer B.
- Fractions with 254 nm absorbance (A 254nm >0.01) were collected and dried with speed vacuum overnight.
- Step 7 Purified 2MA-Fragment 3 Desalting and Precipitation
- the dried fractions were re-dissolved with 100 ⁇ l Rnase free distilled water, 500 ⁇ l cool 100% ethanol with 0.5M (NH4)2CO3 was added and the mixture was vortexed briefly. The mixture was then frozen on dry ice for 60 minutes or stored at ⁇ 20 C overnight.
- the samples were brought to 4° C. and centrifuged at maximum speed in a microcentrifuge for 15 minutes. The position of the pellet was noted and the supernatant decanted or removed by pipette. Care was taken not to disturb pellet. If still containing salt, this step was repeated. The pellet was then washed with 70% pre-cooled ethanol twice. The wet pellet was dried with speed vacuum for 15 min.
- Step 8 Preparation Of SATA (Or Other tRNA Molecule)
- Appropriate ratios are as follows: Acceptor oligo:Donor oligo (Fragment 1: 2MA-Fragment 3) molar ratio should be 1:1.1 to avoid fragment 1 self-ligation.
- MgCl2 was added to T4 ligase buffer (50 mM Tris-HCl, pH 7.8, 10 mM MgCl2, 10 mM DTT and 1 mM ATP) to final 20 mM concentration. Add Rnase free albumin to final 5 ⁇ g/ml. The final volume should be no more than 100 ⁇ l.
- the solution was heated to 70° C. for 5 min, then was cooled from 70° C. to 26° C. over 2 hours and cooled from 26° C. to 0° C. over 40 minutes. Incubate at 16° C. for 16 to 17 hours using PCR instrument.
- RNA should preferably not be stored in DEPC water, but in ethanol, at ⁇ 20° C.
- the samples were brought to 4° C. and centrifuged at maximum speed in a microcentrifuge for 15 minutes. The position of the pellet was noted and the supernatant decanted or removed by pipette. Care was taken not to disturb pellet.
- the pellet was then washed with 70% pre-cooled ethanol twice. After removing the ethanol, the wet pellet was dried with a speed vacuum for 15 min. The dried pellet was stored at ⁇ 20° C., until the next step.
- a luciferase mRNA which was modified to have the stop codon corresponding to that recognized by the anticodon of the SATA (in the present case UAG) was used in a standard Promega in vitro translation kit in the recommended 1 ⁇ l of concentration 1 ⁇ g/ ⁇ l.
- SATA in the present case UAG
- SATA was added to the experimental tubes. Control tubes which did not contain SATA were also prepared. The quantity of SATA used was approximately between 0.1 ⁇ g to 500 ⁇ g, preferably between 0.5 ⁇ g to 50 ⁇ g. 1 ⁇ l of Rnasin at 40 units/ml was added. Nuclease free water was added to make a total volume of 50 ⁇ l.
- the amount of tRNA may need to be supplemented. For example, approximately 10-200 ⁇ g of tRNA may be added.
- the quantity of the SATA should be high enough to effectively suppress stop or pseudo stop codons.
- the quantity of the native tRNA must be high enough to out compete the SATA which does not undergo dynamic proofreading under the action of elongation factors.
- each tube was immediately capped, parafilmed and incubated for the translation reactions at 30° C. for 90 minutes.
- the contents of each reaction tube was transferred into a 50 ⁇ l quartz capillary tube by capillary action.
- the SATA was crosslinked with mRNA by illuminating the contents of each tube with 2-10 J/cm2 ⁇ 350 nm wavelength light, as per Gasparro et al. (Photochem. Photobiol. 57:1007 (1993), herein incorporated by reference). Following photocrosslinking, the contents of each tube were transferred into a new snapcap microfuge tube.
- the ribosomes were dissociated by chelating the calcium cations by adding 2 ⁇ l of 10 mM EDTA to each tube. Between each step, each tube was gently mixed by stirring each component with a pipette tip upon addition.
- RNA for a translation was determined prior to performing definitive experiments. Serial dilutions may be required to find the optimal concentration of mRNA between 5-20 ⁇ g/ml.
- Example 4 Production of a tRNA Analog Using Ribonucleotides Modified to Form Crosslinkers: Use of Psoralen and Non-Psoralen Cross-Linkers
- pseudouridine can be used in some embodiments to minimize the formation of unwanted monoadducts and crosslinks.
- a crosslinker modified mononucleotide is formed and used.
- One advantage of the crosslinker modified mononucleotide is that it minimizes the formation of undesirable monoadducts and crosslinks.
- SATA Linking tRNA Analog
- Nonsense Suppressor Analog can be produced in a number of different ways.
- psoralenated uridine 5′ mononucleotide, 2-thiocytosine, 2-thiouridine, 4-thiouridine 5-iodocytosine, 5-iodouridine, 5-bromouridine or 2-chloroadenosine can be produced or purchased and enzymatically ligated to an oligonucleotide to be incorporated into a tRNA analog.
- Aryl azides, and analogues of aryl azides, and any modifications thereto, can also be used in several embodiments, as a linking moiety or agent.
- the following protocol can be employed for crosslinkers that are located on the tRNA.
- This protocol can also be used for crosslinkers located on the mRNA.
- SATA Serial tRNA Analog
- Nonsense Suppressor Analog is instructive on the production and use of SATA, Linking tRNA Analog, and Nonsense Suppressor Analog.
- 4-thioU, 5-iodo and 5-bromo U with and without puromycin can be purchased already incorporated into a custom nucleotide up to 80 basepairs in length (Dharmacon, Inc). Therefore, the SATA, and the Linking tRNA Analog with these crosslinkers already in place, and similar crosslinkers, can be purchased directly from Dharmacon, Inc. Nonsense Suppressor Analog can also be purchased from Dharmacon, Inc.
- 2-thiocytosine, 2-thiouridine, 4thiouridine 5-iodocytosine, 5-iodouridine, 5-bromouridine or 2-chloroadenosine can all be purchased for crosslinking from Ambion, Inc. for the use in the Ambion MODIscript kit for incorporation into RNA. Therefore, the SATA and the Linking tRNA Analog along with these crosslinkers, and similar crosslinkers, can be purchased directly from Ambion, Inc
- the PO 4 U psomlen can be produced as follows:
- reaction buffer is prepared.
- the reaction buffer with a pH of 7.0, contains 25 mM Tris HCL, 100 mM NaCl, and 0.32 mM EDTA.
- HMT 4′hydroxy methyl-4,5′,8′-triethyl psoralen
- the mixture of complementary oligos, HMT, trimethylpsoralen is processed as follows: 1) Heat to 85° C. for 60 sec followed by cooling to 4° C. over 15 min, using PCR thermocycler; and 2) Irradiate for 20 to 60 min at 4° C., in Eppendorf UVette plastic cuvette, covered top with parafilm, in an RPR-200 Rayonet Chamber Reactor equipped with a cooling fan and 419 nm wave. This is either placed on an ice water bath or in a ⁇ 20° C. freezer.
- Steps 1 and 2 above are repeated 4 times to re-intercalate and irradiate HMT. After 4 cycles of irradiation, the free psoralens are extracted with chloroform and all oligos (labeled and unlabeled) are precipitated with ethanol overnight (see precipitation step). A small aliquot is saved for gel identification.
- Comparable sequences can be produced using the Ambion, Inc kit for non-psoralen crosslinkers.
- Phenol/Chloroform extract (1) Add 1 vol. phenol/chloroform; (2) Vortex well; (3) Spin down 2 minutes in room temperature microfuge; (4) Remove top layer to new tube.
- Chloroform extract (1) Add 1 vol. chloroform; (2) Vortex well; (3) Spin down 2 minutes in room temperature microfuge; (4) Remove top layer to new tube.
- 5′OH CUC OH 3′ oligoribonucleotides can be purchased from Dharmacon, Inc. and can be as acceptors in the ligation.
- the molar ratio of B1 to psoralenated mononucleotides is preferably kept at 10:1 to 50:1 so that the modified U's will be greatly out-numbered, thereby preventing the formation of CUC(U crosslinker ) N . This makes one of the preferred reactions:
- the product is purified by sequential anion exchange and reversed phase HPLC to ensure that the psoralenated U and the longer psoralenated 7 mer are separated.
- the 7 mer is then 3′ protected by ligation with pAp yielding CUCU crosslinker Ap (Fragment 2B).
- This 2B fragment can be used in a tRNA analog that has a stable acceptor or one that has a native esterified acceptor.
- the acceptor stem is modified in that version of the analog.
- the 3′ fragment is maintained with a commercially prepared puromycin as the acceptor.
- sequence 1B is as follows:
- the above product is treated with T4 polynucleotide kinase in two separate steps to remove the 3′ phosphate and add a 5′ phosphate.
- the newly prepared 5′ and 3′ half molecules ends are then ligated generally following the previous protocols.
- the 3′ sequences corresponding to the respective 5′ sequences are as follows:
- the example described above can be used to make and use the SATA, Linking tRNA, and the Nonsense Suppressor tRNA.
- the crosslinker (such as psoralen or a non-psoralen crosslinker) is not placed on the tRNA, but rather located on the mRNA.
- the SATA comprises a puromycin located on the tRNA, while the crosslinker is on the mRNA.
- the Nonsense Suppressor tRNA is used, and this comprises a tRNA with no puromycin, with the crosslinker being on the mRNA. Placement of the crosslinker on the message (the mRNA) can be accomplished as set forth below. The relevant sequence is as follows:
- the modified bases can be purchased as the 5′ monophosphate nucleotide from Ambion, Inc.
- the modified 5′ monophosphate nucleotide is made as above.
- the modified 5′ monophosphate nucleotides are first incorporated into hexamers to facilitate purification.
- the construction of uridine containing crosslinkers is shown but in several embodiments, the other bases can be incorporated into both stop and pseudo stop codons using similar techniques:
- AUG+pUcrosslinker ⁇ AUGUcrosslinker was accomplished using a similar protocol described above, except a preponderance of AUG was used because of the absence of a 3′ protection of the pNcrosslinker.
- the product was purified by anion exchange HPLC from the excess of AUG.
- 5′ pAGbiotin 3′ was added with T4 RNA ligase.
- the 3′ biotin was simply a convenient 3′ blocking group available form Dharmacon.
- the resulting AUGU crosslinker AG biotin was again purified followed by 5′ phosphorylation and ligated to:
- sequence M1 (sequence M1) (SEQ ID NO: 27) GGGUUAACUUUAGAAGGAGGUCGCCACCAUGGUUAAAAUGAAAAUGAA AAUGAAA to produce (SEQ ID NO: 28) GGGUUAACUUUAGAAGGAGGUCGCCACCAUGGNNAAAAUGAAAAUGAA AAUGAAAAUGU crosslinker AG biotin .
- SATAs and Nonsense Suppressor tRNAs can be made and used in accordance with several embodiments of the present invention.
- Linking tRNA Analogs and Nonsense Suppressor tRNAs do not require puromycin and can be made and used according to the following example.
- a translation system to aminoacylate the tRNA can be used.
- aminoacylation can be accomplished chemically.
- any type of translation system for aminoacylation can be employed, such as in vitro, in vivo and in situ.
- am E. coli translation system is used.
- An E. coli translation system is used for systems with a tRNA modified to be recognized by the aaRS Ala . In one embodiment, this is preferable for systems without the stable acceptor (e.g. the puromycin)
- 3 mcg of amber suppressor tRNA manufactured as above are added to the first.
- 3 mcg of suppressor with crosslinker on the anticodon are added to the second.
- 35S-methionine is added to both and the mixtures are then incubated at 37° C. for 30 minutes.
- the reactions are then rapidly cooled by placement in an ice bath, transferred to a flat Petri dish and floated in an ice bath so that the mixture is 1.5 cm below a ⁇ 350 nm light source. They are exposed at ⁇ 20 J/cm for 15 min.
- Fragments 1, 2 and 3, described above in Example 1 have the following alternate sequences:
- Fragment 1 (SEQ ID NO: 13): 5′ PO4 GCGGAUUUAGCUCAGUUGGGAGAGCGCCAGA N3-Methyl- U 3′ Fragment 2 (SEQ ID NO: 14): 5′UCUAAG ⁇ C ⁇ GGAGG 3′ Fragment 3-Unchanged from the sequence listed above (SEQ ID NO: 6): 5′ PO4 UCCUGUGT ⁇ CGAUCCACAGAAUUCGCACC Puromycin 3′
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Immunology (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Biotechnology (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Microbiology (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Zoology (AREA)
- Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
- Biophysics (AREA)
- Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
- Hematology (AREA)
- Cell Biology (AREA)
- Plant Pathology (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Computational Biology (AREA)
- Food Science & Technology (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Pathology (AREA)
- Analytical Chemistry (AREA)
- Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
- Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
- Mycology (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Medicines Containing Antibodies Or Antigens For Use As Internal Diagnostic Agents (AREA)
- Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
Abstract
Provided herein are methods for making targeted therapeutics. In several embodiments, the therapeutics are directed against soluble agents such as toxins, venoms, and/or other factors that alter physiological biopathways as well as methods of using such therapeutics to treat patients or patient populations to reduce, eliminate, or inactivate, detrimental soluble agents that such patients or patient populations have been exposed to. In several embodiments, the therapeutics are directed to patient-specific disease markers. In several embodiments, the methods comprise screening a library comprising proteins linked to their cognate mRNAs to identify mRNA-protein pairs that bind to the diseased cells, isolating one or more proteins from the identified mRNA-protein pairs, and conjugating the isolated protein(s) to a therapeutic agent.
Description
- The contents of each priority document listed in the accompanying Application Data Sheet is incorporated in its entirety by reference herein.
- The Sequence Listing is provided as a file entitled “PRONOV009P1C2_Replacement Seq_List.XML”, created on Sep. 4, 2023 and which is 54,991 bytes in size. This application also incorporates by reference the sequence listing submitted as ASCII text filed concurrently.
- The present invention relates to methods for making therapeutics tailored to individual patients or sub-populations of patients. Several embodiments relate to methods for making therapeutics that target soluble agents such as toxins, venoms, and/or other factors that alter physiological biopathways. Methods of using such targeted therapeutics are also provided, for example using therapeutics targeting soluble agents to treat patients or patient populations that have been exposed to such agents to reduce, eliminate, or inactivate, such detrimental soluble agents or their effects or use of therapeutics to treat malignancies, pathogenic infections, and other conditions, and to reduce or prevent transplant rejection.
- Many malignant cells display epitopes that are specific not only to the type of malignancy but also to the individual patient. Likewise, cells that are infected, diseased, transplanted from a donor to host, or are otherwise compromised in their health or function have been found to express one or more unique markers. Also, numerous toxins, venoms, chemical agents, and other agents that alter physiological biopathways exist and exposure to such agents presents a potentially significant health risk. Differentiating between the normal healthy cells of subject (or those transplanted into a subject) and those that are diseased, injured, infected or malfunctioning is important to many different therapies.
- In several embodiments, there are provided herein methods for generating a modular targeted therapeutic that targets an agent of interest, the method comprising: identifying a first protein capable of specifically interacting with the agent of interest; identifying a first mRNA that encodes for the first protein; identifying non-antibody second portion capable of eliciting an immune response through interaction with one or more components of the immune system; identifying a second mRNA that encodes for the non-antibody second portion; generating a first and a second cDNA corresponding to each of the first and the second mRNAs; fusing the first and the second cDNA to the first and second ends of a bridge cDNA to generate a fused cDNA; and translating the fused cDNA into a corresponding fused protein, wherein a first portion of the fused protein is capable of interacting with the agent of interest and a second portion of the fused protein is capable of eliciting an immune response, thereby generating a bifunctional targeted therapeutic that targets the agent of interest.
- In several embodiments, the non-antibody second portion is a second protein. In several embodiments, the first protein is identified by screening a library comprising proteins linked to their cognate mRNAs to identify one or more proteins that interact with the agent of interest. Additionally, the method can optionally further comprise screening the bifunctional targeted therapeutic against the agent of interest and the one or more components of the immune system.
- In several embodiments, the non-antibody second portion has a known mRNA sequence. Advantageously, this allows for generation of the encoded protein from that mRNA, once the desired characteristics of second protein have been identified (e.g., interaction with desired portion of the immune system for the particular embodiment. For example, in several embodiments, the second protein is capable of binding to the heavy chain of an antibody. In several embodiments, the second protein is capable of binding to the constant region of the heavy chain of the antibody. In particular, in several embodiments, the second protein is capable of binding to the CH1 region of the heavy chain. In particular embodiments, the non-antibody second portion is capable of binding to an IgG antibody.
- In several embodiments, the agent of interest is soluble (e.g., in the bloodstream of a subject), while in additional embodiments, the agent of interest is a cell surface molecule or marker. In several embodiments, soluble agents of interest are selected from the group consisting of animal toxins, insect toxins, plant toxins, algae-derived toxins, fungi-derived toxins, bacterial-derived toxins, biowarfare agents, biopathway modulators, and combinations thereof.
- In several embodiments, the agent of interest targets (and adversely affects) one or more of the blood, blood vessels, nervous tissue, and muscle tissue, one or more ion channels, induces muscle paralysis, prevents blood clotting, and/or induces increased gastrointestinal water secretion.
- In several embodiments, the screening methods used to identify modular therapeutics capable of targeting the agent of interest (out of a pool of candidate modular therapeutics) comprise positive selection, negative selection, or combinations thereof. For example, in several embodiments, screening for bifunctional therapeutics that target the agent of interest comprises blocking a site on the agent of interest with which the first protein interacts, exposing a plurality of candidate bifunctional targeted therapeutics to the blocked agent of interest, identifying those candidate bifunctional targeted therapeutics that bind to the blocked agent of interest and those that do not bind to the blocked agent of interest; and collecting those candidate bifunctional targeted therapeutic that do not bind to the blocked agent of interest. In several embodiments, the collection of those that do not bind is facilitated by first immobilizing the agent of interest on a solid support. Thus, a wash of the solid support and collection of the wash solution facilitates specific collection of those bifunctional targeted therapeutics that interact with the site on the agent of interest that was pre-blocked.
- Additionally, in several embodiments, the screening optionally further comprises screening the collected candidate bifunctional targeted therapeutics for interaction with one or more components of the immune system. Such additional screening methods comprise, in some embodiments, exposing the collected candidate bifunctional targeted therapeutics to the component of the immune system; identifying those candidate bifunctional targeted therapeutics that bind to component of the immune system and those that do not bind to the component of the immune system; and discarding those candidate bifunctional targeted therapeutics that do not bind to the component of the immune system and collecting those that do bind to the component of the immune system. As with the first screening described above, the component of the immune system may optionally be immobilized on a solid support. Likewise, the component of the immune system can also be pre-blocked (at a site or sites of interest) such that the candidate bifunctional targeted therapeutics that fail to bind to the blocked component are collected (as the failure to bind indicates preferential interaction with the blocked sites).
- In several embodiments, the component of the immune system is an antibody. In some embodiments, the antibody is an IgG antibody. In some embodiments, the antibody is an
IgG isotype - In several embodiments there is also provided a method for treating a subject that has been exposed to a soluble agent, comprising identifying a subject who has been exposed to a soluble agent; and administering to the subject a bifunctional targeted therapeutic that has been screened for specific interaction with the soluble agent and with a component of the immune system, and wherein upon interaction with the soluble agent via the first portion of the targeted therapeutic, the second portion elicits an immune response, which results in clearance of the soluble agent and treatment of the subject.
- In various aspects, methods are provided herein for developing targeted therapeutics useful in treating a wide range of conditions by targeting cell-surface markers (e.g., epitopes, idiotypes, and the like) or other molecules that are differentially expressed by, or in close proximity to, malignant cells, pathogens, transplanted cells, and/or other entities targeted for treatment. Also provided are methods for treating a disease or condition by administering a therapeutic produced by methods described herein.
- In some preferred embodiments, methods provided herein utilize novel techniques for linking proteins to their corresponding mRNAs, and screening the protein-mRNA complexes for binding to a molecular target associated with one or more etiological determinants. In various preferred embodiments, therapeutics provided herein are designed to recognize molecular targets that are differentially expressed in an individual patient seeking treatment, or in a sub-population of patients, such as patients diagnosed with a specific strain or subtype of a disease or condition. Proteins having high affinity for a target of interest are preferably isolated and linked to one or more therapeutic agents effective against the disease being treated (e.g., cytotoxic agents), to produce a variety of targeted therapeutics. Advantageously, the rapid and efficient identification, isolation, and production of proteins capable of recognizing targets of interest provides effective, low cost methods for the production of patient- and/or disease-specific therapeutics. In various embodiments, methods provided herein beneficially allow a wide range of diseases and conditions to be treated with tailored therapeutics, within the context of existing health care budgets and resource allocations.
- In various aspects, methods are provided herein for producing tailored therapeutics for treating cancers and other conditions, wherein the tailored therapeutics comprise a “targeting domain” that binds to a molecular target associated with a disease or condition selected for treatment, and a “therapeutic agent” capable of treating or preventing said disease or condition. In some preferred embodiments, the targeting domain is tailored to recognize targets that are differentially expressed in particular patients or sub-populations of patients, while in these and/or other embodiments, the therapeutic agent does not require substantial tailoring to individual patients or sub-populations of patients. This “modular” architecture advantageously allows for the creation of individualized therapeutics by tailoring only the small portion of the administrable therapeutic comprising the targeting domain, which can then be used to enhance the efficacy of a variety of pre-existing or easily prepared therapeutic agents.
- In some preferred embodiments, the targeting domain is tailored to bind an epitope selectively or preferentially expressed by cancerous cells relative to non-cancerous cells in a patient seeking treatment, and the therapeutic agent is an antibody or other molecule (hereinafter referred to as the “immune effector”) capable of stimulating an immune response in the patient. In some preferred embodiments, the targeted epitopes are substantially absent from non-cancerous cells, and the therapeutic agent does not otherwise substantially bind to non-cancerous cells. In some preferred embodiments, the cancer is a hematological cancer, such as a lymphoma (e.g., non-Hodgkin's lymphoma), a leukemia, or a multiple myeloma, wherein cancerous and/or malignant cells express a patient-specific epitope that can be an idiotype.
- In various embodiments, the therapeutic agent is linked, fused, or derivatized, directly or indirectly, to the targeting domain to form the modular therapeutic. In some embodiments, an immune effector is covalently linked to a target-binding domain, while in other embodiments it is non-covalently bound. In some embodiments, the target-binding domain is part of a bifunctional protein comprising a target-binding domain fused to a second domain that binds the immune effector. The immune effector-binding domain may comprise an epitope recognized by variable regions of an antibody, or a molecule that binds other regions of an antibody, such as the Fc region. The immune effector-binding domain may also comprise a peptide sequence designed to bind the immune effector. The bifunctional protein may comprise a fusion protein, or the two domains can be covalently or non-covalently linked. The target-binding domain and the immune effector binding domain can be directly linked, or indirectly linked, for example via a flexible linker peptide.
- In other aspects, the invention provides methods for preparing a therapeutic for treating a cancer comprising isolating complexes of expressed mRNA molecules and their nascent polypeptides from an mRNA expression library; screening the protein-mRNA complexes for binding to a molecular target associated with an etiological determinant, such as an epitope displayed by a cancerous cell; isolating and expressing mRNA encoding a protein that binds the target epitope; and derivatizing the target epitope-binding protein (or derivatives, fragments or subunits thereof) to a therapeutic agent, such as an antibody capable of eliciting an immune response against the target. In some embodiments, the preparation of the therapeutic further comprises allowing isolated mRNA encoding a target-binding domain to undergo in vitro evolution, selective mutagenesis, and/or other methods known in the art to identify and isolate mRNAs exhibiting stronger or more effective binding to the target epitope, as described in more detail below.
- In yet further aspects, the invention provides methods for treating a disease or condition, such as a cancer, comprising identifying a target epitope or other molecule specifically or preferentially expressed on, or in close proximity to, an etiological determinant of the condition targeted for treatment, in a patient in need of treatment; isolating a protein that binds the target, but does not bind substantially to non-targets; linking the target-binding protein (or derivatives, fragments or subunits thereof) to a therapeutic agent, such as an antibody capable of eliciting an immune response in the subject of interest; and administering the therapeutic to the patient in an amount and for a time sufficient to treat the condition targeted for treatment.
- In a still further aspect, the invention provides methods for identifying proteins that bind cancer cell target epitopes, or other etiological determinants, comprising isolating complexes of expressed mRNA molecules and their nascent polypeptides from an mRNA expression library; screening the protein-mRNA complexes for binding to a target epitope displayed by a cancerous cell; isolating and expressing mRNA encoding a protein that binds the target epitope; and derivatizing the target epitope-binding protein (or derivatives, fragments or subunits thereof) to an antibody capable of eliciting an immune response. In some embodiments, the methods may further comprise allowing isolated mRNA encoding a target epitope-binding protein to undergo in vitro evolution, selective mutagenesis, or other methods known in the art to identify and isolate mRNAs exhibiting stronger or more effective binding to the target epitope.
- In yet another aspect, the invention provides a kit for developing an individualized therapeutic for the treatment of a disease or condition characterized by the expression of disease- and/or patient-specific etiological determinants. In some preferred embodiments, a kit is provided for developing patient-specific therapeutics for the treatment of a cancer, including solid tumors and hematological cancers, wherein the therapeutics are targeted to a unique cell-surface epitope differentially expressed on the surface of cancerous and/or malignant cells.
- In an additional aspect, the invention provides therapeutics and methods for reducing or preventing transplant rejection. In some embodiments, the target-binding protein binds to cell surface antigens displayed by transplanted cells, such as MHC antigens, and the therapeutic agent (e.g., the immune effector) comprises a protein or other molecule that binds to and inhibits one or more molecular determinants of the immune response. In some preferred embodiments, the immune effector binds the C1q or C3 components of the complement system to thereby inhibit the activation of complement-mediated immunity. In other embodiments, the immune effector stimulates an immune response to eliminate transplanted cells bearing “foreign” MHC or other antigens. In further embodiments, the therapeutic agent ablates or prevents the clonal expansion of lymphocyte subpopulations expressing specific epitopes, for example epitopes that recognize MHC antigens.
- Several embodiments of the present invention further provide methods and kits for inhibiting transplant rejection that are essentially similar to those described above for treating malignancies.
- Further aspects of the invention provide therapeutics, methods and kits, essentially similar to those described above, wherein the target-binding domain is selected to bind one or more variable epitopes expressed by a disease-causing pathogen, or one or more cells infected by a disease-causing pathogen, and the therapeutic agent comprises an anti-pathogenic drug, such as an antibiotic or other cytotoxic agent. In some embodiments, the pathogen is a virus, such as HIV.
- In various aspects, methods provided herein allow for the rapid and cost-effective creation of individualized therapeutics. The following detailed description illustrates various aspects of the invention as they relate to particular applications. However, the description applies equally to the development and use of therapeutics and methods for the treatment of a wide variety of conditions, including but not limited to, the treatment of malignancies, the reduction and elimination of pathogens, the reduction and/or prevention of transplant rejection, and in general, the treatment of any condition involving a therapeutic target which exhibits differential binding characteristics relative to non-targeted cells or molecules.
- Additionally, in various aspects, methods are provided herein for developing targeted therapeutics useful in treating a wide range of conditions by targeting soluble targets (e.g., toxins, venoms and the like). Methods are also provided herein that target soluble proteins without a pre-immunization of a subject with an epitope of the desired target. Also provided are methods for treating a disease or condition by administering a therapeutic produced by methods described herein.
- In several embodiments, there is provided a method for generation of a bifunctional targeted therapeutic that targets a soluble agent, the method comprising identifying a first protein capable of interacting with a desired soluble target, identifying a first mRNA that encodes for the first protein, identifying an antigen capable of eliciting an immune response through interaction with one or more components of the immune system, identifying a second mRNA that encodes for the antigen, generating a first and a second cDNA corresponding to each of the first and the second mRNAs, fusing the first and the cDNA to generate a fused cDNA, translating the fused cDNA into a corresponding fused protein, wherein the a first portion of the fused protein is capable of interacting with the desired soluble target and a second portion of the fused protein is capable of eliciting an immune response, thereby generating a bifunctional targeted therapeutic that targets a soluble agent. In one embodiment, the antigen has a known mRNA sequence.
- In several embodiments, there is provided a method for generation of a bifunctional targeted therapeutic that targets a soluble agent, the method comprising identifying a first protein capable of interacting with a desired soluble target, identifying a first mRNA that encodes for the first protein, identifying a second protein capable of eliciting an immune response through interaction with one or more components of the immune system, identifying a second mRNA that encodes for the second protein, generating a first and a second cDNA corresponding to each of the first and the second mRNAs, fusing the first and the cDNA to generate a fused cDNA, translating the fused cDNA into a corresponding fused protein, wherein the a first portion of the fused protein is capable of interacting with the desired soluble target and a second portion of the fused protein is capable of eliciting an immune response, thereby generating a bifunctional targeted therapeutic that targets a soluble agent. In some embodiments, the second protein is capable of binding to an antibody. In some embodiments, the second protein is capable of binding to the heavy chain of an antibody. In some embodiments, the second protein is capable of binding to the constant region of the heavy chain. In some embodiments, the second protein is capable of binding to the CH1 region of the heavy chain. In some embodiments, the antibody is an IgG antibody.
- In several embodiments, the proteins are linked to their cognate mRNAs via a cross-linker. In one embodiment, the cross-linker is placed on a codon. In one embodiment, the cross-linker is placed on a pseudo-stop codon. In one embodiment, the cross-linker comprises a psoralen cross-linker, and wherein exposure of the mRNA to UV light links the mRNA to the protein. In some embodiments, the linker is selected from the group consisting of tRNA, modified tRNA, and tRNA analogs.
- In some embodiments, the first protein is identified by screening a library comprising proteins linked to their cognate mRNAs to identify one or more proteins that interact with the soluble agent. In some embodiments, the method further comprises screening the bifunctional targeted therapeutic against the soluble agent and the one or more components of the immune system. In some embodiments, the fused cDNA comprises a bridge cDNA between the first and the second cDNA.
- In some embodiments, the soluble agent is a selected from the group consisting of animal toxins, insect toxins, plant toxins, algae-derived toxins, fungi-derived toxins, bacterial-derived toxins, biowarfare agents, and biopathway modulators.
- In some embodiments, the soluble agent targets one or more of the blood, blood vessels, nervous tissue, and muscle tissue.
- In some embodiments, the soluble agent targets an ion channel.
- In some embodiments, the soluble agent induces muscle paralysis.
- In some embodiments, the soluble agent targets prevents blood clotting.
- In some embodiments, the soluble agent induces increased gastrointestinal water secretion.
- In several embodiments, there is provided a method for treating a subject that has been exposed to a soluble agent, comprising: identifying a subject who has been exposed to a soluble agent; and administering to the subject a bifunctional targeted therapeutic, wherein the immune response results in clearance of the soluble agent.
- In several embodiments, there is provided a method for treating a subject that has been exposed to a soluble agent, comprising identifying a subject who has been exposed to a soluble agent, administering to the subject an antigen, wherein administration of the antigen induces production of antibodies directed to the antigen by the subject; administering to the subject the bifunctional targeted therapeutic comprising the antigen, wherein the administration allows the targeted therapeutic to bind to interact with the soluble agent and with the produced antibodies, wherein the interaction results in clearance the soluble target by the immune system, thereby treating the subject.
- In several embodiments, there is provided a method for treating a subject that has been exposed to a soluble agent, comprising identifying a subject who has been exposed to a soluble agent, administering to the subject an antigen in order for the subject to produce antibodies to the antigen, identifying a first protein capable of interacting with the soluble agent, identifying a first mRNA that encodes for the first protein, identifying a second mRNA that encodes for the antigen, generating a first and a second cDNA corresponding to each of the first and the second mRNAs, fusing the first and the cDNA to generate a fused cDNA, translating the fused cDNA into a corresponding fused protein, administering the fused protein to the subject, wherein the administration allows the first portion of allows a first portion of the fused protein to interact with the soluble agent and a second portion of the fused protein to interact with the antibodies produced in response to the administration of the antigen, wherein the interactions result in the clearance of the soluble agent by the immune system, thereby treating the subject.
- In several embodiments there is provided a method for treating a subject that has been exposed to a soluble agent, comprising, identifying a subject who has been exposed to a soluble agent, identifying a first protein capable of interacting with the soluble agent, identifying a first mRNA that encodes for the first protein, identifying a second protein capable of binding to an antibody, identifying a second mRNA that encodes for the second protein, generating a first and a second cDNA corresponding to each of the first and the second mRNAs, fusing the first and the cDNA to generate a fused cDNA, translating the fused cDNA into a corresponding fused protein, administering the fused protein to the subject, wherein the administration allows a first portion of the fused protein to interact with the soluble agent and a second portion of the fused protein to interact with the antibody, wherein the interaction with the antibody elicits an immune response, and wherein the immune response results in clearance of the soluble agent, thereby treating the subject.
- In one embodiment, the antibody is an IgG antibody.
- In several embodiments there is provided a use of bifunctional therapeutic generated according to the methods disclosed herein for the treatment of exposure to a soluble agent, wherein the exposure induces a deleterious effect in an exposed subject, and wherein the bifunctional therapeutic clears the soluble agent from the subject, thereby treating the exposure.
- In several embodiments there is provided a use of a bifunctional therapeutic comprising a known antigen for the pre-treatment of a subject likely to be exposed to a soluble agent, wherein administration to the identified antigen induces the production of antibodies directed against the antigen, wherein subsequent actual exposure to the soluble agent induces the interaction of the first portion of the bifunctional protein with the soluble agent and the interaction of the produced antibodies with the second portion of the bifunctional protein, and wherein the interactions clear the soluble agent from the subject.
- In several embodiments, methods provided herein utilize novel techniques for linking proteins to their corresponding mRNAs, and screening the protein-mRNA complexes for binding to a target associated with a particular soluble agent. In some embodiments, the identified proteins having high affinity for a soluble agent of interest are preferably isolated and linked to one or more immune modulators, to produce a variety of targeted therapeutics. Advantageously, the rapid and efficient identification, isolation, and production of proteins capable of recognizing targets of interest provides effective, low cost methods for the production of patient- and/or condition-specific therapeutics. In various embodiments, methods provided herein beneficially allow a wide range of soluble agents, and exposure thereto, to be treated with tailored therapeutics, within the context of existing health care budgets and resource allocations.
- In various aspects, methods are provided herein for producing for treating exposure, or the possible exposure in the future to certain deleterious soluble agents, the therapeutics comprise a “targeting domain” that binds to all or a portion of a soluble agent, and a immune effector region capable of initiating an immune response. This “modular” architecture advantageously allows for the creation of uniquely targeted therapeutics by tailoring the targeting domain, which can then be used to enhance the efficacy of a variety of pre-existing or easily prepared therapeutic agents.
- In various embodiments, the immune effector region of the therapeutic is linked, fused, or derivatized, directly or indirectly, to the soluble agent targeting domain to form the bifunctional therapeutic. In some embodiments, an immune effector is covalently linked to a target-binding domain, while in other embodiments it is non-covalently bound. In several embodiments, the target-binding domain and the immune effector binding domain can be directly linked, or indirectly linked, for example via a flexible linker peptide.
- In other aspects, the invention provides methods for preparing a therapeutic for treating exposure to a soluble agent comprising isolating complexes of expressed mRNA molecules and their nascent polypeptides from an mRNA expression library; screening the protein-mRNA complexes for binding to all or a portion of a soluble agent; isolating and expressing mRNA encoding a protein that binds the target; and linking the target-binding protein (or derivatives, fragments or subunits thereof) to a therapeutic agent, such as an antibody capable of eliciting an immune response. In some embodiments, the preparation of the therapeutic further comprises allowing isolated mRNA encoding a target-binding domain to undergo in vitro evolution, selective mutagenesis, and/or other methods known in the art to identify and isolate mRNAs exhibiting stronger or more effective binding to the target, as described in more detail below.
- In yet another aspect, the invention provides a kit for developing a bifunctional therapeutic for the treatment of (or pre-treatment of) exposure to a soluble agent. In some embodiments, a kit is provided for developing patient-specific therapeutics for the treatment of soluble agent exposure, wherein the therapeutics are targeted to a unique marker, epitope, structural feature, etc., that is differentially expressed by the soluble agent (as compared to other molecules or compounds in the bloodstream.
- These and other objects and features of the invention will become more fully apparent when the following detailed description is read in conjunction with the accompanying drawings.
-
FIG. 1 depicts a complex comprising a target epitope-binding protein and an immune effector antibody reacted with a malignant cell via the Fab idiotype expressed on the cell surface. -
FIG. 2 depicts an illustration of a known human antibody (Ab) to a small human protein (Ebbd). The protein can serve as an epitope that links the antibody (Ab) to the therapeutic. The role of the Ab is to act as an immune effector that ultimately triggers an immune response. -
FIG. 3 depicts an illustration of scaled up production of mRNA encoding an immune effector-binding protein (Ebbd) for ligation purposes in construction of oligonucleotide sequence that codes for the bifunctional protein component of the therapeutic. -
FIG. 4 depicts a system for breeding a protein that binds selectively to an epitopes expressed on the surface of certain cancer cells. The system includes in vitro translation of an mRNA library to give protein libraries in which each protein remains linked with its cognate mRNA. Selection includes steps to identity proteins that selectively bind the cancer epitopes but not the epitopes expressed by normal cells. The selection methods used are dependent on the epitopes isolation and display procedure used. The system also includes rapid directed evolution, selection, and production, in quantity, of the protein(s) with targeted properties. -
FIG. 5 depicts one embodiment of a process for isolating the mRNA from the protein that binds the idiotype or target epitope on malignant cells. The illustration excludes negative selection. -
FIG. 6 depicts one embodiment of a bifunctional protein translated from an oligonucleotide sequence created by the ligation of the mRNAs that code for a target epitope-binding protein and for a human protein (the immune effector binding domain (Ebbd)) that is bound by a human antibody. -
FIG. 7 depicts an individualized cancer therapeutic prepared by forming a complex that includes a bifunctional protein with epitopes for the immune effector Ab (Anti-Ebbd antibody) and the Fab idiotype or target epitope. -
FIG. 8 depicts an illustration of a malignant cell tagged by the therapeutic through the linkage between the idiotype or target epitope and the protein that binds the iidiotype or target epitope. The exposed human antibody triggers the curative immune response. -
FIG. 9 depicts a therapeutic comprising a first peptide (the target epitope-binding domain) bred to bind to the target epitope and a second peptide (the immune effector-binding domain) bred to bind a stable C3 convertase (the immune effector). Binding of the therapeutic to the target epitope elicits a complement-mediated immune response at the binding site. -
FIG. 10 depicts a therapeutic comprising a first peptide (the target epitope-binding domain) bred to bind to the target epitope and a second peptide (the immune effector) bred to bind the C1 component of the complement system. Binding of the therapeutic to the target epitope elicits binding of endogenous C1 to the effector, and the initiation of a complement-mediated immune response at the binding site. -
FIG. 11 illustrates schematically one example of the complex formed by the mRNA and its protein product when linked by a modified tRNA or analog. As shown, a codon of the mRNA pairs with the anticodon of a modified tRNA and is covalently crosslinked to a psoralen monoadduct, or a non-psoralen crosslinker or aryl azides by UV irradiation. The translated polypeptide is linked to the modified tRNA via the ribosomal peptidyl transferase. Both linkages occur while the mRNA and nascent protein are held in place by the ribosome. -
FIG. 12 illustrates schematically an example of the in vitro selection and evolution process, wherein the starting nucleic acids and their protein products are linked (e.g., according toFIG. 1 ) and are selected by a particular characteristic exhibited by the protein. Proteins not exhibiting the particular characteristic are discarded and those having the characteristic are amplified with variation, preferably via amplification with variation of the mRNA, to form a new population. In various embodiments, nonbinding proteins will be selected. The new population is translated and linked via a modified tRNA or analog, and the selection process is repeated. As many selection and amplification/mutation rounds as desired can be performed to optimize the protein product. -
FIG. 13 illustrates one method of construction of a tRNA molecule of the invention. In this embodiment, the 5′ end of a tRNA, a nucleic acid encoding an anticodon loop and having a molecule capable of stably linking to mRNA (such as psoralen, as used in this example), and the 3′ end of tRNA modified with a terminal puromycin molecule are ligated to form a complete modified tRNA for use in the in vitro evolution methods of the invention. Other embodiments do not include puromycin. -
FIG. 14 describes two alternative embodiments by which the crosslinking molecule psoralen can be positioned such that it is capable of linking the mRNA with the tRNA in the methods of the invention. A first embodiment includes linking the crosslinker (e.g., psoralen monoadduct) to the mRNA, and a second embodiment includes linking the crosslinker to the anticodon of the tRNA molecule. The crosslinker can either be monoadducted to the anticodon or the 3′ terminal codon of the reading frame for known or partially known messages. This can be done in a separate procedure from translation, e.g., before translation occurs. -
FIG. 15 illustrates the chemical structures for uridine and pseudouridine. Pseudouridine is a naturally occurring base found in tRNA that forms hydrogen bonds just as uridine does, but lacks the 5-6 double bond that is the target for psoralen. -
FIG. 16 illustrates some embodiments of the present invention. The SATA, Linking tRNA Analog and Nonsense Suppressor analog, in certain embodiments, are shown. -
FIGS. 17A-17D depict a scheme for development of therapeutics targeted to soluble targets. Panel A depicts identification of an mRNA linked to its cognate protein. A soluble target (e.g., a toxin or venom) on solid substrate is panned with a library of proteins (each of which may or may not interact with the soluble target) that are linked to their cognate mRNA. Panel B depicts identification of an mRNA associated with a known antigen, that antigen to be used to immunize a patient. Panel C depicts the fusion of the cDNAs from the mRNAs identified in each of Panels A and B. Panel D depicts the generation of a pool of bifunctional proteins directed to the soluble target, which are generated through translation of the cDNA with a linker provided between the two ends of the bi functional protein. -
FIGS. 18A-18D depict a scheme for selecting bifunctional proteins that specifically react with the soluble target of interest and the known antigen used to immunize a subject. Panel A depicts the panning of the pool of bifunctional proteins against the soluble target which is affixed to a solid substrate. Panel B depicts specific binding of certain bifunctional proteins to the target of interest. Panel C depicts the reaction of the antigen portion of the bifunctional protein with a specific antibody bound to a substrate. Panel D represents the pool of generated bifunctional proteins that are to be used in treatments (e.g., those that have both a portion that reacts with the soluble target of interest and the known antigen of interest). -
FIGS. 19A-19C depict a schematic for the treatment of a subject who has been exposed to the soluble target. Panel 3A depicts the administration of the targeted therapeutic to the subject. Panel B represents the in vivo activity of the targeted therapeutic, e.g., the soluble target is bound to one end of the therapeutic and the other end of the therapeutic is bound by an antibody present in the subject. Panel C depicts the complex that is formed, which is then destroyed by the immune system. -
FIGS. 20A-20D depict a schematic for development of therapeutics targeted to soluble targets to be administered to subjects who have not been pre-immunized with a known antigen. Panel A depicts identification of a first mRNA linked to its cognate protein. A soluble target (e.g., a toxin or venom) on solid substrate is panned with a library of proteins (each of which may interact with the soluble target) that are linked to their cognate mRNA. Panel B depicts an IgG molecule on a solid substrate that is panned with the library of proteins that are linked to their cognate mRNA, thereby identifying those proteins that react with the CH1 region of the antibody. Panel C depicts the generation of a fusion protein from cDNAs generated from each of the identified mRNAs. Panel D represents the pool of bifunctional proteins that are to be used in treatments (e.g., those that have both a portion that reacts with the soluble target of interest and the CH1 region of an antibody). -
FIG. 21 depicts an example of the therapeutic agent generated by methods described herein. -
FIGS. 22A-22D depicts a scheme for selecting bifunctional proteins that specifically react with the soluble target of interest and the CH1 region of an antibody. Panel A depicts the panning of the pool of bifunctional proteins against the soluble target which is affixed to a solid substrate. Panel B depicts specific binding of certain bifunctional proteins to the target of interest. Panel C depicts the reaction of the bifunctional protein with the CH1 region of antibodies bound to a substrate. Panel D represents the pool of generated bifunctional proteins that are to be used in treatments (e.g., those that have both a portion that reacts with the soluble target of interest and with the CH1 region of an antibody). -
FIGS. 23A-23E depict the process in vivo that results in the clearance of the soluble target and generation of cells bearing antigen related to the soluble target. Panel A depicts a typical macrophage having an Fc receptor on its surface as well as the soluble target-bifunctional protein-antibody complex. Panel B depicts the binding of the complex to the macrophage. Panel C depicts the phagocytosis of the complex by the macrophage. Panel D depicts the digestion of the complex into small peptide fragments by enzymes. Panel E depicts the generation of a macrophage with the small peptides expressed on its surface, which will induce antibody production. - As used herein, the terms “bifunctional therapeutic”, “targeted therapeutic”, and “tailored therapeutic” shall be used interchangeably, shall be given their ordinary meaning and shall also refer to therapeutics with a soluble agent targeting portion and an immune effector portion (e.g., an antigen or an antibody binding region).
- The terms “T lymphocyte” and “T cell” as used herein shall be given their ordinary meaning and shall also encompass any cell within the T lymphocyte lineage from T cell precursors to mature T cells.
- The terms “B lymphocyte” and “B cell” shall be given their ordinary meaning and shall also encompass any cell within the B cell lineage from B cell precursors, such as pre-B cells, to mature B cells and plasma cells.
- Immunoglobulin molecules consist of heavy (H) and light (L) chains, which comprise highly specific variable regions at their amino termini. The variable (V) regions of the H (VH) and L (VL) chains combine to form the unique antigen recognition or antigen combining site of the immunoglobulin (Ig) protein. The variable regions of an Ig molecule contain determinants (e.g., molecular shapes) that can be recognized as antigens or idiotypes.
- The term “epitope” shall be given its ordinary meaning and shall also refer to the set of antigenic or epitopic determinants (i.e., idiotopes) of an immunoglobulin V domain (i.e., the antigen combining site formed by the association of the complementarity determining regions or VH and VL regions).
- The term “idiotope” shall be given its ordinary meaning and shall also refer to a single idiotypic epitope located along a portion of the V region of an immunoglobulin molecule.
- The term “immune effector” shall be given its ordinary meaning and shall also refer to a molecule, or derivatives, fragments, or subunits thereof, able to stimulate an immune response in the subject being treated, and may comprise an antibody, or derivatives, fragments, or subunits thereof, or a non-antibody molecule.
- An “adjuvant” shall be given its ordinary meaning and shall also refer to a compound which enhances or stimulates the immune response when administered with one or more antigen(s).
- The term “malignant cells” shall be given its ordinary meaning and shall also refer to cells, which if left untreated, give rise to a cancer.
- The terms “protein,” “peptide,” and “polypeptide” shall be given their ordinary meaning and shall also refer to a polymeric molecule of two or more units comprised of amino acids in any form (e.g., D- or L-amino acids, synthetic or modified amino acids capable of polymerizing via peptide bonds, etc.), and these terms may be used interchangeably herein.
- The terms “soluble target” and “soluble agent” shall be given their ordinary meaning and shall also refer to toxins, venoms, factors that have the capacity to alter biochemical pathways, biochemical agents, and the like that are not solid or tissue-based (e.g., they present in the blood circulation of a subject as opposed to being a mass of cells, etc.). Non-limiting examples of soluble targets are shown in Tables 1-8, below.
- Limited therapies are available for subjects exposed to certain soluble molecules, (e.g., toxins). For example, antivenin against the venom particular snakes can be used to treat snake bites. The principle of antivenin is based on that of vaccines. Rather than inducing immunity in the patient directly, it is induced in a host animal and the hyperimmunized serum is transfused into the patient. Unfortunately, the number and variety of soluble toxins and agents is greater than the current host of therapies available to treat them.
- Thus, there exists a need for methods of producing therapeutics that are specifically targeted against specific soluble targets and for methods of treating individuals or populations that have been exposed to such agents.
- Provided herein, are methods for producing targeted therapeutics that are tailored to specific soluble targets, as well as methods for treating subjects who have been exposed to such soluble targets. In several embodiments, the therapeutics are comprised of a “modular” architecture that allows a portion of the therapeutic to bind, engage, or otherwise interact the soluble target, and a second domain that binds, engages, or otherwise interacts with one or more components of a subject's immune system.
- Lymphocytes are critical to the immune system of vertebrates. Lymphocytes are produced in the thymus, spleen and bone marrow (adult) and represent about 30% of the total white blood cells present in the circulatory system of humans (adult). There are two major sub-populations of lymphocytes: T cells and B cells. T cells are responsible for cell-mediated immunity, while B cells are responsible for antibody production (humoral immunity). In a typical immune response, T cells are activated when the T cell receptor binds to fragments of an antigen that are bound to major histocompatibility complex (“MHC”) glycoproteins on the surface of an antigen presenting cell; such activation causes release of biological mediators (“interleukins”) which, in essence, stimulate B cells to differentiate and produce antibody (“immunoglobulins”) against the antigen.
- The etiology of hematological cancers such as lymphomas, leukemias and multiple myelomas varies or is unknown. Suspected causes range from viral and chemical exposure to familial propensities. A common denominator in these cancers however, is that they all begin with a malignantly transformed B-cell or T-cell which divides to form a clone of cells that express the same Fab idiotype on the immunoglobulin proteins they express on their surface. One of the difficulties in treating these cancers is that each cancer expresses a unique idiotype. Developing a therapeutic treatment that effectively and selectively treats all possible idiotypes has therefore been elusive.
- Conventional treatments for hematological cancers typically involve procedures that destroy all blood producing cells in the bone marrow, including the malignant clone, followed by bone marrow replacement with stem cells isolated from the patient or bone marrow from a matched donor to reconstruct the blood producing system. These treatments are highly invasive and marginally curative. One approach involves treatment with monoclonal antibody vaccines that recognize cell surface proteins utilized as “markers” for identification. Therapeutics adopting this approach include Compath-H (Alemtuzumab), HLL2 (Epartuzumab), HulD10, and Rituximab, (e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 6,455,043). However, a serious limitation with these monoclonal antibody based therapeutics is that the targeted cell surface antigens are often found on both normal as well as malignant cells. In addition, because of the difficulties in producing human monoclonal antibodies, monoclonal antibody vaccines typically utilize “Chimeric” antibodies, i.e., antibodies which comprise portions from two or more different species (e.g., mouse and human). Repeated injections of such foreign antibodies can lead to the induction of immune responses leading to harmful hypersensitivity reactions. For murine-based monoclonal antibodies, this is often referred to as a Human Anti-Mouse Antibody response (“HAMA” response). Patients may also develop a Human Anti-Chimeric Antibody response (“HACA” response). HAMA and HACA can attack “foreign” antibodies so that they are, in effect, neutralized before they reach their target site(s). A further drawback to monoclonal antibody vaccines is the time and expense required to produce monoclonal antibodies. This is particularly problematic considering that targeted epitopes, such as CD20, CD19, CD52w, and anti-class II HLA can readily mutate to form new tumors that are resistant to previous therapeutics (see e.g., Clinical Cancer Research, 5:611-615, 1999). Thus, there is a need in the art for effective, low cost therapeutics for treating malignancies by selectively targeting an individual's cancerous cells over benign cells.
- Like malignant cells, the cells of transplanted tissues and organs display cell-surface epitopes that are differentially expressed in transplanted cells relative to native cells. In some aspects, the present invention is directed to therapeutics that can be targeted to the cells of transplanted tissues or organs by recognition of such variable epitopes. Transplant rejection is caused by an immune response to alloantigens on the transplanted cells, which are proteins specific for an individual patient (including the donor), and which are thus perceived as foreign by the recipient. The most common alloantigens involved in transplant rejections are MHC (major histocompatibility complex) molecules, which are expressed on the surface of transplanted cells and are highly polymorphic among individuals. Foreign MHC molecules are recognized by the recipient's immune system, causing an immune response that leads to rejection of the transplant.
- One pathway through which the immune system rejects transplanted tissues is complement-mediated immunity, which can be activated by binding of C1 (a first component of complement) to an immune complex consisting of an MHC antigen on a transplanted cell and the recipient's natural antibody against the MHC antigen. Activation of the pathway results in the assembly of enzymes called C3 convertases, which cleave the complement component C3 to form C3a and C3b. Some of the C3b molecules then bind to the C3 convertases to cleave C5 to C5a and C5b. The biological activities of the complement system, in turn, are derived from the cleavage products of C3 and C5. Another subcomponent of the complement system, C1q, is involved in the initial steps of complement activation. To date, methods for treating transplant rejection by modulating complement-mediated immunity have suffered from side effects associated with non-selectivity, due, for example, to the suppression of all complement-mediated immune responses by a therapeutic agent, which eliminates an important component of the immune system's ability to protect against foreign molecules.
- In some aspects, several embodiments of the present invention are directed to therapeutics that can be targeted to patient-specific epitopes, such as, for example those displayed on malignant lymphocytes, infected tissues, or tissues expressing unique disease markers.
- Likewise, several embodiments provide therapeutics for reducing or preventing transplant rejection by selectively inhibiting the body's immune response against transplanted cells while retaining protection against foreign pathogens, and/or by selectively destroying particular cell types that stimulate a larger immune response.
- Additionally, provided herein, are methods for producing individualized therapeutics that are tailored to specific patients, or to sub-populations of patients suffering from a particular disease or condition. In various embodiments, the therapeutics are comprised of a “modular” architecture that allows tailoring of a small protein domain (the “target-binding domain”) to bind one or more patient- and/or disease-specific markers, and use of the tailored domain to direct a variety of existing or easily produced therapeutics that are effective against the condition targeted for treatment. The targeted disease markers can comprise any type of molecule, or portion or derivative thereof, or complex of molecules, including but not limited to, proteins, nucleic acids, lipids, chemical compounds, polymers, and metals, as well as biological structures, such as cell membranes, cytoskeletal elements, receptors, and even entire cells. Advantageously, the markers are expressed on, or in close proximity to, an etiological determinant of the condition targeted for treatment, and activity of the therapeutic agent is focused to disease-causing cells, pathogens, proteins, and/or other determinants of the condition being treated.
- In some embodiments, the modular therapeutic is tailored for the treatment of a hematological cancer, and designed to bind to the unique Fab idiotype on the surface of malignant B-cells and/or T-cells. For example, in some preferred embodiments, a therapeutic is provided for the treatment of non-Hodgkin's Lymphoma (NHL), which is a “clonal” B-cell disease, in which all cancerous cells are derived from a single, malignant B-cell. As a result, every NHL cell expresses a common idiotype (comprising the variable domains of surface expressed IgM molecules) that is unique to each patient, which can be targeted by the target-binding portions of the modular therapeutics provided herein. B-cells can be isolated from the lymph nodes, or from peripheral blood, using methods known in the art. For example, in some embodiments, erythrocytes and/or granulocytes may be separated from the B-cells by centrifugation in a liquid having a density intermediate between the groups of cells to be separated. Means of obtaining T-lymphocytes are also well known in the art, such as isolation from the peripheral blood of a patient, and separation on the basis of size and/or density. Extraction of proteins from B-cells and/or T-cells may be performed by any of the many means known in the art. For example, cells may be lysed by a detergent or by mechanical means. If desired, nucleic acids can be removed from the cell preparation by enzymatic digestion or by precipitation with agents such as streptomycin. Such means are well known in the art.
- The mechanism of action of a modular therapeutic for treating a hematological cancer prepared according to one embodiment of the methods described herein is illustrated in
FIG. 1 . The administered therapeutic binds to the unique Fab idiotype on the surface of malignant B-cells and/or T-cells, and the etiological determinant of the hematological cancer, with which the idiotype is associated, comprises malignant and/or cancerous cells expressing the targeted idiotype. Binding of the targeting domain to the idiotype effects an immune response that destroys the malignant cells. By itself, the target-binding protein is too small to elicit an immune response, and thus the bound immune effector will not produce an IR in the absence of binding to the targeted idiotype. When the target-binding protein binds to the Fab idiotype on the surface of a malignant cell, the malignant cell acts as a carrier that confers immunogenicity to the target epitope-binding protein, allowing the immune effector to produce an IR that targets the malignant cell. In further embodiments, therapeutics and methods of the invention can also be used to target epitopes that distinguish non hematological cancers. - In various preferred embodiments, targeted markers are differentially expressed (i) in an individual patient, or a defined sub-group of patients, relative to other patients having similar diagnoses, and/or (ii) in association with cells or other molecular targets associated with the etiology of the condition, relative to cells/molecules that are unassociated with the condition and preferably not subjected to the therapeutic agent. Advantageously, the selectivity of tailored therapeutics enhances the efficacy of treatment relative to existing, non-tailored therapeutics, due, for example, to the non-selective activity of non-tailored therapeutics against healthy cells, and/or failure of existing targeted therapeutics to account for inter-patient variability in the targeted marker(s). For example, in the case of hematological cancers, the targeted idiotype is unique to both the patient and to the malignant cells, allowing the activity of the therapeutic agent (effecting an immune response) to be selectively directed to targeted cells, sparing non-cancerous cells. Moreover, because the idiotype is unique to each patient, non-tailored therapeutics would result in a non-selective, or less-selective, therapeutic response.
- Examples of cell-surface markers differentially expressed by malignant cells include, but are not limited to: for fluid tumors, stable cell surface antigen epitopes, such as CD-20 and CD-22, and for solid tumors, surface epitopes, such as CD-19 and CD-33, which become internalized upon binding with a mAb. Other differentially expressed cell-surface markers are known in the art, including but not limited to, CD-52w and class II HLA antigens. In some preferred embodiments, the targeted epitope is a cancer cell-specific epitope that is mutated (see e.g., Clinical Cancer Research, 5:611-615, 1999) in the patient targeted for treatment. Advantageously, methods provided herein allow for more efficacious treatment of cancers by allowing the development of individualized therapeutics that target mutated epitopes, which are unique to each patient.
- In some preferred embodiments (as shown, e.g., in
FIG. 2 ), the target-binding domain of the modular therapeutic comprises a first sub-domain that binds the target (e.g., a target epitope-bdining domain (Tebd)), and a second sub-domain that binds the therapeutic agent (e.g., an immune effector-binding domain (Ebbd)). In some embodiments, the therapeutic agent is an agent that is capable of stimulating an immune response in the subject targeted for treatment, such as an antibody, or a derivative, fragment, or subunit thereof, and the domain that binds the therapeutic agent is a small protein recognized by the therapeutic agent, for example an epitope recognized by a therapeutic agent antibody. Well-characterized antibody-antigen pairs can also be utilized that are known in the art, and are commerically available. Antibodies useful in the invention may be derived from any mammal, or may be a chimeric antibody derived from a combination of different mammals. The mammal may be, for example, a rabbit, a mouse, a rat, a goat, or a human. The antibody is preferably a human antibody. Reactivity of antibodies against a target antigen may be established by a number of well known means, including Western blot, immunoprecipitation, ELISA, and FACS analyses using, as appropriate, Fab idiotype fragments, peptides, idiotype-expressing cells or extracts thereof. The antibody can belong to any antibody class and/or sub-class. The antibodies may also contain fragments from antibodies of different classes and sub-classes, thereby forming a composite. - In various embodiments, human monoclonal antibodies having a desired binding activity are produced using methods known in the art (for review, see Vaughan et al., 1998, Nature Biotechnology 16: 535-539), for example by screening a phage display library, as described, e.g., in Parmley and Smith Gene 73:305-318 (1988), Barbas et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 88: 7978-7982 (1991), Griffiths et al., EMBO J 13: 3245-3260 (1994), Griffiths and Hoogenboom, Building an in vitro immune system: human antibodies from phage display libraries. In: Protein Engineering of Antibody Molecules for Prophylactic and Therapeutic Applications in Man. Clark, M. (Ed.), Nottingham Academic, pp 45-64 (1993), and Burton and Barbas, Human Antibodies from combinatorial libraries. Id., pp 65-82, all of which are herein incorporated by reference. Typically, clones corresponding to antibodies which produce binding affinities of a desired magnitude are identified, and the DNA is used to produce the antibodies of interest using standard recombinant expression methods.
- Fully human monoclonal antibodies may also be produced using transgenic mice engineered to contain human immunoglobulin gene loci, as described in PCT Patent Application WO98/24893 and Jakobovits, 1998, Exp. Opin. Invest. Drugs 7(4): 607-614, herein incorporated by reference. This method avoids the in vitro manipulation required with phage display technology and efficiently produces high affinity authentic human antibodies.
- In some embodiments, an antibody against an antigen of interest, such as an immune effector-binding domain, is produced in the patient selected for treatment with the modular therapeutic. For example, in some embodiments, the patient is “vaccinated” with the antigen of interest, and antibodies from the patient against the antigen are selected by binding to the antigen of interest, as described in Zebedee, et al. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89: 3175-3179 (1992), Burton et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 88: 10134-10137 (1991), and Barbas et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89: 10164-20168 (1991).
- In some embodiments, additional rounds of screening are performed to increase the affinity of the originally isolated antibody. For example, in some embodiments, the affinity of the antibody is enhanced by affinity maturation, in which hypervariable antibody regions are mutated to produce a large number of combinations, and the corresponding antibody variants are screened via phage display to select antibodies having the desired affinity for the antigen. In further embodiments, the small protein epitope can undergo in vitro evolution, as described in more detail below, to increase its binding affinity for the antibody. Advantageously, in some embodiments, for example those in which antibodies are produced by “vaccinating” a patient, an analogous process is carried out by the host immune system (e.g., via clonal selection) to produce high affinity antibodies specific for the antigen of interest.
- In other embodiments, the immune effector comprises a non-antibody molecule capable of stimulating an immune response in the subject receiving treatment. For example, the immune effector may comprise a C3 convertase, as described, e.g., in U.S. Pat. No. 6,268,485 to Farries and Harrison, which is herein incorporated by reference. C3 convertase is an enzyme that catalyzes the proteolytic conversion of C3 protein into C3a and C3b, which conversion comprises a critical step in the generation of the complement system response. C3b binds to cell surfaces near its site of generation, where it mediates phagocytosis and other destructive immune responses. In some embodiments, C3 convertase is modified or derivatized to confer reduced susceptibility to inhibitors, resistance to proteolytic cleavage, enhanced affinity for cofactors, or other modifications that enhance the effectiveness of the enzyme in stimulating a complement-mediated immune response. In some embodiments, the immune effector comprises a C5 convertase, a mannose binding protein (MBP), or another molecule that stimulates complement-mediated immunity.
- Linking C3 convertase to the therapeutics of the instant invention allows a complement-mediated immune response to be directed to cells, pathogens, pathogen-infected cells, and/or other cells targeted for treatment by binding of the target epitope binding protein to variable eptiopes on the surface of the targeted cells. A therapeutic with C3 convertase as the immune effector is illustrated in
FIG. 9 . In a preferred embodiment, peptide sequences encoding proteins that bind C3 convertase (the immune effector binding protein) and a target epitope (the target epitope binding protein) are identified, isolated, and optionally bred by in vitro evolution or other techniques to increase their affinity to their target ligands. A bifunctional fusion protein is then constructed comprising the target epitope binding domain, and the convertase binding peptide as the immune effector binding domain (Ebbd). The therapeutic is administered to a patient in need of treatment, upon which the target epitope-binding domain binds to the surface of a malignant cell or other target, and the C3 convertase produces a complement-mediated immune response, which includes the production of membrane attack complexes that mediate the destruction of the targeted cell. - In some embodiments, the therapeutic comprises a target epitope-binding domain and a C3 convertase binding domain. Upon being administered, such therapeutics bind a target epitope and recruit endogenous C3 convertase to initiate a complement-mediated immune response. Such an approach is illustrated in
FIG. 10 , which shows a therapeutic in which the immune effector binds the C1 component of the complement system. Upon being administered to a patient in need of treatment, the therapeutic binds to the target epitope and recruits endogenous C1 to the cell surface, where it induces a complement-mediated immune response. - In other embodiments, the immune effector component of the therapeutic binds to and inhibits C1q, C3, C5, and/or other molecules involved in generating complement-mediated immune responses, such as the proteins described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,650,389. Upon being administered to a patient in need of treatment, such therapeutics bind to the target epitope and inhibit the immune response that would otherwise be directed at or near the binding site. For example, in some preferred embodiments, a patient is the recipient of transplanted cells (e.g., stem cells, or cells comprising a transplanted organ), and the targeted therapeutic is capable of recognizing tranplanted cells, and inhibiting an immune response against such cells. In further embodiments, targeted therapeutics for the inhibition of transplant rejection comprise a target-binding domain that targets one or more epitopes of immune cells that recognize transplanted cells, for example epitopes that bind MHC antigens on the surfaces of tranplanted cells, and the therapeutic agent is an immune effector capable of stimulating an immune response in the patient against the anti-transplant immune cells.
- Advantageously, in several embodiments, the methods provided herein are rapid and cost-effective enough to allow routine creation of individualized therapeutics. Therapeutics according to several embodiments can preferably be created, from reception of the biopsy material to the completion of the therapeutic, in a reduced period of time and for less money than other methods.
- A bifunctional fusion protein for use in the invention can be produced according to standard recombinant DNA techniques known to those skilled in the art (e.g., Sambrook, J. et al., Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, 2nd ed., Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, New York (1989)). In some embodiments, the purified bifunctional protein can be reacted with the immune effector, yielding a conjugated effector-bifunctional protein complex, as shown
FIG. 7 , which comprises the therapeutic. The bifunctional protein can also be chemically bound to the immune effector through means known in the art. - In some embodiments, a protein coupling agent, such as N-succinimidyl-3-(2-pyridyldithiol)propionate (SPDP), iminothiolane (IT), bifunctional derivatives of imidoesters (such as dimethyl adipimidate HCL), active esters (such as disuccinimidyl suberate), aldehydes (such as glutareldehyde), bis-azido compounds (such as bis (p-azidobenzoyl)hexaned-iamine), bis-diazonium derivatives (such as bis-(p-diazoniumbenzoyl)-ethyl-enediamine), diisocyanates (such as
tolyene 2,6-diisocyanate), or bis-active fluorine compounds (such as 1,5-difluoro-2,4-dinitrobenzene), is used to link two or more protein components comprising the therapeutic. - In some embodiments, a recombinant fusion protein is prepared by: linking a first polynucleotide sequence encoding a target-epitope-binding protein, or derivatives, fragments or subunits thereof, to a second polynucleotide sequence encoding an epitope or other protein that binds the immune effector to generate a chimeric coding sequence; subcloning the chimeric coding sequence into an expression vector; transfecting a cell with the expression vector; and purifying the fusion protein expressed by the transfected cell. In some embodiments, the chimeric polynucleotide can include an initiation sequence appropriate for prokaryotic and/or eukaryotic in vitro translation systems, and/or a selectable marker.
- In some embodiments, the bifunctional protein complex is made by in vitro translation of an mRNA oligo that includes the mRNA encoding both proteins and, in some embodiments, the major histocompatibility complex I and/or II. The cDNA for the mRNA sequences can be synthesized or obtained commerically, and transcribed by PCR to obtain sufficient mRNA, as shown in
FIG. 3 . In various embodiments, the oligo is formed by ligating mRNA encoding the immune effector-binding domain and the mRNA encoding the target epitope-binding domain. In some cases this fusion can be connected through an mRNA bridge that codes for hydrophilic amino acids, as illustrated inFIG. 6 . The mRNA can then be translated in vitro using prokaryotic or eukaryotic translation systems, and the resultant bifunctional protein can purified by gel electrophoresis or any other method known in the art. - The present fusion proteins can also comprise one or more numerous other components that enhance the utility of the chimeric proteins. For example, the proteins can be designed to contain an epitope tag useful, for example, to facilitate purification of the fusion proteins. For example, the chimeric coding sequence can be modified to encode two or more neighboring histidine residues, for example, in the amino or carboxy terminus of the peptide. Histidine residue insertion can be readily accomplished by the splice-by-overlap extension methodology, by incorporating histidine-encoding CAT and CAC triplet codons into the PCR primers at suitable locations in the coding sequence. Histidine-modified proteins can be efficiently and quantitatively isolated by nickel-sepharose chromatography methods known in the art.
- In some embodiments, therapeutics provided herein may also be conjugated to a second molecule, such as a therapeutic agent (e.g., a cytotoxic agent). For example, the therapeutic agent includes, but is not limited to, an anti-tumor drug, a toxin, a radioactive agent, a cytokine, a second antibody or an enzyme. Examples of cytotoxic agents include, but are not limited to ricin, ricin A-chain, doxorubicin, daunorubicin, taxol, ethidium bromide, mitomycin, etoposide, tenoposide, vincristine, vinblastine, colchicine, dihydroxy anthracin dione, actinomycin D, diphteria toxin, Pseudomonas exotoxin (PE) A, PE40, abrin, arbrin A chain, modeccin A chain, alpha-sarcin, gelonin, mitogellin, retstrictocin, phenomycin, enomycin, curicin, crotin, calicheamicin, Sapaonaria officinalis inhibitor, maytansinoids, and glucocorticoid and other chemotherapeutic agents, as well as radioisotopes such as mBi, 131I 90Y, and 186Re. Suitable detectable markers include, but are not limited to, a radioisotope, a fluorescent compound, a bioluminescent compound, chemiluminescent compound, a metal chelator or an enzyme. The therapeutics of the invention may also be conjugated to an anti-cancer pro-drug activating enzyme capable of converting the pro-drug to its active form. See, for example, U.S. Pat. No. 4,975,287.
- In some preferred embodiments, the secondary therapeutic agent has a complementary mode of action with the primary therapeutic agent. For example, in some embodiments, the primary and secondary therapeutic agents act against different aspects of a signal transduction system involved in the etiology of a cancer or other disease, leading to enhanced efficacy, fewer side effects, an improved therapeutic index, and/or other benefits relative to tailored therapeutics bearing the primary and/or secondary therapeutic agents only. In some embodiments, the first therapeutic agent potentiates the second therapeutic agent, or vice versa, or the first and second therapeutic agents exhibit a synergistic enhancement in one or more aspects of treatment. Methods for assessing synergism, potentiation, and other combined pharmacological effects are known in the art, and described, e.g., in Chou and Talalay, Adv Enzyme Regul., 22:27-55 (1984), incorporated herein by reference.
- In some embodiments, the therapeutic agent is conjugated to an antibody immune effector component of the therapeutic. Techniques for conjugating or joining therapeutic agents to antibodies are well known (see, e.g., Arnon et al., “Monoclonal Antibodies For Immuno-targeting Of Drugs In Cancer Therapy”, in Monoclonal Antibodies And Cancer Therapy, Reisfeld et al. (eds.), pp. 243-56 (Alan R. Liss, Inc. 1985); Hellstrom et al., “Antibodies For Drug Delivery”, in Controlled Drug Delivery (2nd Ed.), Robinson et al. (eds.), pp. 623-53 (Marcel Dekker, Inc. 1987); Thorpe, “Antibody Carriers Of Cytotoxic Agents In Cancer Therapy: A Review”, in Monoclonal Antibodies '84: Biological And Clinical Applications, Pinchera et al. (eds.), pp. 475-506 (1985); and Thorpe et al., “The Preparation And Cytotoxic Properties Of Antibody-Toxin Conjugates”, Immunol. Rev., 62:119-58 (1982)).
- Depending on the embodiment, the therapeutics produced according to the methods disclosed herein are suitable for administration by methods such as intravenous injection, intramuscular injection, topical administration, oral ingestion, rectal administration, and inhalation. Alternatively, the therapeutics of the present invention can be delivered directly to the site of the malignancy (or other target site). The therapeutic may be administered in admixture with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. Any such carrier can be used according to the present methods, as long as compatibility problems do not arise. An effective amount of the present recombinant fusion protein should be administered to the patient. The term “effective amount” refers to that amount of the fusion protein needed to bring about the desired response.
- In some preferred embodiments, therapeutics made according to methods providing herein inhibit proliferation and/or induces apoptosis of cells bearing the epitope against which the epitope binding protein was screened. For example, in some embodiments, the epitope-binding portion of the therapeutic complex can bind with the epitopes expressed on the surface of malignant cells, or other targets. Once bound, the IR-eliciting antibody component of the complex stimulates the immune system to attack and eliminate the tagged cells, while sparing the normal cells, as illustrated in
FIG. 8 . - In various embodiments, the tailoring of individualized therapeutics provided herein for binding to patient- and/or disease-specific targets is made possible by utilizing novel methods for linking proteins to their corresponding mRNAs (as “cognate pairs”). In some preferred embodiments, protein libraries are prepared comprising a large number of cognate pairs, and the libraries are screened for cognate pairs that bind to a target of interest, such as the individualized targets described herein.
- Various aspects of the present invention use modified tRNA and/or mRNA molecules to link translated protein products to their corresponding mRNAs via a tRNA linker, forming a “cognate pair.” In several embodiments, mRNAs having unknown sequences are expressed in an in vitro translation system, for example from an mRNA library, and their corresponding proteins are screened for one or more desired characteristics, such as binding to the target epitope-binding domain, or another ligand of interest, and/or selectivity over one or more additional ligands, such as epitopes displayed by healthy cells. In further embodiments, proteins and their linked nucleic acids identified in one or more rounds of selection are modified, for example through nucleic acid evolution (
FIG. 4 ), to produce proteins with enhanced affinities for the target ligand. Proteins having desired characteristics, such as a high affinity for the target ligand, can then be produced in large quantities using standard cloning techniques by isolating their corresponding mRNA from the protein-mRNA cognate pairs. - In some preferred embodiments, cognate pairs are formed using a eukaryotic in vitro translation system, such as rabbit reticulocyte lysate (RLL), wheat germ, E. coli, or yeast lysate systems. However, it is understood by the skilled artisan that any in vitro translation system can be used, including in situ systems, as well as hybrid systems, which combine components of different systems. For example, in some embodiments, one or more prokaryotic factors are used in a eukaryotic translation system, such as translation suppressor proteins (see e.g., Geller and Rich Nature 283:41 (1980); Edwards et al PNAS 88:1153 (1991); Hou and Schimmel Biochem 28:6800 (1989), all herein incorporated by reference). In some embodiments, one or more tRNAs or tRNA analogs are charged in a prokaryotic system and then purified according to established methods (Lucas-Lenard and Haenni, PNAS 63:93 (1969), herein incorporated by reference) for use in a eukaryotic system.
- In various embodiments, proteins comprising cognate pairs are linked to tRNA or a tRNA analog by the action of ribosomal peptidyl transferase. In some embodiments, proteins are linked to a stable aminoacyl tRNA analog (SATA). In some embodiments, the SATA is a tRNA with an amino acid or amino acid analog attached to its 3′ end via a stable bond, relative to the corresponding high-energy ester bond in the native structure. When the SATA recognizes a particular codon, for example via hydrogen bonding, and accepts a nascent peptide chain by the action of the ribosomal peptidyl transferase, the stable aminoacyl bond prevents the detachment of the tRNA from the polypeptide by peptidyl transferase, and also preserves the tRNA-polypeptide structure during subsequent steps.
- In some embodiments, a SATA is created according to methods generally described in Fraser and Rich, PNAS, 70:2671 (1973), herein incorporated by reference, which involve the conversion of a tRNA, or tRNA analog, to a 3′-amino-3′-deoxy tRNA. This is accomplished by adding a 3′-amino-3′-deoxy adenosine to the end of a native tRNA with tRNA nucleotidyl transferase after removing the native adenosine, and then charging the modified tRNA with an amino acid with the respective aminoacyl tRNA synthetase (aaRS). In some embodiments, the aaRS charges the tRNA on the 3′, rather than the 2′, hydroxyl, linking the amino acid to the tRNA by a stable amide bond, rather than the usual labile high-energy ester bond. Thus, when the SATA accepts a peptide from ribosomal peptidyl transferase it will stably hold the peptide and be unable to donate it to another acceptor.
- In certain embodiments, tRNAs aminoacylated via a 3′ amide bond may not combine with the elongation factor EF-TU, which assists in binding to the A site (e.g., Sprinzl and Cramer, Prog. Nuc. Acid Res. 22:1 (1979), herein incorporated by reference). Such modified tRNAs do, however, bind to the A site. This binding of 3′ modified tRNAs can be increased by changing the Mg++ concentration (Chinali et al., Biochem. 13:3001 (1974), herein incorporated by reference). The appropriate concentrations of and/or molar ratios of SATA and Mg2+ can be determined empirically. For example, if the concentration or A site avidity of a SATA is too high, the SATA may compete with native tRNAs for non-cognate codons, stalling translation. Alternatively, if the concentration or A site avidity of SATA is too low, the SATA might fail to effectively compete with release factors, preventing it from stably accepting the nascent peptide.
- While the elongation factor is also believed to aid in proofreading codon-anticodon recognition, the absence of this source of proofreading would not be expected to interfere with methods provided herein. Without being bound to a particular mechanism, it is believed that the error rate in the absence of elongation factor and associated GTP hydrolysis is approximately 1 in 100 for codons one nucleotide away (Voet and Voet,
Biochemistry 2nd ed. pp. 1000-1002 (1995), John Wiley and Sons, herein incorporated by reference). In some preferred embodiments, UAA is used as the linking codon. UAA has 7 non stop codons that differ from it by one amino acid, which comprises 7/61, or about 11.5% of the non stop codons. Thus, the probability of miscoding a given codon can be estimated as (0.01)(0.115)=1.15×10−3 miscodes per codon, or about one miscode every 870 codons, a frequency that would not substantially impair performance of various methods described herein. In some additional embodiments, UAG can be used as the linking codon without substantial impairment due to the absence of elongation factor-mediated proofreading. - In some embodiment, the SATA is a tRNA, or tRNA analog, with one or more modified bases in the acceptor stem, or another region of the molecule. Various methods for producing tRNAs with acceptor stem modification are known in the art, and are described, for example, in Sprinzl and Cramer, Prog. Nuc. Acid Res., 22:1 (1979), herein incorporated by reference. In some embodiments, a tRNA is modified with a puromycin moiety, such that the tRNA mimics aminoacyl-Tyr tRNA and is incorporated into the nascent polypeptide, terminating translation. In some embodiments, acceptor stem-modified tRNAs are formed from “transcriptional tRNA”, wherein the sequence of the tRNA itself, rather than post-transcriptional processing, leads to the atypical and modified bases. Transcriptional tRNAs are capable of functioning as tRNAs (see e.g., Dabrowski et al., EMBO J. 14:4872, 1995; and Harrington et al., Biochem. 32: 7617, 1993, both herein incorporated by reference). Transcriptional tRNA can be produced by methods known in the art, such as transcription, or by connecting commercially available RNA sequences (e.g., from Dharmacon Research Inc., Boulder, Colo.) together, piece-wise as in FIG. X, or by some combination of established methods. For example, with reference to FIG. X, the 5′ phosphate and 3′ puromycin are commercially available attached to oligoribonucleotides, which can be connected together using T4 DNA ligase (e.g., Moore and Sharp, Science 256: 992, (1992), herein incorporated by reference) or alternatively, T4 RNA ligase (Romaniuk and Uhlenbeck, Methods in Enzymology 100:52 (1983), herein incorporated by reference).
- Additional methods for producing modified tRNAs are known in the art, and are described, e.g., in Chinali et al., Biochem. 13:3001 (1974) and Krayevsky and Kukhanova, Prog. Nuc. Acid Res 23:1 (1979), both herein incorporated by reference.
- In some embodiments, the tRNA is a nonsense suppressor tRNA comprising a modified or unmodified tRNA, or tRNA analog, that recognizes a stop codon or a pseudo-stop codon, preferably by codon-anticodon hydrogen bonding, such that translation is terminated when the nascent protein is attached to the tRNA by peptidyl transferase. In some embodiments, the nonsense suppressor tRNA has 3′ modifications and/or sequences that conform to the Yarus extended anticodon rules (Yarus, Science 218:646-652, 1982, herein incorporated by reference). A “pseudo stop codon,” as defined herein, refers to a codon which, while not naturally a nonsense codon, prevents a message from being further translated. A pseudo stop codon can comprise a codon recognized by a “stable aminoacyl tRNA analog,” or SATA, as described herein, or a codon for which tRNA bearing a complementary anticodon is substantially depleted or absent, such that translation is terminated when the absent tRNA is required, i.e. at the pseudo stop codon. One skilled in the art will appreciate that are numerous ways to create a pseudo stop codon, as defined herein.
- In some preferred embodiments, the tRNA is a native tRNA, linked to the nascent polypeptide via a native peptide bond. In some embodiments, the SATA is a tRNA that is unmodified at the 3′ end, but which may have one or more modifications to the anticodon loop and/or other regions of the molecule. In various embodiments, the use of native tRNAs and/or tRNAs that are unmodified at the 3′ end results in improvements in various selection methods described herein, giving rise to quicker, less error-prone, more efficient, more cost-effective, and/or higher yield methods. While not being bound by a particular theory, it is believed that, under certain conditions, puromycin (and similar linkers) can result in lower yields due to interference with the interaction between elongation factor(s) and tRNAs.
- In one embodiment of the invention, the crosslinker is an agent that chemically or mechanically links two molecules together. In one embodiment, the crosslinker is an agent that can be activated to form one or more covalent bonds with tRNA and/or mRNA. In one embodiment, the crosslinker is a sulfur-substituted nucleotide. In another embodiment, the crosslinker is a halogen-substituted nucleotide. Examples of crosslinkers include, but are not limited to, 2-thiocytosine, 2-thiouridine, 4-thiouridine, 5-iodocytosine, 5-iodouridine, 5-bromouridine and 2-chloroadenosine, aryl azides, and modifications or analogues thereof. In one embodiment, the crosslinker is psoralen or a psoralen analog.
- In some preferred embodiments, a psoralen is monoadducted to a tRNA, or a tRNA analog (e.g., a 3′ modified SATA), for example by connecting a psoralen linked oligonucleotide (
FIG. 3 ), or by monoadduction (FIG. 4 ), to a native or modified tRNA or tRNA analog, preferably to the anticodon or another site distinct from the linkage to the polypeptide. When irradiated with UV light of a desired wavelength, a covalent psoralen crosslink is formed between the SATA and mRNA, as described in more detail below. In some embodiments, the anticodon or other portion of a tRNA is derivatized with a non-psoralen moiety capable of forming a crosslink to the mRNA, such as 2-thiocytosine, 2-thiouridine, 4-thiouridine 5-iodocytosine, 5-iodouridine, 5-bromouridine, 2-chloroadenosine, aryl azides, and modifications or analogues thereof. These and other cross-linkers are known in the art, and are available commercially, for example from Ambion, Inc. (Austin, TX), Dharmacon, Inc. (Lafayette, CO), and other well-known manufacturers of scientific materials. - In various embodiments, a SATA-polypeptide complex or a tRNA-polypeptide complex is linked to the mRNA encoding the polypeptide via a linker moiety, which can be located on the mRNA and/or on the tRNA. In some preferred embodiments, the mRNA comprises a cross-linker, preferably at or near a stop codon at the 3′-end of the transcript, and the mRNA-tRNA linkage is mediated entirely by the mRNA-based cross-linker. In further embodiments, the tRNA is unmodified at its 3′-end (e.g., a nonsense suppressor tRNA). In some preferred embodiments, an mRNA comprises a pseudo-stop codon located at the end of the translatable reading frame. A pseudo-stop codon can be effectively placed at the end of a reading frame where the pseudo-stop codon is located at the 3′ end of the mRNA, where the translation system is depleted of tRNAs corresponding to
codons 3′ to the pseudo-stop codon, and/or where 3′-modified tRNAs corresponding to the pseudo-stop codon are used, rendering the transcript untranslatable and incapable of activating release factors. In some embodiments, the mRNA comprises a stop codon corresponding to a tRNA stop anticodon. Advantageously, a stop codon/anticodon pair selects for full-length transcripts. One skilled in the art will understand that an mRNA not having a stop codon may also be used and that any codon or nucleic acid triplet may be used. - In some methods, a SATA is attached to the translated message by a psoralen cross link between the codon and anticodon. Psoralen cross links are preferentially made between sequences that contain complementary 5′ pyrimidine-
purine 3′ sequences, especially UA or TA sequences (Cimino et al., Ann. Rev. Biochem. 54:1151 (1985), herein incorporated by reference). The codon coding for the SATA, or the linking codon, can be PYR-PUR-X or X-PYR-PUR, so that several codons may be used for the linking codon. Conveniently, the stop or nonsense codons have this configuration. Using a codon that codes for an amino acid may require minor adjustments to the genetic code, which could complicate some applications. Therefore, in a preferred embodiment, a stop codon is used as the linking codon and the SATA functions as a nonsense suppressor in that it recognizes the linking codon. One skilled in the art, however, will appreciate that, with appropriate adjustments to the system, any codon can be used. - In some preferred embodiments, the SATA or peptidyl-tRNA is cross-linked to the translated mRNA, for example between the codon and anticodon, by a psoralen cross-link, or by a cross-link formed from the group consisting of: 2-thio cytosine, 2-thio uridine, 4thio uridine 5-iodocytosine, 5-iodouridine, 5-bromouridine, 2-chloroadenosine, and aryl azides. Psoralen cross links are, in some embodiments, preferentially made between sequences that contain complementary 5′ pyrimidine-
purine 3′ sequences, especially UA or TA sequences (Cimino et al., Ann. Rev. Biochem. 54:1151 (1985), herein incorporated by reference). In some embodiments, non-psoralen crosslinkers or aryl azides are used and in certain embodiments, are particularly advantageous because they are less stringent in their requirements and therefore increase the possible codon-anticodon pairs. - In various embodiments, translation terminates when the nascent protein is attached to a SATA by the peptidyl transferase and/or when the end of the reading frame is reached. When a large number of ribosomes are in this position, the SATA and the mRNA are cross-linked by application of UV light. In a preferred method, cross-linking is accomplished by forming a psoralen crosslink upon irradiation with UV light, preferably in the range of 320 nm to 400 nm. Psoralens comprise a furan side and a pyrone side, and they readily intercalate between complementary base pairs in double stranded DNA, RNA, and DNA-RNA hybrids (Cimino et al., Ann. Rev. Biochem. 54:1151 (1985), herein incorporated by reference). In some preferred embodiments, psoralen cross-linking forms monoadducts, described more fully below, that are either pyrone sided or furan sided monoadducts. Upon further irradiation, the furan sided monoadducts can be covalently crosslinked to complementary base pairs, whereas the pyrone sided monoadducts cannot be further crosslinked. The formation of furan-sided psoralen monoadducts (MAf) is achieved according to established methods. In additional embodiments, psoralen can also be attached at the end of the reading frame of the message.
- Methods for large scale production of purified MAf on oligonucleotides are described in the literature (e.g., Speilmann et al., PNAS 89:4514, 1992, herein incorporated by reference), as are methods that require less resources, but have some non-cross-linkable pyrone sided psoralen monoadduct contamination (e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 4,599,303; Gamper et al., J. Mol. Biol. 197:349 (1987); Gamper et al., Photochem. Photobiol. 40:29 (1984), both herein incorporated by reference). In several embodiments of the current invention, psoralen labeling is accomplished by using either method. In a preferred embodiment, furan sided monoadducts will be created using visible light, preferably in the range of approximately 400 nm-420 nm, according to the methods described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,462,733 and Gasparro et al., Photochem. Photobiol. 57:1007 (1993), both herein incorporated by reference. In one aspect of this invention, a SATA with a furan sided monoadduct or monoadducted oligonucleotides for placement on the 3′ end of mRNAs, along with a nonadducted SATA are provided as the basis of a kit.
- In one embodiment, the formation and reversal of monoadducts and crosslinks are performed according to the methods of Bachellerie et al. (Nuc Acids Res 9:2207 (1981)), herein incorporated by reference. In a preferred embodiment, efficient production of monoadducts, resulting in high yield of the end-product, is accomplished using the methods of Kobertz and Essigmann, J. A. Chem. Soc. 1997, 119, 5960-5961 and Kobertz and Essigmann, J. Org. Chem. 1997, 62, 2630-2632, both herein incorporated by reference.
- Other methods for connecting the mRNA to its protein can be used, as well as methods of phage display.
- In several embodiments, appropriate concentrations of SATA and Mg++ are used in the in vitro translation system in the presence of the mRNA molecules, causing translation to cease when ribosomes reach a stop, or pseudo-stop, codon which permits the SATA to accept the peptide chain, as described above. After a short time, a substantial proportion and/or number of the stop or pseudo-stop codons are occupied by SATAs within ribosomes, and in some embodiments, the system is then irradiated with UV light to generate cross-links between the tRNA-polypeptides and their corresponding mRNAs. In several embodiments, the ribosomes are released or denatured after cross-linking of to mRNA, preferably by the depletion of Mg++ through dialysis, dilution, or chelation. One skilled in the art will understand that other methods, including but not limited to, denaturation by changing the ionic strength, the pH, or the solvent system can also be used to release cognate pairs from associated ribosomes and/or other translation factors.
- In various embodiments, cognate pairs are selected based on one or more desired characteristics. In some embodiments, the selection of cognate pairs is based upon the binding of a target cell, protein, and/or other biomolecule, as determined by any of a variety of established methods, including, but not limited to, arrays, affinity columns, immunoprecipitation, and the like. In some preferred embodiments, selection criteria are measured using a high throughput screening procedure. The selection can be positive or negative in various embodiments, according to the desired characteristics of the therapeutic agent. In several preferred embodiments, mRNAs whose sequences are unknown are expressed (e.g., in the form of an mRNA library from a patient, tissue, or other source of interest) and linked to their encoded polypeptides using methods described herein, and the cognate pairs are screened to select for desired properties. For example, in some preferred embodiments, cognate pairs are assayed for binding to a ligand of interest, such as an Fab idiotype displayed by a malignant cell, or other surface characteristic of a target cell. mRNA can be isolated for proteins exhibiting the desired binding characteristics, and large quantities of the protein can be produced using standard molecular cloning techniques known in the art. As described in more detail herein, the protein of interest can then be incorporated into a modular therapeutic agent, for example to target the agent to a patient- and/or disease-specific target.
- In various embodiments, the selected cognate pairs can be those that do bind well to a ligand or those that do not. For instance, for a protein to accelerate a thermodynamically favorable reaction, i.e., act as an enzyme for that reaction, it should bind both the substrate and a transition state analog. However, the transition state analog should be bound much more tightly than the substrate.
- This is described by the equation
-
- where the ratio of the rate of the reaction with the enzyme, kenzyme to the rate without, kenzyme, is equal to the ratio of the binding of the transition state to the enzyme Ktrans over the binding of the substrate to the enzyme Ksubst (Voet and Voet,
Biochemistry 2nd ed. p. 380, (1995), John Wiley. - In some preferred embodiments, proteins which compete poorly for binding to the substrate but compete well for binding to the transition state analog are selected. Operationally, this may be accomplished by taking the proteins that are easily eluted from a matrix with substrate or substrate analog bound to it and are the most difficult to remove from matrix with transition state analog bound to it. By sequentially repeating this selection and reproducing the proteins through replication and translation of the nucleic acid of the cognate pairs, an improved enzyme should evolve. Affinity to one entity and lack of affinity to another in the same selection process is used in several embodiments of the current invention. In some additional embodiments, cognate pairs can be selected according to one or more properties of the mRNA portion.
- There are many methods known in the art for identifying epitopes expressed by normal and malignant cells. For example, in some embodiments, a peptide microarray can be used to isolate cell-specific marker peptides from a combinatorial library, as described, e.g., by Aina et al, “Therapeutic Cancer Targeting Peptides,” Biopolymers 66:184-199 (2002). In some preferred embodiments, the protein-mRNA complex library is reacted an isolated population of malignant cells, and the degree of binding to the malignant cell epitope is measured relative to binding observed against a population of normal cells. In some embodiments, proteins are selected having substantial affinity for malignant cells, with substantially lower or no affinity for normal cells. For example, in some embodiments, polypeptides are identified that bind an epitope or other target of interest with an affinity of less than about 10 μM, preferably less than about 1 μM, more preferably less than about 0.1 M, and even more preferably less than about 10 nM. In some preferred embodiments, a polypeptide has an affinity for the epitope or other target of less than about 1 nM. Screening methods can be carried out with the potential ligands (e.g., proteins linked to their cognate mRNA) and targets (e.g., cells targeted for treatment) in a variety of orientations. For example, in some embodiments, malignant cells are presented on a planar surface, such as a glass slide, and are exposed to a solution containing mRNA-protein cognate pairs. Bound proteins (cognate pairs) can be detected via a variety of methods known in the art. For example, in some embodiments, the cognate pairs are derivatized, preferably on the mRNA and/or the tRNA linker, with a detectable probe, such as a biotin moiety, which can then be detected with a secondary reporter probe, for example using avidin coated magnetic beads. The resultant idiotype-(protein:mRNA)-biotin-avidin-magnetic bead complex can be identified with a Ventana 320 automated immunohistochemistry system (Ventana Medical Systems, Tucson, AZ), or a similar system, as described, for example, in Davis et al., Clinical Cancer Research 5: 611-615, (1999).
- The method can further comprise providing a plurality of distinct nucleic acid-polypeptide complexes, providing a ligand with a desired binding characteristic, contacting the complexes with the ligand, removing unbound complexes, and recovering complexes bound to the ligand.
- Several methods of the current invention involve the evolution of nucleic acid molecules and/or proteins. In some embodiments, such methods comprise amplifying the nucleic acid component (as RNA, or corresponding cDNA) of the recovered complexes and introducing variation to the sequence of the nucleic acids, for example by error-prone PCR, as described, e.g., in Cadwell et al., PCR Methods Appl., 2: 28 (1992), incorporated herein by reference, in vitro recombination, described, e.g., in U.S. Pat. No. 5,605,793, mutagenesis, described, e.g., in U.S. Pat. No. 5,830,721, “DNA shuffling,” described, e.g., in Coco et al., Nat Biotechnol, 19(4):354-9 (2001), and/or other methods known in the art. In some preferred embodiments, at least one amino acid substitution is introduced at each position in the protein. In further embodiments, the method further comprises translating polypeptides from the amplified and varied nucleic acids, linking them together using tRNA, and contacting them with the ligand to select another new population of bound complexes. Several embodiments of the present invention use selected protein-mRNA complexes in a process of in vitro evolution, especially the iterative process in which the selected mRNA is reproduced with variation, translated and again connected to cognate protein for selection.
- A nominal minimum number of replications for efficient evolution may be estimated using the following formulae. If there is a sequence which is n sequences in length, with a selective improvement r mutations away with a mutation rate of p, the probability of generating the selective improvement on replication may be determined as follows:
-
-
- It is instructive to compare the chances of finding an advantage one mutation away with the chances three mutations away. This is because, given the triplet genetic code, any given codon can only change into nine other codons in one mutation. Indeed, it turns out that no codon can actually change into nine other amino acid codes in one mutation. The maximum number of amino acids that can be accessed in one mutation is seven amino acids and there are only eight codons of the sixty-four that can do this. Most codons have five or six out of nineteen other amino acids within one mutation. To reach all nineteen amino acids that are different from the starting one requires, in general, three mutations. These three mutations cannot be sequential since the two intervening ones will not, in general, be selectively advantageous. Therefore we need to use steps that are, at least, three mutations in size (r=3) to use all 20 amino acids.
-
- Therefore, one would expect to need a threshold of:
-
- replications at that mutation rate to reasonably expect to reach the next amino acid that is advantageous. This is not the replication to use since the binomial expansion shows that over ⅓ of trials (actually about 1/e) would not contain the given sequence with selective advantage.
- A poisson approximation for large n and small p for a given μ can be calculated so that we can compute the general term when n is, say, of the order 109 and p is of the order 10−9. The general term of the approximation is:
-
- An amplification factor of greater than approximately 6/P ensures that evolution will progress with the use of all amino acids. This is useful when the production of novel proteins precludes the use of “shuffling” of preexisting proteins.
- Given a reversible binding where B and C compete for A:
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Finally, rearranging the equation provides the following equation:
-
- The above factor is termed the “Enrichment Factor”. The ratio of the total components is multiplied by this factor to calculate the ratio of the bound components, or the enrichment of B over C. The maximum enrichment factor is kc/kB, when the [A] is significantly smaller than kc or kB. When [A] is significantly greater than kc or kB, the enrichment is 1, that is, there is no enrichment of one over the other.
- The enrichment is limited by the ratio of binding constants. To enrich a scarce protein that is bound 100 times as strongly as its competitors, the ratio of that protein to its competitors is increased by 1 million with 3 enrichments. To enrich a protein that only binds twice as strongly as its competitors, 10 enrichment cycles would gain only an enrichment of ˜1000.
- By an exactly analogous method an enrichment factor of selecting proteins that bind least well can be shown:
-
- The enrichment here is maximal at [A]>kA or kB.
-
- As discussed above, the terms “soluble target” and “soluble agent” shall be given their ordinary meaning and shall also refer to toxins, venoms, factors that have the capacity to alter biochemical pathways, biochemical agents, and the like that are not solid or tissue-based (e.g., they are present in the blood circulation of a subject as opposed to being a in or on a cell or mass of cells, etc.). Non-limiting examples of soluble targets are shown in Tables 1-8, below.
-
TABLE 1 Animal or Insect Toxins Targeting Blood and Blood Vessels General Target Toxin Producers Example Organism Examples of Toxins Produced Blood Vessel Dilators Cephalopods octopus eledoisin tachykinin-like peptides Dipteran insects mosquito sialokinins Frogs toad tachykinin-like peptides Hymenopteran bee tachykinin-like peptides insects Short-tailed shrews shrew blarinatoxin kallikrein Toxicoferan reptiles lizard peptidase S1 toxins Anticlotting Toxins Dipteran insects mosquito aegyptin anopheline antiplatelet protein apyrase thrombostasins anophelins Assassin bugs kissing bug pallidipin and related lipocalins (reduviidae) infestin and related kazal-type proteins rhodnius prolixus aggregation inhibitor-1 Leeches leech leech antiplatelet protein saratin hirudins ornatins Snakes rattlesnake snake venom metalloproteinases C-type lectin toxins factor Xa-like proteases bothrojaracin Ticks tick moubatin and related lipocalins apyrase savignin and related kunitz-type proteins variegin variabilin Fleas flea apyrase Hymenopteran bee apyrase insects Caterpillars wooly bear lopap lonomin III -
TABLE 2 Animal or Insect Toxins Targeting Nervous and Muscle Tissue General Example Target Toxin Producers Organism Examples of Toxins Produced Calcium Assassin bugs (reduviidae) kissing bug assassin bug toxins Channel Blockers Cone snails cone snail ω-conotoxins Lampreys lamprey lamprey salivary CRISP Snakes rattlesnake calcicludine Spiders black widow ω-neurotoxins Toxicoferan reptiles lizard CRISP toxins Potassium- Cone snails cone snail K-conotoxin Channel Blockers Hymenopteran insects bee apamin Scorpions scorpion short scorpion toxins Sea anemones sea anemone cnidaria kunitz-type proteinase inhibitors sea anemone type 3 potassium channeltoxins Snakes rattlesnake dendrotoxins Spiders black widow K-atracotoxins Toxicoferan reptiles lizard CRISP toxins Sodium- Cone snails cone snail μ-O-conotoxins (pre- and post-synaptic) Channel Blockers Spiders black widow hainantoxins protoxin-II huwentoxin-IV Sodium- Scorpions scorpion β-toxins Channel Activators Spiders black widow μ-neurotoxins Sodium- Cone snails cone snail δ-conotoxins Channel Prolongers Irukandji jellyfish jellyfish irukandji-toxins Scorpions scorpion α-toxins Sea anemones sea anemone sea anemone sodium channel inhibitory toxins Spiders black widow δ-atracotoxins Nicotinic Cone snails cone snail α-conotoxins Receptor Antagonists Snakes rattlesnake α-neurotoxins Muscarinic Scorpions scorpion uncharacterized toxin or toxins Receptor Antagonists Snakes rattlesnake three-finger toxins phospholipase A2 toxins -
TABLE 3 Plant Toxins Toxin Producers Toxin Produced Symptoms Induced by Toxin Rosary pea abin inhibits protein synthesis Bitter almonds (prunus dulcis) amygdolin β-glucosidosis in gut releases cyanide Shikima plant anisatin respiratory paralysis Nux-vomica tree brucine stryhnine-like toxin Water hemlock cicutoxin CNS toxin Delphinium delphinine cardiac activity toxin Djenkon beans djenkolic acid kidney toxin American mayapple epipodophyllotoxin cytotoxin Gensing falcarinol contact dermatitis Ivy falcarinol contact dermatitis Gelonium plant gelonin protein synthesis toxin Cotton plant gossypol dehydrogenase enzyme inhibitor Cassava leaves and roots linamarin gut releases cyanide Lotus lotaustralin gut releases cyanide Lima beans lotaustralin gut releases cyanide Roseroot lotaustralin gut releases cyanide White clover lotaustralin gut releases cyanide Cycad seeds β-methylamino-L-alanine neurotoxin Hemlock water dropwart oemanthotoxin CNS toxin Oleanders oleandrin neuro- and cardio-toxins Boraginaceae pyrrolizidane alkaloids liver toxins Compositae pyrrolizidane alkaloids liver toxins Orchidaceae pyrrolizidane alkaloids liver toxins Leguminosiae pyrrolizidane alkaloids liver toxins Euphorbia (resin spurge latex) resiniferatoxin pain inducer Castor bean ricin severe allergin Foxglove saponin (digoxine) cardiac toxin Nightshade datura scopolamine neurotoxin Nux-vomica tree (seeds) strychnine neurotoxin Locoweed swainsonine neurotoxin Abyssinian kale thionins cytotoxin Tutu plant tututoxin convolsant -
TABLE 4 Algae Derived Toxins Toxin Symptoms General Target Toxin Producers Produced Induced by Toxin Nervous Tissue Dinoflagellates saxitoxin paralytic poisoning (in shellfish) Dinoflagellates domoic acid amnesic shellfish poisoning (in mussels, oysters, fish) Dinoflagellates brevetoxin neuro toxin (in shellfish) Dinoflagellates okadaic acid diarrhetic poisoning (in shellfish) Hepatic Tissue Blue green algae microcystins liver failure -
TABLE 5 Fungi Derived Toxins Toxin Producers Toxin Produced Symptoms Induced by Toxin Amanita α-amanitin deadly liver damage within 1-3 days Amanitas phallotoxin gastrointestinal upset Cortinarius orellanine deadly kidney failure within 3 weeks Omphalotus muscarine respiratory failure, sometimes deadly Gyromitra gyromitrin deadly neurotoxicity, GI upset, destruction of blood cells Coprinus coprine causes illness when consumed with alcohol A. muscaria ibotenic acid, muscimol hallucinogenic A. pantherina ibotenic acid, muscimol hallucinogenic A. gemmata ibotenic acid, muscimol hallucinogenic Psilocybe psilocybin, psilocin hallucinogenic Pleurotus ostreatus arabitol gastrointestinal irritation Boletus satanas bolesatine hemotoxin Claviceps purpurea ergotamine affects vascular system, loss of limbs, death -
TABLE 6 Bacterial Derived Toxins Toxin Producers Toxin Produced Symptoms Induced by Toxin Bacillus anthracis Anthrax toxin (EF) edema and decreased phagocytic response Bordetella pertussis Adenylate cyclase toxin (pertussis formation of ion-permeable pores in cell AC) membranes Staphylococcus aureus Alpha toxin formation of ion channel in cell plasma membrane Vibrio cholerae Cholera enterotoxin (Ctx) secretion of water, electrolytes leading to diarrhea Escherichia coli E. coli LT toxin secretion of water, electrolytes leading to diarrhea Escherichia coli E. coli ST toxins secretion of water, electrolytes leading to diarrhea Shigella dysenteriae E. coli Shiga toxin diarrhea, hemorrhagic colitis, hemolytic O157:H7 uremic syndrome Clostridium perfringens Perfringens enterotoxin diarrhea Clostridium difficile ToxinA/ToxinB cell necrosis, bloody diarrhea, colitis Clostridium botulinum Botulinum toxin flaccid paralysis Clostridium tetani Tetanus toxin spastic paralysis Corynebacterium Diphtheria toxin (Dtx) inhibits protein synthesis in target cells diphtheriae Pseudomonas aeruginosa Exotoxin A inhibits protein synthesis Bacillus anthracis Anthrax toxin (LF) cytotoxicity of cells Bordetella pertussis Pertussis toxin (Ptx) interferes with metabolic regulation in cells Staphylococcus aureus Exfoliatin toxin intraepidermal separation Staphylococcus aureus Staphylococcus enterotoxins causes massive activation of immune system Staphylococcus aureus Toxic shock syndrome toxin (TSST- inflammation, fever, shock (acts on 1) vascular syst.) Staphylococcus pyogenes Erythrogenic toxin inflammation, fever, shock -
TABLE 7 Biowarfare Agents Agent Target Example Agent Symptoms Induced by Agent Nerve Agents Cyclosarin (“GF”) weakness, nausea; long-term neuro functioning damage Sarin (“GB”) weakness, nausea; long-term neuro functioning damage Soman (“GD”) vision, breathing difficulties; diarrhea; fatal in large doses Tabun (“GA”) vision, breathing difficulties; diarrhea; fatal in large doses VX vision, breathing difficulties; diarrhea; fatal in large doses VR breathing difficulties; slow heartbeat; paralysis in large doses VM vision, breathing difficulties; diarrhea; fatal in large doses VG vision, breathing difficulties; diarrhea; fatal in large doses VE vision, breathing difficulties; diarrhea; fatal in large doses Insecticides (some) Novichok agents vision, breathing difficulties; diarrhea; fatal in large doses Blood Agents Cyanogen chloride respiratory problems; convulsions; fatal in large doses Hydrogen cyanide respiratory problems; convulsions; fatal in large doses Arsines (most) weakness, fatigue, nausea, paralysis or death in large doses Vesicant Agents Sulfur mustard skin & eye irritant, difficulty breathing; abdominal pain Nitrogen mustard skin & eye irritant, difficulty breathing; abdominal pain; seizures Lewisite eye, respiratory irritant; diarrhea; seizures; low blood pressure Phosgene oxime skin hives; severe lung and eye irritant Pulmonary Agents Chlorine burning of eyes, nose, throat; nausea; skin blisters; pulmonary edema Hydrogen chloride corrosive burns in eyes, nose, throat, upper respiratory tract Nitrogen oxides eye, skin, respiratory irritation; pulmonary edema Phosgene burning of eyes, throat; shortness of breath; nausea Lachrymatory Agents Tear gas eye, nose, mouth, lung irritant; skin burns; nausea Pepper spray eye, nose, skin, respiratory irritant; neurogenic inflammation Incapacitating Agents Agent 15 confusion, hallucinations, blurred vision, rapid heart rate Quinuclidinyl benzilate confusion, hallucinations, blurred vision, rapid heart rate Cytotoxic Protein Agents Ricin respiratory distress, fever, nausea, vomiting, diarrhea, organ failure Abrin respiratory distress, fever, nausea, vomiting, diarrhea, organ failure -
TABLE 8 Biopathway Modulators Factor Biological Action Interleukins Tyrosine kinase inducers Vascular Endothelial Growth Factors Cancer and other disorders (VEGF, A, B, C, D, E, F) Placental Growth Factor Cancer angiogenesis/vasculogenesis (PLGF) Tumor Necrosis Factor Alpha Inflammation, arthritis Tumor Necrosis Factor Beta Kills infected cells, product of CD8+ T cells CC Chemokine Cell migration inducer (β-Chemokine) CC Chemokine ligands Migration inducer for monocytes, NK and dendritic cells (CCL-1, 15, 23, 28) Monocyte Chemo attractant Protein 1 (MCP- Inducer of monocytes to become tissue macrophages 1 or CCL2) RANTES (CCL-5) Attract CCR6 expressing T cells, eosinophils and basophils Glutamic Acid-leucine-arginine Inducer of migration of neutrophils (ELR) CXCL13 Chemo attractant for lymphocytes Lymphotactin Alpha Attract T cell precursors to thymus (XCL-1) Lymphotactin Beta Attract T cell precursors to thymus (XCL-2) Fractalkine Adhesion molecule (CX3CL1) Interferon Type I, II, & III Anti viral and cancer, activate Nk cells and macrophages - It shall be appreciated, based on the non-limiting examples of soluble agents presented herein that the variety of soluble agents and the potential deleterious effects that they induce is quite broad. However, in several embodiments the methods and therapies disclosed herein allow the rapid, cost-effective, and specific generation and use of bifunctional therapeutics that reduce, eliminate or otherwise diminish the deleterious effects of exposure to such soluble agents.
- In several embodiments, the generation of a bifunctional targeted therapeutic is performed based on the exploitation of a known antigen and a sequence of mRNA that encodes that antigen (see e.g.,
FIGS. 17A-17D ). In several embodiments, a more general immune-mediated approach is used to generate the therapeutics (see e.g.,FIGS. 20A-20D ). However, in both such approaches, a specific protein that interacts with the soluble agent is identified. Thus, the bifunctional (one portion interacts with the soluble target while another interacts with one or more components of the immune system) protein functions to snare the soluble target and simultaneously (or subsequently) clear the soluble agent from a subject via an immune-mediated response. - In several embodiments, the bifunctional targeted therapeutics are particularly advantageous because no therapy or treatment means for clearing the agent presently exists. In some embodiments, the selectivity the bifunctional targeted therapeutics enhances the efficacy of treatment relative to non-tailored therapeutics, due, for example, to the non-selective activity of non-tailored therapeutics. In some embodiments, the therapeutics provided are more efficient at interacting with a wider variety of soluble agents as the protein-target interaction presents a wider scope of interactions that can be exploited. For example, use of an antibody based approach against certain soluble agents may not be particularly effective against agents having a low immunogenicity. In contrast, the use of targeted therapeutics provide for herein can, in some embodiments, exploit protein-protein interactions between the soluble agent and the protein therapeutic (e.g., a steric relationship that is not highly immunogenic). As such, the possible ways of capturing or interacting with the soluble agent may be greater, and in some embodiments, more effective, than simply relying on antibody-based interactions. In additional embodiments, proteins that interact with soluble chemical agents are used in the generation of the bifunctional protein.
- In various embodiments, the generation of bifunctional therapeutics provided herein for binding to a variety of soluble agents is made possible by utilizing novel methods for linking proteins to their corresponding mRNAs (as “cognate pairs”). In some preferred embodiments, protein libraries are prepared comprising a large number of cognate pairs, and the libraries are screened for cognate pairs that bind to a target of interest, such as the individualized targets described herein. Further information regarding the generation and use of a library of proteins linked to their cognate mRNAs can be found in U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,962,781; 7,351,812; 7,410,761; and 7,488,600 and the following US Patent Applications: Ser. No. 11/813,849, filed May 2, 2008 (currently pending) and Ser. No. 12/525,437, filed Jul. 31, 2009 (currently pending). Each of the aforementioned Patents and patent applications are expressly incorporated in their entirety by reference herein. As shown generally in
FIGS. 17A-17D , several embodiments, bifunctional targeted therapeutics are produced that will be used in conjunction with a known antigen. InFIG. 17A , a soluble target is shown on a solid substrate that is panned with protein-SATA-mRNA library under neutral and then acid conditions, stimulating-plasma and endosome conditions. As shown inFIG. 17A , a soluble target of interest is immobilized on a solid substrate and panned with a library of proteins that are linked to their cognate mRNA (e.g., the mRNA sequences that code for that particular protein). Entire proteins need not be used, fragments, or portions of proteins are sufficient to interact with a soluble target in some embodiments. In several embodiments, the library is panned against the soluble target under conditions similar to those in the bloodstream (e.g., about a neutral pH). In several embodiments, the library is also panned against the soluble target under acidic conditions, simulating the endosome or other cellular complex in which the degradation of the soluble target may occur. Based on the panning of the library a particular protein (or protein fragment) that demonstrates an interaction with the soluble target may be selected. - In several embodiments, a known or particularly desirable epitope on the soluble target is “pre-blocked”, for example by a natural antigen that binds that epitope. In some cases, for example, if the target is a ligand to a receptor, the target can be pre-incubated with a peptide that encodes the portion of the receptor that interacts with the ligand. Thus, in several embodiments, the target that is to be panned has the key site of interest blocked when the candidate molecules are screened. When the candidate molecules are screened against the pre-blocked target, a portion of the candidate molecules will bind to the target and a portion will fail to bind to the target. Those that bind to the target are less desirable than those that fail to bind, as those that bind are interacting with the target at a site other than the epitope of interest (which is blocked). Thus, in several embodiments, the candidate molecules that fail to bind the target are collected and those that bind the target are discarded. It shall be appreciated that this “pre-blocking” step is optional, and multiple rounds of screening of candidate molecules can be performed and selection of a final candidate being based on other characteristics of the molecule and/or the target. However, advantageously, the pre-blocking and negative selection, in several embodiments provide a more efficient screening process and result in a pool of candidate molecules that are more precisely defined in terms of the epitopes with which they will interact.
- In some embodiments, the retained candidate molecules that failed to bind to the pre-blocked epitope of interest are further screened against a target with an unblocked epitpoe. These will only bind to the chosen epitope since the proteins that bind to other epitopes have been discarded. Such additional screening can be used to provide confirmation of the specificity of the candidate molecules. Competitive binding assays may also optionally be performed in order to characterize the various candidate molecules in terms of their interaction efficiency with the target of interest.
- In
FIG. 17B , an antigen with known code for its mRNA is used to immunize patient(s). The immunized patient makes antibodies to the antigen. As shown inFIG. 17B , an antigen that is known is selected. In some embodiments, the antigen is one to which a subject has already been exposed. In some embodiments, the known antigen is administered to the subject, in order to “vaccinate” the subject and induce the generation of antibodies against that antigen. The advantage of using a known antigen are that an mRNA sequence known to encode that antigen may already be known, thereby reducing the need to pan an additional protein-mRNA library to generate the portion of the therapeutic that will elicit an immune response. However, in some embodiments, a second panning step is used. - In
FIG. 17C , the two mRNAs, converted to cDNA and PCR amplified, are then enzymatically fused with a bridge cDNA between the two cDNAs. As shown inFIG. 17C , the mRNA encoding the protein that interacts with the soluble target and the mRNA that encodes the known antigen are, in some embodiments, converted to cDNA by a reverse transcription reaction. In some embodiments, a linker or bridge sequence of cDNA is ligated between the two cDNAs, and then the entire sequence is amplified by polymerase chain reaction. In some embodiments, the bridge cDNA encodes a sequence of known hydrophilic amino acids. In some embodiments, the bridge (or other portion of the cDNAs) encode a series of amino acids that can be later used to purify the resultant protein (e.g., a histidine tag, allowing for well-established nickel-sepharose chromatography methods). In some embodiments, the individual cDNAs are first amplified and then ligated with the bridge cDNA. Regardless, of the order of amplification and ligation, the resultant sequence of cDNA (now comprising a cDNA sequence for the protein that interacts with the soluble target and a cDNA sequence that encodes the known antigen and a bridge cDNA sequence) is then, in some embodiments, translated into protein. - In still additional embodiments, the individual cDNAs are translated into protein and later linked together to form the bifunctional therapeutic. In some embodiments, a protein coupling agent, such as N-succinimidyl-3-(2-pyridyldithiol)propionate (SPDP), iminothiolane (IT), bifunctional derivatives of imidoesters (such as dimethyl adipimidate HCL), active esters (such as disuccinimidyl suberate), aldehydes (such as glutareldehyde), bis-azido compounds (such as bis (p-azidobenzoyl)hexaned-iamine), bis-diazonium derivatives (such as bis-(p-diazoniumbenzoyl)-ethyl-enediamine), diisocyanates (such as
tolyene 2,6-diisocyanate), or bis-active fluorine compounds (such as 1,5-difluoro-2,4-dinitrobenzene), is used to link two or more protein components comprising the therapeutic. In some embodiments, such an approach is particularly advantageous as a variety of pools of soluble agent binding domains and antigenic domains can be prepared, stored, and later used in various combinations depending on the needs of a particular subject. In some embodiments, the translation is in vitro, while in some embodiments, in vivo translation is used, followed by isolation of the resultant protein (e.g., by gel electrophoresis, size exclusion, selective tag purification, or any other means known in the art to purify proteins). - After generation of a putative bifunctional therapeutic, a series of panning steps are performed, in some embodiments, to identify and select for therapeutics that are more efficient at interacting with the soluble agent and/or an antibody. As shown in
FIG. 18A , a pool of bifunctional therapeutic candidate molecules are panned (e.g., reacted with) the soluble target of interest, which is bound to a solid substrate. The candidate molecules are represented by the small geometric, semi-rectangular geometric shapes (the portion which may interact with a soluble target) a linker portion (the curvy line) and a rounded portion (represents the antigen domain, which will interact with an antibody generated by the “vaccinated” subject). - As shown in Panel B, the bifunctional proteins that recognize the soluble target will bind with it; those that do not will be removed by washing (or other similar removal step). Those that bind with the soluble target are collected and the soluble target is removed (e.g., by incubation or washing in detergent-rich buffers), in some embodiments, re-reacted with unbound soluble target. In several embodiments, such an approach assures that the soluble target does not cause steric hindrance changes in the bifunctional protein that affect the reaction with the antibody. As shown in Panel C, the target bound bifunctional protein is reacted with antibodies that are directed to the known antigen portion of the bifunctional protein. In several embodiments, the antibodies that bind the antigen portion of the bifunctional proteins are affixed to a solid substrate. Only bifunctional protein candidates with the correct immunizing antigen will bind with the idiotype site of the antibodies while those with other antigens will not, and can be removed (e.g., washed) from the reaction site). As represented in Panel D, only the bifunctional proteins with both correct ends are collected. After removal of the soluble target component, these bifunctional proteins become the therapeutic. In other embodiments, other methods are used to determine if the candidate therapeutics interact with the soluble target and/or the generated antibody, for example Western blot, immunoprecipitation, ELISA, and FACS analyses using, as appropriate, Fab idiotype fragments, peptides, idiotype-expressing cells or extracts thereof.
- Therapeutics with Direct Antibody Binding Regions
- As shown in
FIGS. 20A-20D , in some embodiments, a bifunctional therapeutic that comprises a region that interacts with the soluble target and a region that binds directly to the structural portions of an antibody are generated. As shown inFIG. 20A , the soluble target on solid substrate is panned with a protein-SATA-mRNA library under both neutral and acid conditions to stimulate plasma and endosome conditions, similar to that described above. - As discussed above, in several embodiments, a known or particularly desirable epitope on the soluble target is “pre-blocked”, for example by a natural antigen that binds that epitope. Thus, in several embodiments, the target that is to be panned has the key site of interest blocked when the candidate molecules are screened. When the candidate molecules are screened against the pre-blocked target, a portion of the candidate molecules will bind to the target and a portion will fail to bind to the target. Those that bind to the target are less desirable than those that fail to bind, as those that bind are interacting with the target at a site other than the epitope of interest (which is blocked). Thus, in several embodiments, the candidate molecules that fail to bind the target are collected and those that bind the target are discarded.
- In some embodiments, the retained candidate molecules that failed to bind to the pre-blocked epitope of interest are further screened against a target with an unblocked epitope. Such additional screening can be used to provide confirmation of the specificity of the candidate molecules prior to generation of a final bifunctional protein.
- In
FIG. 20B , IgG on solid substrate is panned with protein-SATA-mRNA library under both neutral and acid conditions to simulate plasma and endosome conditions. For both panning methods, both neutral and acidic conditions are used to simulate both plasma and endosome-like environments. InFIG. 20C , the two mRNA's are converted to cDNA and PCR amplified. then enzymatically fused with a bridge cDNA between them. The fused, cDNA is then PCR amplified and transcribed to mRNA and translated in vitro, and screened for intact bifunctional proteins. - In some embodiments, the antibody panned is an IgG, though IgM, IgA, or IgE isotypes are used in some embodiments. In some embodiments, using IgG isotypes,
isotype -
FIG. 21 depicts a representative targeted therapeutic that is consistent with several embodiments disclosed herein. It shall be appreciated that other interactions with antibodies are used, depending on the specific embodiment. - Several embodiments utilizing IgG are particularly advantageous due to the presence of the FcRn binding site on the IgG. The FcRn binding site is located between the CH2 and CH3 regions of the Fc stem of the IgG, provides a salvage pathway for returning IgG to the circulation. As such, use of IgG antibodies provide a longer residence time in the circulation, and, in some embodiments, an increased therapeutic time.
- As discussed above, the selections, in some embodiments, are performed at both neutral and acid pH (pH 5-6.2) to ensure that the bifunctional protein will remain bound to the soluble target while in the endosome.
- The remainder of the generation of the targeted therapeutic is performed as described above, with the exception, of course, that one portion of the therapeutic will bind directly to a portion of an antibody that preexists in a subject. As such, this approach advantageously obviates the need for vaccination of the subject with a known antigen prior to administration of the targeted therapeutic.
- In
FIG. 22A , bifunctional protein candidates are panned against soluble target affixed on a solid substrate. InFIG. 22B , the bifunctional proteins that recognize the soluble target will bind with it, and those that do not recognize the soluble target will not bind. Those that bind are collected, and then re-reacted with soluble target. This assures that the soluble target does not cause steric hindrance changes in the bifunctional protein that might affect the reaction with the CH1 portion of the antibody. InFIG. 22C , the bifunctional protein candidates pre-reacted with soluble target are panned against IgG affixed to solid substrate. Bifunctional protein candidates that recognize the CH1 portion of the IgG specifically will bind, and those that do not recognize the CH1 portion will not bind. InFIG. 22D , only the bifunctional proteins with both correct ends are collected. With removal of the soluble target component, they can become therapeutic. - Screening of candidate bifunctional proteins is likewise performed as described above, with the exception that the antibody that is panned is matched to the antibody isotype that the mRNA used to generated the bifunctional protein encoded (e.g., IgG with IgG). See, for example
FIGS. 23A-23E . - In several embodiments, the initiation of therapy with bifunctional therapeutics that exploit known antigens occurs when a subject who has been exposed to a soluble target is administered the known antigen. As discussed above, an mRNA that encodes the known antigen will be used in the generation of the bifunctional therapeutics. The pre-administration of the known antigen to the subject acts to induce generation of antibodies directed against that antigen. After the screening of the candidate bifunctional therapeutics and identification of one (or more) that appropriately react with both the soluble target and the antibody, the identified bifunctional therapeutics are administered to the subject.
FIG. 19A shows the therapeutic bifunctional protein being infused into the patient. As shown inFIG. 19B , the “target” side of the bifunctional therapeutic binds with the soluble target. The antigen portion of the bifunctional therapeutic is bound by the patient's own antibodies against the antigen. As seen inFIG. 19C , the result of the two reactions is that the soluble target which is bound indirectly via the bifunctional therapeutic to the antibodies is flagged for destruction by the immune system, thereby removing the target from the individual. - Therapeutics with Direct Antibody Binding Regions
- In contrast to the use of the bifunctional therapeutic proteins wherein one portion of the protein comprises an antigen against which the patient has been immunized, the administration of therapeutics with a region that directly binds to a portion of an antibody dose not need to be preceded by vaccination of the subject with a known antigen. Thus, in several embodiments, a subject who has been exposed to a soluble target is identified. As discussed above, a bifunctional therapeutic is generated that is directed specifically to the soluble target and also to a specific portion of an antibody (e.g., an IgG). After screening the candidate pool, the selected bifunctional therapeutics are administered to a subject. In the subject's circulation, the target portion of the bifunctional protein interacts with the soluble target. Similarly, the antibody binding portion interacts with a circulating antibody. In several embodiments, the antibody binding portion binds to the heavy chain of an IgG within the constant region (e.g., the CH1 binding site). The schematic for the subsequent reaction in vivo is illustrated in
FIG. 23 . As shown inFIG. 23A , macrophages express Fc receptors on their surface. In several embodiments, after administration of the bifunctional therapeutic, the Fc domain of the IgG complexes bound to the bifunctional therapeutic will bind the Fc receptors on the macrophages (FIG. 23B ). The bifunctional complex is subsequently phagocytosed (FIG. 23C ). After phagocytosis, the bifunctional therapeutic will be digested to small peptide fragments by enzymes in the endosome, lysosome or other acid vesicle to which the bifunctional therapeutic is trafficked. While in the lysosome (or other vesicle), in several embodiments, the resultant fragments are associated with MHC II and are subsequently presented on the surface of the macrophage. Once on the surface, they are recognized by CD4+ T cells that express the appropriate T cell receptor. Binding of the fragment, which is now functionally an antigen, and CD4 to the MHC II activates the T cells to secrete cytokines (interleukins) that activate B cells. The activated B cells undergo proliferation and produce antibodies against the antigen fragment. Thus, in several embodiments, the single administration of the bifunctional therapeutic induces a last therapeutic immune response. However, in some embodiments, both for the direct antibody binding therapeutic and the antigen encoding (pre-immunization) therapeutic, two, three, four, five, or more administrations may be given in certain embodiments. - While a number of preferred embodiments of the current invention and variations thereof have been described in detail, other modifications and methods of use will be readily apparent to those of skill in the art. For all of the embodiments described above, the steps of the methods need not be performed sequentially. Accordingly, it should be understood that various applications, modifications and substitutions may be made without departing from the spirit of the invention or the scope of the claims.
- One skilled in the art will understand that the SATA can be produced in a number of different ways. The protocols described below in the following examples can be used for SATAs that have both a puromycin and a crosslinker on the tRNA, or that have a puromycin on the tRNA and a crosslinker on the mRNA. Where the crosslinker is on the mRNA, Example 4, below, provides guidance. The following protocol is also instructive for Linking tRNA Analogs, in the sense that Linking tRNA Analogs also, in a preferred embodiments, have a crosslinker on the tRNA.
- For example, in a preferred embodiment, three fragments (
FIG. 1 ) were purchased from a commercial source (e.g., Dharmacon Research Inc., Boulder, CO). Modified bases and afragment 3 with a pre-attached puromycin on its 3′ end and a P04 on its 3′ end were included, all of which were available commercially. Three fragments were used to facilitate manipulation of thefragment 2 in forming the monoadduct. - Yeast tRNAAla or yeast tRNAPhe were used; however, sequences can be chosen from widely known tRNAs or by selecting sequences that will form into a tRNA-like structure. Preferably, sequences with only a limited number of U's in the portion that corresponds to the
fragment 2 are used. Using a sequence with only a few U's is not necessary because psoralen preferentially binds 5′UA3′ sequences (Thompson J.F., et al Biochemistry 21:1363, herein incorporated by reference). However, there would be less doubly adducted product to purify out if such a sequence was used. -
Fragment 2 was preferably used in a helical conformation to induce the psoralen to intercalate. Accordingly, a complementary strand was required. RNA or DNA was used, and a sequence, such as poly C to one or both ends, was added to facilitate separation and removal after monoadduct formation was accomplished. -
Fragment 2 and the cRNA were combined in buffered 50 mM NaCl solution. The Tm was measured by hyperchromicity changes. The two molecules were re-annealed and incubated for 1 hour with the selected psoralen at a temperature ˜10° C. less than the Tm. The psoralen was selected based upon the sequence used. A relatively insoluble psoralen, such as 8 MOP, could be selected which has a higher sequence stringency but may need to be replenished. A more soluble psoralen, such as AMT, has less stringency but will fill most sites. Preferably, HMT is used. If afragment 2 is chosen that contains more non-target U's, a greater stringency is desired. Decreasing the temperature or increasing ionic strength by adding Mg++ was also used to increase the stringency. In a preferred embodiment, MG++ was omitted and ˜400 mM NaCl solution was used. - Following incubation, psoralen was irradiated at a wavelength greater than approximately 400 nm. The irradiation depends on the wavelength chosen and the psoralen used. For instance, approximately 419 nm 20-150 J/cm2 was preferably used for HMT. This process results in an almost entirely furan sided monoadduct.
- The monoadduct was then purified by HPLC as described in Sastry et al, J. Photochem. Photobiol. B Biol. 14:65-79, herein incorporated by reference. The fact that
fragment 2 was separate fromfragment 3 facilitated the purification step because, generally, purification of monoadducts ≥25 mer is difficult (Spielmann et al. PNAS 89: 4514-4518, herein incorporated by reference). - The
fragment 2 was ligated to thefragment 3 using T4 RNA ligase. The puromycin on the 3′ end acted as a protecting group. This is done as per Romaniuk and Uhlenbeck, Methods in Enzymology 100:52-59 (1983), herein incorporated by reference. Joining offragment 2+3 to the 3′ end offragment 1 was done according to the methods described in Uhlenbeck, Biochemistry 24:2705-2712 (1985), herein incorporated by reference.Fragment 2+3 was 5′ phosphorylated by polynucleotide kinase and the two half molecules were annealed. - In an alternative method, significant quantities of furan sided monoadducted U were formed by hybridizing poly UA to itself and irradiating as above. The poly UA was then enzymatically digested to yield furan sided U which was protected and incorporated into a tRNA analog by nucleoside phosphoramidite methods. Other methods of forming the psoralen monoadducts include the methods described in Gamper et al., J. Mol. Biol. 197: 349 (1987); Gamper et al., Photochem. Photobiol. 40:29, 1984; Sastry et al, J. Photochem. Photobiol. B Biol. 14:65-79; Spielmann et al. PNAS 89:4514-4518, U.S. Pat. No. 4,599,303, all herein incorporated by reference.
- SATAs generated by the methods described above read UAG (anticodon CUA). Additionally, UAA or UGA was also used. In various embodiments, any message that had the stop codon that was selected as the “linking codon” was used.
- UV Light Exposure Of RNA:DNA Hybrids
- Equal volumes of 3 ng/ml RNA:cRNA hybrid segments and of 10 μg/ml HMT both comprised of 50 mM NaCl were transferred into a new 1.5 ml capped polypropylene microcentrifuge tube and incubated at 37° C. for 30 minutes in the dark. This was then transferred onto a new clean culture dish. This was positioned in a photochemical reactor (419 nm peak Southern New England Ultraviolet Co.) at a distance of about 12.5 cm so that irradiance was ˜6.5 mW/cm2 and irradiated for 60-120 minutes.
- Removal of Low Molecular Weight Protoproducts
- 100 μl of chloroform-isoamyl alcohol (24:1) was pipetted and mixed by vortex. The mixture was centrifuged for 5 minutes at 15000×g in a microcentrifuge tube. The chloroform-isoamyl alcohol layer was removed with a micropipette. The chloroform-isoamyl alcohol extraction was repeated once again. Clean RNA was precipitated out of the solution.
- Alcohol Precipitation
- Two volumes (˜1000 μl) ice cold absolute ethanol was added to the mixture. The tube was centrifuged for 15 minutes at 15,000×g in a microcentrifuge. The supernatant was decanted and discarded and the precipitated RNA was redissolved in 100 μl DEPC treated water then re-exposed to the RNA+8-MOP.
- Isolation of the Psoralenated RNA Fragments Using HPLC
- All components, glassware and reagents were prepared so that they were RNAase free. The HPLC was set up with a Dionex DNA PA-100 package column. The psoralenated RNA:DNA hybrid was warmed to 4° C. The psoralenated RNA was applied to HPLC followed by oligonucleotide analysis, as described in the following section entitled “Oligonucleotide Analysis by HPLC.” The collected fractions represented:
-
(SEQ ID NO: 1) 5′CUAGAΨCUGGAGG3′, where Ψ is pseudouridine (SEQ ID NO: 2) Furan sided 5′CUPsoralenAGAΨCUGGAGG3′ monoadducts (SEQ ID NO: 3) 5′XXXXXCCUCCAGAUCUAGXXXXX3′ (SEQ ID NO: 4) 5′XXXXXCCUCCAGAUCUPsoralenAGXXXXX3′ - The fractions were stored at 4° C. in new, RNAase free snapped microcentrifuge tubes and stored at −20° C. if more than four weeks of storage were required.
- Identification of the RNA Fragments Represented by Each Peak Fraction Collected by HPLC Using Polyacrylamide Gel Electrophoresis (PAGE)
- The electrophoresis unit was set up in a 4° C. refrigerator. A gel was selected with a 2 mm spacer. Each 5 μl of HPLC fraction was diluted to 10 μl with Loading Buffer. 10 μl of each diluted fraction was loaded into appropriately labeled sample wells. The tracking dye was loaded in a separate lane and electrophoresis was run as described in the following section entitled “Polyacrylamide Gel Electrophoresis (PAGE) of Psoralenated RNA Fragments.” After the electrophoresis run was complete, the electrophoresis was stopped when the tracking dye reached the edge of the gel. The apparatus was disassembled. The gel-glass panel unit was placed on the UV light box. UV lights were turned on. The RNA bands were identified. The bands appeared as denser shadows under UV lighting conditions.
- Extraction of the RNA From the Gel
- Each band was excised with a new sterile and RNAase free scalpel blade and transferred into a new 1.5 ml snap capped microcentrifuge tube. Each gel was crushed against the walls of the microcentrifuge tubes with the side of the scalpel blade. A new blade was used for each sample. 1.0 ml of 0.3M sodium acetate was added to each tube and eluted for at least 24 hours at 4° C. The eluate was transferred to a new 0.5 ml snap capped polypropylene microcentrifuge tube with a micropipette. A new RNAase free pipette tip was used for each tube and the RNA with ethanol was precipitated out.
- Ethanol Precipitation
- Two volumes of ice cold ethanol was added to each eluate then centrifuged at 15,000×g for 15 minutes in a microcentrifuge. The supernatants were discharged and the precipitated RNA was re-dissolved in 100 μl of DEPC treated DI water. The RNA was stored in the microcentrifuge tubes at 4° C. until needed. The tubes were stored at −20° C. if storage was for more than two weeks. The following was order of rate of migration for each fragment in order from fastest to slowest:
-
(SEQ ID NO: 1) 5′CUAGAΨCUGGAGG3′ (SEQ ID NO: 2) Furan sided 5′CUPsoralenAGAΨCUGGAGG3′ monoadducts (SEQ ID NO: 3) 5′ XXXXXCCUCCAGAUCUAGXXXXX3′ (SEQ ID NO: 4) 5′ XXXXXCCUCCAGAUCUPsoralenAGXXXXX3′ - The tubes containing the remainder of each fraction were labeled and stored at −20° C.
- RNA oligonucleotide fragments were precipitated, and all glassware was cleaned to remove any traces of RNase as described in the following section entitled “Inactivation of RNases on Equipment, Supplies, and in Solutions.” All solutions were stored in RNAase free glassware and introduction of nucleases was prevented. Absolute ethanol was stored at 0° C. until used. Micropipettes were used to add two volumes of ice cold ethanol to nucleic acids that were to be precipitated in microcentrifuge tubes. Capped microcentrifuge tubes were placed into the microfuge and spun at 15,000×g for 15 minutes. The supernatant was discarded and precipitated RNA was re-dissolved in DEPC treated DI-water. RNA was stored at 4° C. in microcentrifuge tubes until ready to use.
- All glassware was cleaned to remove any traces of RNase as described in the following section entitled “Inactivation of RNases on Equipment, Supplies, and in Solutions.” The following was added to a new 1.5 ml polypropylene snap capped microcentrifuge tube using a 100-1000 μl pipette and a new sterile pipette tip was used for each solution:
-
Fragment 2 (3.0 nM) 125.0 μl Fragment 3 (3.0 nM) 125.0 μl Reaction buffer 250.0 μl RNA T4 ligase (9-12 U/ml) 42 μl - Reaction Buffer
-
RNase free DI-water 90.00 ml Tris-HCl (50 mM) 0.79 g MgCl2 (10 mM) 0.20 g DTT (5 mM) 0.078 g ATP (1 mM) 0.55 g pH to 7.8 with HCL RNase free DI-water QS to 100.00 ml - The mixture was gently mixed and the RNA was melted by incubating the mixture at 16° C. for one hour in a temperature controlled refrigerated chamber. RNA was precipitated out of the solution immediately after the incubation was completed.
- Alcohol Precipitation
- Two volumes (˜1000 μl) of ice cold absolute ethanol were added to the reaction mixture. The microcentrifuge tube was placed in a microcentrifuge at 15,000×g for 15 minutes. The supernatant was decanted and discarded and the precipitated RNA was re-dissolved in 100 μl DEPC treated water. The mixture was electrophoresed as described in the following section entitled “Polyacrylamide Gel Electrophoresis (PAGE) of Psoralenated RNA Fragments.” The following was the order of rate of migration for each fragment in order from fastest to slowest:
-
a) Frag. 2 (SEQ ID NO: 5) 5′CUAGAΨCUGGAGG3′-OHPsoralen b) Frag. 3 (SEQ ID NO: 6) 5′UCCUGUGTΨCGAUCCACAGAAUUCGCACC-Puromycin c) Frag 2 + 3(SEQ ID NO: 7) 5′CUPsoralenAGAYCUGGAGGUCCUGUGTΨCGAUCCACAGAAUUCGCA CC Puromycin - Each fraction was isolated by UV shadowing, the bands were cut out, the RNAs were eluted from the gels and the RNA elute was precipitated out as described in the following section entitled “Polyacrylamide Gel Electrophoresis (PAGE) of Psoralenated RNA Fragments.” The ligation procedure was repeated with any residual
unligated fragment fractions - Ligation of
RNA Fragment 1 withFragment 2+3 - All glassware was cleaned to remove any traces of RNase as described in the following section entitled “Inactivation of RNases on Equipment, Supplies, and in Solutions.” The following was added to a new 1.5 ml polypropylene snap capped microcentrifuge tube. A 100-1000 μl pipette and new tip was used for each solution:
-
Fragment 2 + 3 (3.0 nM)125.0 μl Reaction buffer 250.0 μl T4 Polynucleotide Kinase(5-10 U/ml) 1.7 μl - Reaction Buffer
-
RNase free DI-water 90.00 ml Tris-HCl (40 mM) 0.63 g MgCl2 (10 mM) 0.20 g DTT (5 mM) 0.08 g ATP (1 mM) 0.006 g pH to 7.8 with HCL RNase free DI-water QS to 100.00 ml - The RNA was gently mixed then melted by heating the mixture to 70° C. for 5 minutes in a heating block. The mixture was cooled to room temperature over a two hour period and the RNA was allowed to anneal in a tRNA configuration. The RNA was precipitated out of the solution.
- Alcohol Precipitation
- Two volumes (˜1000 μl) of ice cold absolute ethanol were added to the reaction mixture. The microcentrifuge tube was placed in a microcentrifuge at 15,000×g for 15 minutes. The supernatant was decanted and discarded and the precipitated RNA was re-dissolved in 100 μl DEPC treated water. The mixture was electrophoresed as described in the following section entitled “Polyacrylamide Gel Electrophoresis (PAGE) of Psoralenated RNA Fragments.” The following was the order of rate of migration for each fragment in order from fastest to slowest:
-
a) Frag. 1 (SEQ ID NO: 8) 5′GCGGAUUUAGCUCAGUUGGGAGAGCGCCAGACU3′ b) Frag 2 + 3(SEQ ID NO: 6) 5′CUPsoralenAGAYCUGGAGGUCCUGUGTΨCGAUCCACAGAAUUCGCA CCPuromycin c) Frag. 1 + 2 + 3 (SEQ ID NO: 9) 5′GCGGAUUUAGCUCAGUUGGGAGAGCGCCAGACUCUPsoralenAGAΨ CUGGAGGUCCUGUGTΨCGAUCCACAGAAUUCGCACCPuromycin - Each fraction was isolated by UV shadowing, the bands were cut out, the RNAs were eluted from the gels and the RNA elute was precipitated out as described in the following section entitled “Polyacrylamide Gel Electrophoresis (PAGE) of Psoralenated RNA Fragments.” The ligation procedure was repeated with the
unligated Fragment 1 and the 2+3 Fraction. The ligatedfractions 2+3 were pooled and stored in a small volume of RNase free DI-water at 4° C. - Final RNA Ligation
- The following was added to a new 1.5 ml polypropylene snap capped microcentrifuge tube. A 100-1000 μl pipette and new tip was used for each solution:
-
Fragment 1 + 2 + 3 (3.0 nM)250 μl reaction buffer 250 μl RNA T4 ligase (44 μg/ml) 22 μg - The mixture was incubated at 17° C. in a temperature controlled refrigerator for 4.7 hours. Immediately after the incubation the tRNA was precipitated out as described in step 6.2 above and the tRNA was isolated by electrophoresis as described in the following section entitled “Polyacrylamide Gel Electrophoresis (PAGE) of Psoralenated RNA Fragments.” The tRNA was pooled in a small volume of RNase free water and stored at 4° C. for up to two weeks or stored at −20° C. for periods longer than two weeks.
- Acrylamide Gel Preparation
- All reagents and glassware were made RNAase free as described in the following section entitled “Inactivation of RNases on Equipment, Supplies, and in Solutions.” The gel apparatus was assembled to produce a 4 mm thick by 20 cm×42 cm square gel. 29 parts acrylamide with 1 part ammonium crosslinker were mixed at room temperature with the appropriate amount of acrylamide solution in an RNAase free, thick walled Erlenmeyer flask.
- Acrylamide Solution
-
urea (7M) 420.42 g TBE (1X) QS to 1 L - 5×TBE
-
0.455 M Tris-HCl 53.9 g 10 mM EDTA 20 ml of 0.5M RNAase free DI water 900 ml pH with boric acid to pH 9 QS with RNAase free DI water to 1 L - The mixture was degassed with vacuum pressure for one minute. The appropriate amount of TEMED was added, mixed gently, and then the gel mixture was poured between the glass plates to within 0.5 cm of the top. The comb was immediately inserted between the glass sheets and into the gel mixture. An RNAase free gel comb was used. The comb produced wells for a 5 mm wide dye lane and 135 mm sample lanes. The gel was allowed to polymerize for about 30-40 minutes then the comb was carefully removed. The sample wells were rinsed out with a running buffer using a micropipette with a new pipette tip. The wells were then filled with running buffer.
- Sample Preparation
- An aliquot of the sample was suspended in loading buffer in a snap capped microcentrifuge tube and vortex mixed. Indicator dye was not added to the sample.
-
-
Urea (7M) 420.42 g Tris HCl (50 mM) 7.85 g QS with RNAase free D-H2O to 1 L - Electrophoresis Run
- The maximum volume of RNA/loading buffer solution was loaded into the 135 mm sample wells and the appropriate volume of tracking dye in 5 mm tracking lane. The samples were electrophoresed in a 5° C. refrigerator. The electrophoresis was stopped when the tracking dye reached the edge of the gel. The apparatus was then disassembled. Glass panels were not removed from the gel. The gel-glass panel unit was placed on a UV light box. With UV filtering goggles in place, the UV lights were turned on. The RNA bands were identified. They appeared as denser shadows under UV lighting conditions. The RNA was extracted from the gel. Each band was excised with a new sterile and RNAase free scalpel blade and each band was transferred into a new 1.5 ml snap capped microcentrifuge tube. Each gel was crushed against the walls of the microcentrifuge tubes with the side of the scalpel blade. A new blade was used for each sample. 1.0 ml of 0.3M sodium acetate was added to each tube and eluted for at least 24 hours at 4° C. The eluate was transferred to a new 0.5 ml snap capped polypropylene microcentrifuge tubes with a micropipette with a new RNAase free pipette tip for each tube. Two volumes of ice cold ethanol was added to each eluate, then centrifuged at 15,000×g for 15 minutes in a microcentrifuge. The supernatants were discarded and the precipitated RNA was redissolved in 100 μl of DEPC treated DI water. The RNA was stored in the microcentrifuge tubes at 4° C. until needed.
- HPLC purification of the RNA oligonucleotides is best effected using anion exchange chromatography. Either the 2′-protected or 2′-deprotected forms can be chromatographed. The 2′-protected form offers the advantage of minimizing secondary structure effects and provides resistance to nucleases. If the RNA is fully deprotected, sterile conditions are required during purification.
- The tubes are centrifuged at 15,000×g for 30 seconds or until the RNA pellet is at the bottom. 400 μl of pH 3.8 deprotection buffer is added to each tube of RNA.
- Acetic acid (100 mM) is adjusted to pH 3.8 with tetramethylethylenediamine (TEMED). The pellet is completely dissolved in the buffer by drawing in and out of a pipette. The tubes are vortexed for 10 seconds and centrifuged at 15,000×g. The tubes are incubated in a 60° C. water bath for 30 minutes. The samples are lyophilized before use.
- HPLC Column Conditions
- A 4×250 mm column (DNAPAC PA, No. 043010) packed with Dionex (800)-DIONEX-0 (346-6390), with a capacity of 40 optical density units (ODU) at 260 nm is installed. The column temperature is set to 54° C. The injection volume is adjusted such that 5 μl produces approximately 0.20 ODU.
-
-
Condition Buffer A Buffer B Sodium perchlorate (5 mM) 2.8 g (300 mM) 168.0 g Tris-HCl 2.4 g 2.4 g Acetonitrile (2%) 80.0 ml 80.0 ml DI Water 3900 ml 900 ml Adjusted pH 8.0 with HCL 8.0 with HCL q.s. 4000 ml 4000 ml - A 30% to 60% gradient of Buffer B for oligos 17-32 base pairs long is provided:
-
Time Flow (minutes) (ml/min) % A % B Curve 0 1.5 100 0 * 1 1.5 100 0 6 3 1.5 70* 30* 6 15 1.5 40* 60* 6 15.5 2.5 0 100 6 17 2.5 0 100 6 17.25 2.5 100 0 6 23 2.5 100 0 6 23.1 1.5 100 0 6 24 1.5 100 0 6 25 0.1 100 0 6 *% values that can be changed to modify the gradient. Typical gradients are 0-30%, 20-50%, 30-60%, and 40-70% of Buffer B. - The gradient is selected based upon the number of bases, as follows:
-
Number of bases Gradient 0-5 0-30 6-10 10-40 11-16 20-50 17-32 30-60 33-50 40-70 >50 50-80 - After HPLC, the target samples are collected and the RNA concentration is determined with a spectrophotometer at 260 nm. The samples are stored at −70° C.
- Glassware was treated by baking at 180° C. for at least 8 hours. Plasticware was treated by rinsing with chloroform. Alternatively, all items were soaked in 0.1% DEPC.
- Treatment with 0.10% DEPC
- 0.1% DEPC was prepared. DI water was filtered through a 0.2 μM membrane filter. The water was autoclaved at 15 psi for 15 minutes on a liquid cycle. 1.0 g (wt/v) DEPC/liter of sterile filtered water was added.
- Glass and Plasticware
- All glass and plasticware was submerged in 0.1% DEPC for two hours at 37° C. The glassware was rinsed at least 5× with sterile DI water. The glassware was heated to 100° C. for 15 minutes or autoclaved for 15 minutes at 15 psi on a liquid cycle.
- Electrophoresis Tanks Used for Electrophoresis of RNA
- Tanks were washed with detergent, rinsed with water then ethanol and air dried. The tank was filled with 3% (v/v) hydrogen peroxide (30 ml/L) and left standing for 10 minutes at room temperature. The tank was rinsed at least 5 times with DEPC treated water. Solutions
- All solutions were made using Rnase free glassware, plastic ware, autoclaved water, chemicals reserved for work with RNA and RNase free spatulas. Disposable gloves were used. When possible, the solutions were treated with 0.1% DEPC for at least 12 hours at 37° C. and then heated to 100° C. for 15 minutes or autoclaved for 15 minutes at 15 psi on a liquid cycle.
- RNA Translation
- 2 μl of gastroinhibitory peptide (GIP) mRNA at a concentration of 20 μl/ml was placed in a 250 μl snapcap polypropylene microcentrifuge tube. 35 μl of rabbit reticulocyte lysate (available commercially from Promega) was added. 1 μl of amino acid mixture which did not contain methionine (available commercially from Promega) was added. 1 μl of 35S methionine or unlabeled methionine was added. 2 μl of 32P GIP mRNA or unlabeled GIP mRNA was added. Optionally, 2 ml of luciferase may be added to some tubes to serve as a control. In a preferred embodiment, luciferase was used instead of GIP mRNA. One skilled in the art will understand that indeed any mRNA fragment containing the appropriate sequences may be used.
- SATA was added to the experimental tubes. Control tubes which did not contain SATA were also prepared. The quantity of SATA used was approximately between 0.1 μg to 500 μg, preferably between 0.5 μg to 50 μg. 1 μl of Rnasin at 40 units/ml was added. Nuclease free water was added to make a total volume of 50 μl.
- For proteins greater than approximately 150 amino acids, the amount of tRNA may need to be supplemented. For example, approximately 10-200 μg of tRNA may be added. In general, the quantity of the SATA should be high enough to effectively suppress stop or pseudo stop codons. The quantity of the native tRNA must be high enough to out compete the SATA which does not undergo dynamic proofreading under the action of elongation factors.
- Each tube was immediately capped, parafilmed and incubated for the translation reactions at 30° C. for 90 minutes. The contents of each reaction tube was transferred into a 50 μl quartz capillary tube by capillary action. The SATA was crosslinked with mRNA by illuminating the contents of each tube with 2-10 J/cm2˜350 nm wavelength light, as per Gasparro et al. (Photochem. Photobiol. 57:1007 (1993), herein incorporated by reference). Following photocrosslinking, the contents of each tube were transferred into a new snapcap microfuge tube. The ribosomes were dissociated by chelating the calcium cations by adding 2 μl of 10 mM EDTA to each tube. Between each step, each tube was gently mixed by stirring each component with a pipette tip upon addition.
- The optimal RNA for a translation was determined prior to performing definitive experiments. Serial dilutions may be required to find the optimal concentration of mRNA between 5-20 μg/ml.
- SDS-Page electrophoresis was performed on each sample, as described above. Autoradiography on the gel was performed, as described by Sambrook et. al., Molecular Cloning, A Laboratory Manual, 2nd ed., Coldspring Harbor Press (1989), herein incorporated by reference.
- The above example teaches the production and use of SATA (e.g., puromycin on tRNA plus crosslinker on the tRNA) and the production and use of Linking tRNA Analog (e.g., no puromycin, but has crosslinker on tRNA).
- In another example, the SATA was produced in a manner similar to the above methodology, except that uridines were substituted with pseudouridines. Substitution by pseudouridines can also be used with Linking tRNA Analog, as it facilities the formation of crosslinker monoadduct formation (such as formation of the psoralen monoadduct). This technique is discussed below in Example 2.
- As discussed above, one skilled in the art will appreciate that the SATA, Linking tRNA Analog and Nonsense Suppressor tRNA can be produced in a number of different ways.
FIG. 5 shows the chemical structures for uridine and pseudouridine. Pseudouridine is a naturally occurring base found in tRNA that forms hydrogen bonds just as uridine does, but lacks the 5-6 double bond that is the target for psoralen. Pseudouridine, as used herein, shall include the naturally occurring base and any synthetic analogs or modifications. In a preferred embodiment, the SATA was produced using pseudouridine. Linking tRNA Analog can also be produced using pseudouridine. Specifically, in a preferred embodiment, three fragments (FIG. 1 ) were purchased from a commercial source (Dharmacon Research Inc., Boulder, CO). Modified bases and a fragment 3 (“Fragment 3”) with a pre-attached puromycin on its 3′ end and a PO4 on its 3′ end were included, all of which are available commercially. The three fragments were used to facilitate manipulation of a fragment 2 (“Fragment 2”) in forming the monoadduct. Sequences of the three fragments, according to some embodiments, are as follows (2 example sequences are provided for each fragment): -
Fragment 1 (SEQ ID NO: 10) 5′PO4GCGGAUUUAGCUCAGUUGGGAGAGCGCCAGACOH3′ (SEQ ID NO: 16) 5′PO4GCGGAUUUAGCUCAGUUGGGAGAGCGCCAGACOH3′ Fragment 2 (SEQ ID NO: 11) 5′OHΨCUAACΨCOH3′ (SEQ ID NO: 17) 5′ OHΨCUAAAΨCOH3′ Fragment 3 (SEQ ID NO: 12) 5′PO4UGGAGGUCCUGUGTΨCGAUCCACAGAAUUCGCACCPuromycin3′ (SEQ ID NO: 18) 5′PO4UGGAGGUCCUGUGTΨCGAUCCACAGAAUUCGCACCPuromycin3′ - The above sequences listed in
Fragment 3 are applicable for SATA. For Linking tRNA Analogs, the sequences would be similar, except the puromycin would be replaced by adenosine. - Modified yeast tRNAAla or yeast tRNAPhe was used according to one embodiment of the invention. However, one skilled in the art will understand that sequences can be chosen widely from known tRNAs or by selecting sequences that will form into a tRNA-like structure. One advantage of using pseudouridine in some embodiments is that the pseudouridine in
Fragment 2 avoids psoralen labeling of the nontarget U's. Use of pseudouridine instead of uridine decreases the avidity of the A site of the ribosome for the tRNA analog but eliminates the interaction of the terminal uridine with psoralen. The use of the Yarus “extended anticodon” guidelines increases A site binding (Yarus, Science 218:646-652, 1982, herein incorporated by reference). - In one embodiment,
Fragment 2 was used in a helical conformation to induce the psoralen to intercalate. One skilled in the art will understand that other conformations can also be used in accordance with several embodiments of the invention. A complementary strand was also used. RNA or DNA was used, and a sequence, such as poly C or poly G when C interacts with the psoralen to one or both ends, was added to facilitate separation and removal after monoadduct formation was accomplished. Use of pseudouridine instead of uridines in the complement permitted the use of a high efficiency wave length, such as about 365 nm, without fear of crosslinking the product. Irradiation was preferably in the range of about 300-450 nm, more preferably in the range of about 320 to 400 nm, and most preferably about 365 nm. Further, use of pseudouridine left the furan-sided monoadduct in place onFragment 2 because the Maf is the predominate first step in the crosslink formation. - The following cRNA sequences with pseudouridine were used according to a preferred embodiment of the present invention. One skilled in the art will understand that substitutions and modifications of these sequences, and of the other sequences listed herein, can also be used in accordance with several embodiments of the current invention. For example, for SEQ ID NO: 19, listed below, the sequence can also be
-
(SEQ ID NO: 30) 5′XXXXXXGAΨΨΨAGAXXXXXXX3′: (SEQ ID NO: 13) CCCΨCCAGAGΨΨAGACCC (SEQ ID NO: 19) 5′CCCCCCGAΨΨΨAGACCCCCCC3′ - The formation of a furan sided psoralen monoadduct with the target uridine of
Fragment 2 was performed as follows: - A reaction buffer was prepared as follows:
-
Tris HCL 25 mM NaCl 100 mM EDTA 0.32 mM pH 7.0 - 4′hydroxy methyl-4,5′,8′-triethyl psoralen (HMT) was then added to a final concentration of 0.32 mM and equimolar amounts of
fragment 2 and cRNA were added to a final molar ratio of fragment 2:cRNA:psoralen=1:1:1000. A total volume of 100 μl was irradiated at a time. - The mixture of complementary oligos, HMT, psoralen was processed as follows:
-
- 1) Heated to 85° C. for 60 sec followed by cooling to 4° C. over 15 min, using PCR thermocycler.
- 2) Irradiated for 20 min at 4° C., in Eppendorf UVette plastic cuvette, covered top with parafilm, laid on the top of UV lamp (1 mW/cm2 multi-wavelength UV lamp (λ>300 nm) (UV L21 model λ 365 nm).
-
Steps -
-
- 1) The reaction mixture was dried with speed vacuum for 10 minutes and then was dissolved with 2 μl of 0.1 M TEAA, pH 7.0 buffer.
- 0.1 M TEAA, pH 7.0 Buffer
-
Acetic Acid 5.6 ml Triethylamine 13.86 ml H20 (RNAase free) 950 ml pH adjusted to 7.0 with acetic acid and water added to 1 L -
- 2) The sample was loaded onto a Waters Xterra MS C18, 2.5 m, 4.5×50 mm reverse-phase column pre-equilibrated with buffer A (5% wt/wt acetonitrile in 0.1M TEAA, pH 7.0) The sample was eluted with a gradient of 0-55% buffer B (15% wt/wt acetonitrile in 0.1M TEAA, pH 7.0) to buffer A over a 35 minute time frame at a flow rate of 1 ml/minute. The column temperature was 60° C. and the detection wave length, set by a narrow band filter, was 340 nm. Furan sided psoralen monoadduct absorbs at 340 nm but the RNA, and any pyrone sided monoadduct does not. The buffer solutions were filtered and degassed before use.
- The 2MA eluted at around 25-28 minutes at a buffer B concentration of 40%.
Unpsoralenated fragment 2 eluted before 8 minutes based on subsequent gel electrophoresis analysis on collected fractions. - The column was washed with 100% acetonitrile for 5 minutes and was re-equilibrated with buffer A for 15 minutes. All fractions were dried with speed vacuum overnight.
- The fractions containing the 2MA were identified by the level of absorbance at 260 nm (RNA) and 330 nm (furan sided psoralen monoadducted RNA). This was done by redissolving the dried fractions with 120 μl of Rnase-free distilled water and the absorbance was measured with a spectrophotometer at 260 nm and 330 nm. The fractions with high absorbance at both wavelengths were pooled then dried with speed vacuum. A small aliquot from each was saved for gel analysis.
- The cross-linked products were analyzed on a denaturing 20% TBE-urea gel and visualized by gel silver staining.
- Step 3: Purification of
HMT Conjugated Fragment 2 Oligo from cRNA by HPLC - The dried samples were pooled and then were dissolved with 0.5×TE buffer. A sample of about 0.4 absorbance unit was loaded onto a Dionex DNAPac PA-100 (4×250 mm) column which was pre-equilibrated with buffer C (25 mM Tris-HCl, pH 8.0) and the column temperature was 85° C. (anion exchange HPLC).
- The oligos were eluted at a flow rate of 1 ml/min. with a concave gradient from 4% to 55% buffer D for 15 minutes followed by a convex gradient from 55% to 80% with buffer D for the next 15 minutes. The oligos were washed with 100% buffer D for 5 min and 100% buffer C for another 5 min at a flow rate of 1.5 ml/min; Fractions were collected that absorbed 260 nm light. 2MA had a retention time (RT) of 16.2 minutes and was eluted by 57% buffer D, and
free fragment 2 had RT less than 16.6 minutes, and was eluted by 55% buffer D and free cRNA had RT greater than 19.2 minutes. The fractions were collected that absorbed at 254 or 260 nm. The collected fractions were dried with speed vacuum overnight. All solutions were filtered and degassed before use. - The solution used comprised the following:
-
- C: 25 mM Tris-HCl pH 8.0;
- D: 250 mM NaClO4 in 25 mM Tris pH 8.0 buffer.
- TE: 10 mM Tris-HCl pH 8.0 with 1 mM EDTA
Step 4: Desalting. Precipitation and Collection of the Purified 2MA Oligo
- The dried fractions were redesolved with 100 μl Rnase free distilled water. 500 μl cool 100% ethanol with 0.5M (NH4)2CO3 was added and the mixture was vortexed briefly. The mixture was then frozen on dry ice for 60 minutes or stored at −20° C. overnight.
- The samples were then brought to 4° C. and centrifuged at maximum speed in a microcentrifuge for 15 minutes. The position of the pellet was noted and the supernatant was decanted or removed by pipette. Care was taken not to disturb pellet. If the pellet still contained salt, this step was repeated. The pellet was then washed with 70% pre-cooled ethanol twice. The wet pellet was dried with speed vacuum for 15 min. Urea PAGE gel identified the right fractions for the next step.
- The following steps were performed:
- A. The Following Reagents and Instruments were Used:
-
- Nuclease-Free Water (Promega)
- polyethylene glycol (PEG8000 Sigma) 40% (wt/wt in water)
- RNasin® Ribonuclease Inhibitor (Promega)
- phenol:chloroform
- 1.5 ml sterile microcentrifuge tubes
- 100% ethanol
- 70% ethanol
- Dry ice or −20° C. freezer
- Microcentrifuge at room temperature and +4° C.
- PCR thermocycler or water bath
- B. The Following Reaction Conditions were Used:
-
- 50 mM Tris-HCl (pH 7.8)
- 10 mM MgCl2,
- 10 mM DTT
- 1 mM ATP
- 18-20% PEG
- C. The following reaction mixture was assembled in a sterile microcentrifuge tube:
-
- Fragment 3 (Donor) 1 μl (6 μg) (Purified, when necessary, before using as a donor)
- 2MA (Acceptor) 1 μl (1.5 μg)
- After adding 8 μl Rnase
free dH2O 8 μl, the reactions were incubated at 85° C. for 1 minute to relax the oligo secondary structure, then slowly cooled to 4° C., using a PCR machine thermocycler. The preheated tube was placed on ice to keep cool and centrifuged briefly, then the following was added: -
10X Ligase Buffer 4 μl 10 mM ATP 4 μl Rnase Out or Rnasin (40 u/μl) Promega 0.5 μl PEG, 40% (Sigma) 20 μl T4 RNA Ligase (10 u/μl) (NEB) 1 μl - Nuclease-free water was added to final Volume of 40 μl. The mixture was incubate at 16° C. overnight (16 hr). The mixture was centrifuged briefly and then was placed on ice.
- D. Precipitation of Oligonucleotides:
- 60 μl DEPC RNase free distilled water was added to the mixture and then 150 μl phenol/chloroform was added. The mixture was vortexed vigorously for 30 seconds. The precipitate was then centrifuged out at maximum speed in a microcentifuge for 5 minutes at room temperature. The aqueous phase was transferred to a new microcentrifuge tube (≥95 μl).
- To this was added 3
μl 5 mg/ml glycogen, and 500 μl pre-cooled 100% ethanol with 0.5M (NH4)2CO3 and the mixture was vortexed briefly and then was frozen on dry ice for 60 minutes. At this point, it may be stored overnight at −20° C. The dried fractions were redissolved with 100p Rnase-free distilled water, 500 μl cool 100% ethanol with 0.5M (NH4)2CO3 was added and vortexed briefly. This was then frozen on dry ice for 60 minutes or stored at −20 C overnight. The samples were then brought to 4° C. and centrifuged at maximum speed in a microcentrifuge for 15 minutes and supernatant removed by pipette. Care was taken not to disturb pellet. If the pellet still contained salt, this step was repeated once. The pellet was then washed with 70% pre-cooled ethanol several times. This was then centrifuged at maximum speed in a microcentrifuge for 5 minutes at 4 C. The ethanol was carefully removed using a pipette. Centrifugation was repeated again to collect remaining ethanol which was carefully removed. The wet pellet was dried with speed vacuum for 10 min. A small aliquot was collected for the gel analysis. For long term storage, the RNA was stored in ethanol at −20 C. Care was taken not to store the RNA in DEPC water. - The dried sample was redissolved with 0.5×TE buffer and was loaded onto a DNAPac PA-100 column which was equilibrated with buffer C. The column temperature was 85° C. and the detector operated at 254 nm to identify fractions with RNA and at 340 nm to identify fractions with 2MaF. The oligos were eluted with a convex gradient from 30% to 70% with buffer D for the first 20 minutes at a flow rate of 0.8 ml/min and followed with a linear gradient from 70% to 98% D for another 20 min at the same flow rate. The elution was completed by washing with 100% D for 7 min and 100% C for another 10 min at 1.0 ml/min flow rate. The fractions were detected with 254 or 260 nm wavelength light. The ligated oligos (2MA-fragment 3) were eluted after 34 min, by more than 90% buffer B. Fractions with 254 nm absorbance (A254nm>0.01) were collected and dried with speed vacuum overnight.
- The dried fractions were re-dissolved with 100 μl Rnase free distilled water, 500 μl cool 100% ethanol with 0.5M (NH4)2CO3 was added and the mixture was vortexed briefly. The mixture was then frozen on dry ice for 60 minutes or stored at −20 C overnight.
- The samples were brought to 4° C. and centrifuged at maximum speed in a microcentrifuge for 15 minutes. The position of the pellet was noted and the supernatant decanted or removed by pipette. Care was taken not to disturb pellet. If still containing salt, this step was repeated. The pellet was then washed with 70% pre-cooled ethanol twice. The wet pellet was dried with speed vacuum for 15 min.
- Urea PAGE was performed to identify the ligated 2MA-fragment-3 for use in the next step of ligating
fragment 1 to the 2MA-fragment-3 oligo which completes the SATA linker. - Step 8: Preparation Of SATA (Or Other tRNA Molecule)
-
A. RNA Oligo 5′phosphorylation -
-
- Nuclease-Free Water (Cat. #P1193 Promega)
- RNasin® Ribonuclease Inhibitor (Cat #N2511 Promega)
- Phenol:chloroform
- Sterile microcentrifuge tubes
- 100% ethanol
- 70% ethanol
- Microcentrifuge at room temperature and 4° C.
- PCR thermalcycler or water bath
-
-
Component Volume Acceptor RNA <200 ng T4 ligase 10X Reaction Buffer* 4 μl RNasin ® Ribonuclease Inhibitor (40 u/μl) 20 unit T4 kinase (9-12 u/μl) 2 μl 10 mM ATP 4 μl Nuclease-Free Water to final volume 40 μl - Incubate at 37′C for 30 minutes in a PCR thermocycler or water bath. For non-radioactive phosphorylation, use up to 300 pmol of 5′ termini in a 30 to 40 μl reaction containing 1×T4 Polynucleotide Kinase Reaction Buffer, 1 mM ATP and 10 to 20 units of T4 Polynucleotide Kinase. Incubate at 37° C. for 30 minutes. 1×T4 DNA Ligase Reaction Buffer contains 1 mM ATP and can be substituted in non-radioactive phosphorylations. T4 Polynucleotide Kinase exhibits 100% activity in this buffer). Fresh buffer is required for optimal activity (in older buffers, loss of DTT due to oxidation lowers activity.
- B. Annealing Fragment1 and 2MA-
Fragment 3 Oligo Complex: -
-
- PCR thermocycler instrument or water bath
- 100 μg/ml nuclease-free albumin
- 100 mM MgCl2
-
-
Acceptor RNA oligo (1E) <200 ng Donor RNA oligo (3G-2G ligated oligo) <200 ng (5′ phosphorylated oligo from step A) - Appropriate ratios are as follows: Acceptor oligo:Donor oligo (Fragment 1: 2MA-Fragment 3) molar ratio should be 1:1.1 to avoid
fragment 1 self-ligation. MgCl2 was added to T4 ligase buffer (50 mM Tris-HCl, pH 7.8, 10 mM MgCl2, 10 mM DTT and 1 mM ATP) to final 20 mM concentration. Add Rnase free albumin to final 5 μg/ml. The final volume should be no more than 100 μl. The solution was heated to 70° C. for 5 min, then was cooled from 70° C. to 26° C. over 2 hours and cooled from 26° C. to 0° C. over 40 minutes. Incubate at 16° C. for 16 to 17 hours using PCR instrument. - C. Ligation of Annealed Oligos
-
Annealed oligos <15 μl 10 mM ATP 2 μl 40% PEG 18 μl T4 ligase 10X Buffer 2 μl RNasin ® Ribonuclease Inhibitor (40 u/μl) 0.5 μl T4 ligase (9-12 u/μl) (NEB) 1 μl Nuclease-Free Water to final volume 40 μl - D. Precipitating tRNA Fragment
- After ligation, 50 μl DEPC water and 150 μl phenol: chloroform were added and vortexed vigorously for 30 seconds. This was then centrifuged at maximum speed in a microcentrifuge for 5 minutes at room temperature. The aqueous phase was transferred to a new microcentrifuge tube (˜100 μl). To this was added 2 μl 10 mg/ml mussel glycogen, 10p 3M sodium acetate, pH 5.2. This was mixed well. Then 220 μl 95% ethanol was added and vortexed briefly. The mixture was then frozen on dry ice for 30 minutes. At this point the mixture may be stored over night at −20° C. or one may proceed. In one embodiment, the RNA should preferably not be stored in DEPC water, but in ethanol, at −20° C.
- Then the samples were brought to 4° C. and centrifuged at maximum speed in a microcentrifuge for 15 minutes. The position of the pellet was noted and the supernatant decanted or removed by pipette. Care was taken not to disturb pellet. The pellet was then washed with 70% pre-cooled ethanol twice. After removing the ethanol, the wet pellet was dried with a speed vacuum for 15 min. The dried pellet was stored at −20° C., until the next step.
- RNA Translation
- A luciferase mRNA which was modified to have the stop codon corresponding to that recognized by the anticodon of the SATA (in the present case UAG) was used in a standard Promega in vitro translation kit in the recommended 1 μl of
concentration 1 μg/μl. One skilled in the art will understand that indeed any mRNA fragment containing the appropriate sequences may be used. - SATA was added to the experimental tubes. Control tubes which did not contain SATA were also prepared. The quantity of SATA used was approximately between 0.1 μg to 500 μg, preferably between 0.5 μg to 50 μg. 1 μl of Rnasin at 40 units/ml was added. Nuclease free water was added to make a total volume of 50 μl.
- For proteins greater than approximately 150 amino acids, the amount of tRNA may need to be supplemented. For example, approximately 10-200 μg of tRNA may be added. In general, the quantity of the SATA should be high enough to effectively suppress stop or pseudo stop codons. The quantity of the native tRNA must be high enough to out compete the SATA which does not undergo dynamic proofreading under the action of elongation factors.
- Each tube was immediately capped, parafilmed and incubated for the translation reactions at 30° C. for 90 minutes. The contents of each reaction tube was transferred into a 50 μl quartz capillary tube by capillary action. The SATA was crosslinked with mRNA by illuminating the contents of each tube with 2-10 J/cm2˜350 nm wavelength light, as per Gasparro et al. (Photochem. Photobiol. 57:1007 (1993), herein incorporated by reference). Following photocrosslinking, the contents of each tube were transferred into a new snapcap microfuge tube. The ribosomes were dissociated by chelating the calcium cations by adding 2 μl of 10 mM EDTA to each tube. Between each step, each tube was gently mixed by stirring each component with a pipette tip upon addition.
- The optimal RNA for a translation was determined prior to performing definitive experiments. Serial dilutions may be required to find the optimal concentration of mRNA between 5-20 μg/ml.
- SDS-Page electrophoresis was performed on each sample, as described above. Autoradiography on the gel was performed, as described by Sambrook et al., Molecular Cloning, A Laboratory Manual, 2nd ed., Coldspring Harbor Press (1989), herein incorporated by reference.
- The above example is instructive for the production and use of SATA (puromycin on tRNA and crosslinker on tRNA) and for the production and use of Linking tRNA Analog (no puromycin, with crosslinker on tRNA).
- As described above, pseudouridine can be used in some embodiments to minimize the formation of unwanted monoadducts and crosslinks. In one embodiment, a crosslinker modified mononucleotide is formed and used. One advantage of the crosslinker modified mononucleotide is that it minimizes the formation of undesirable monoadducts and crosslinks.
- As discussed above, one skilled in the art will appreciate that the SATA, Linking tRNA Analog, and Nonsense Suppressor Analog can be produced in a number of different ways. In a preferred embodiment,
psoralenated uridine 5′ mononucleotide, 2-thiocytosine, 2-thiouridine, 4-thiouridine 5-iodocytosine, 5-iodouridine, 5-bromouridine or 2-chloroadenosine can be produced or purchased and enzymatically ligated to an oligonucleotide to be incorporated into a tRNA analog. Aryl azides, and analogues of aryl azides, and any modifications thereto, can also be used in several embodiments, as a linking moiety or agent. The following protocol can be employed for crosslinkers that are located on the tRNA. One skilled in the art will understand that this protocol can also be used for crosslinkers located on the mRNA. Thus, the following example is instructive on the production and use of SATA, Linking tRNA Analog, and Nonsense Suppressor Analog. - 4-thioU, 5-iodo and 5-bromo U with and without puromycin can be purchased already incorporated into a custom nucleotide up to 80 basepairs in length (Dharmacon, Inc). Therefore, the SATA, and the Linking tRNA Analog with these crosslinkers already in place, and similar crosslinkers, can be purchased directly from Dharmacon, Inc. Nonsense Suppressor Analog can also be purchased from Dharmacon, Inc.
- 2-thiocytosine, 2-thiouridine, 4thiouridine 5-iodocytosine, 5-iodouridine, 5-bromouridine or 2-chloroadenosine can all be purchased for crosslinking from Ambion, Inc. for the use in the Ambion MODIscript kit for incorporation into RNA. Therefore, the SATA and the Linking tRNA Analog along with these crosslinkers, and similar crosslinkers, can be purchased directly from Ambion, Inc
- The PO4Upsomlen can be produced as follows:
-
(SEQ ID NO: 20) AUAUAUAUAUAUAUAUAUAUGGGGGG (seq A1) (available from Dharmacon, Inc.) (SEQ ID NO: 21) CCCCCCATATATATATATATATATAT (seq A2) (available from University of Southern California services). - The formation of a furan-sided psoralen monoadduct with the target uridine is performed as follows:
- A reaction buffer is prepared. The reaction buffer, with a pH of 7.0, contains 25 mM Tris HCL, 100 mM NaCl, and 0.32 mM EDTA.
- 4′hydroxy methyl-4,5′,8′-triethyl psoralen (HMT) is then added to a final concentration of 0.32 mM and equimolar amounts of seq A1 and seq A2 are added to a final molar ratio of seq A1: seq A2: psoralen=1:1:1000. A total volume of 100 μl is irradiated at a time.
- The mixture of complementary oligos, HMT, trimethylpsoralen is processed as follows: 1) Heat to 85° C. for 60 sec followed by cooling to 4° C. over 15 min, using PCR thermocycler; and 2) Irradiate for 20 to 60 min at 4° C., in Eppendorf UVette plastic cuvette, covered top with parafilm, in an RPR-200 Rayonet Chamber Reactor equipped with a cooling fan and 419 nm wave. This is either placed on an ice water bath or in a −20° C. freezer.
-
Steps - Comparable sequences can be produced using the Ambion, Inc kit for non-psoralen crosslinkers.
- The following steps are performed: (1) Dry down oligos in speed vac; (2) Resuspend pellet in 10
μL 1×Hyb Mix; (3) Heat at 68° C. for 10 minutes; (4) Cool slowly to 30° C. Pulse spin down; (5) Add 10μL 2×RNase H Buffer. Mix. (6) Incubate at 30° C. for 60 minutes; (7) Add 130 μL Stop Mix. - For the Phenol/Chloroform extract: (1) Add 1 vol. phenol/chloroform; (2) Vortex well; (3) Spin down 2 minutes in room temperature microfuge; (4) Remove top layer to new tube.
- For the Chloroform extract: (1) Add 1 vol. chloroform; (2) Vortex well; (3) Spin down 2 minutes in room temperature microfuge; (4) Remove top layer to new tube.
- Then, (1) Add 375 μL 100% ethanol; (2) Freeze at −80° C.; (3) Spin down 10 minutes in room temperature microfuge; (4) Wash pellet with 70% ethanol; (5) Resuspend in 10 μL loading dye; (6) Heat at 100° C. for 3 minutes immediately before loading.
- Purification of monoribonucleotides nucleotides from the longer cDNA as well as longer RNA fragments, is accomplished using anion exchange HPLC. The psoralen-monoadducted mononucleotides (PO4Upsoralen) are then separated by reverse phase HPLC from mononucleotides that were not monoadducted (PO4U and PO4A).
- Similar digestion techniques and nucleotide incorporation, described below, can also be used for non-psoralen crosslinkers using the Ambion, Inc kit.
- Incorporation of Light Sensitive Nucleotides into the tRNA Component Oligoribonucleotides
- The following protocol can be used for incorporating a pUcrosslinker into a CUA stop anticodon. However, one skilled in the art will understand that other nucleotides can also be used to produce other stop anticodons and pseudo stop anticodons in accordance with the methods described herein
- Generally, methods adapted from the protocols for T4 RNA ligase are used, but with some modification because of the lack of protection of the 3′ OH of the modified nucleotides.
- 5′
OH CUC OH 3′ oligoribonucleotides (seq B1) can be purchased from Dharmacon, Inc. and can be as acceptors in the ligation. The molar ratio of B1 to psoralenated mononucleotides is preferably kept at 10:1 to 50:1 so that the modified U's will be greatly out-numbered, thereby preventing the formation of CUC(Ucrosslinker)N. This makes one of the preferred reactions: -
CUC+pUpsoralen→CUCUpsoralen - In one embodiment, the product is purified by sequential anion exchange and reversed phase HPLC to ensure that the psoralenated U and the longer psoralenated 7 mer are separated. The 7 mer is then 3′ protected by ligation with pAp yielding CUCUcrosslinkerAp (Fragment 2B).
- This is again purified with anion exchange HPLCF or the next ligation.
- This 2B fragment can be used in a tRNA analog that has a stable acceptor or one that has a native esterified acceptor. In one embodiment, to assure that the native 3′ end can be aminoacylated by native AA-tRNA synthetases, the acceptor stem is modified in that version of the analog. In the SATA version, in one embodiment, the 3′ fragment is maintained with a commercially prepared puromycin as the acceptor. Thus, in one embodiment, the following are used in two different 5′ ends:
-
(SEQ ID NO: 22) 5′ OHGCGGAUUUAGCUCAGUUGGGAGAGCGCCAGA 3′ seq 1B (tobe used with the tRNA analog with the stable puromycin acceptor) and (SEQ ID NO: 23) 5′ OHGGGGCUUUAGCUCAGUUGGGAGAGCGCCAGA 3′ seq 1B1 (tobe used with the native esterified acceptor). - The ligation is performed again with T4 RNA ligase and purified by length. The equation for sequence 1B is as follows:
-
(SEQ ID NO: 22) 5′ OHGCGGAUUUAGCUCAGUUGGGAGAGCGCCAGA 3′ +CUCUcrosslinkerAPO4 3′ → (SEQ ID NO: 24) 5′ OHGCGGAUUUAGCUCAGUUGGGAGAGCGCCAGACUC UcrosslinkerAPO4 3′ - For sequence 1B1:
-
(SEQ ID NO: 23) 5′ OHGGGGCUUUAGCUCAGUUGGGAGAGCGCCAGA + CUCUcrosslinkerAPO4 3′ → (SEQ ID NO: 25) 5′ OHGGGGCUUUAGCUCAGUUGGGAGAGCGCCAGACUC UcrosslinkerAPO4 3' - The above product is treated with T4 polynucleotide kinase in two separate steps to remove the 3′ phosphate and add a 5′ phosphate.
- The newly prepared 5′ and 3′ half molecules ends are then ligated generally following the previous protocols. The 3′ sequences corresponding to the respective 5′ sequences are as follows:
-
Sequence 1B: (Ψ = pseudouridine) (SEQ ID NO: 24) 5′ PO4GCGGAUUUAGCUCAGUUGGGAGAGCGCCAGACUC UcrosslinkerA 3′ corresponded to the 3′half: (SEQ ID NO: 31) 5′PO4UGGAGGUCCUGUGTΨCGAUCCACAGAAUUCGCACCPur 3′, 3B and sequence 1B1, (SEQ ID NO: 25) 5′ OHGGGGCUUUAGCUCAGUUGGGAGAGCGCCAGACUC UcrosslinkerAPO4 corresponded to 3′ half (SEQ ID NO: 32) 5'PO4UGGAGGUCCUGUGTΨCGAUCCACAGAAUCUCCACCA3'. - The latter is recognizable by the aminoacyl tRNA synthetase for alanine in E. coli.
- The example described above can be used to make and use the SATA, Linking tRNA, and the Nonsense Suppressor tRNA.
- In several embodiments, the crosslinker (such as psoralen or a non-psoralen crosslinker) is not placed on the tRNA, but rather located on the mRNA. For example, in one embodiment, the SATA comprises a puromycin located on the tRNA, while the crosslinker is on the mRNA. In yet another embodiment, the Nonsense Suppressor tRNA is used, and this comprises a tRNA with no puromycin, with the crosslinker being on the mRNA. Placement of the crosslinker on the message (the mRNA) can be accomplished as set forth below. The relevant sequence is as follows:
-
(SEQ ID NO: 26) GGGUUAACUUUAGAAGGAGGUCGCCACCAUG GUU AAA AUG AAA AUG AAA AUG AAA AUG UcrosslinkerAG - For convenience only, and in one embodiment, a message with both Kozak and Shine Dalgarno sequences that has a large number of methionine codons for 35S labeling is used.
- For 4-thiouridine, 5-bromouridine and 5-iodouridine, the message can be purchased fully-made from Dharmacon, Inc. For aryl azides, the method recited in Demeshkina, N, et al., RNA 6:1727-1736, 2000, herein incorporated by reference, can be used.
- For 2-thiocytosine, 2-thiouridine, 5-iodocytosine, or 2-chloroadenosine, the modified bases can be purchased as the 5′ monophosphate nucleotide from Ambion, Inc. When psoralen is used as the crosslinker, the modified 5′ monophosphate nucleotide is made as above.
- The modified 5′ monophosphate nucleotides are first incorporated into hexamers to facilitate purification. The construction of uridine containing crosslinkers is shown but in several embodiments, the other bases can be incorporated into both stop and pseudo stop codons using similar techniques:
- AUG+pUcrosslinker→AUGUcrosslinker was accomplished using a similar protocol described above, except a preponderance of AUG was used because of the absence of a 3′ protection of the pNcrosslinker. The product was purified by anion exchange HPLC from the excess of AUG. Then 5′
pAGbiotin 3′ was added with T4 RNA ligase. The 3′ biotin was simply a convenient 3′ blocking group available form Dharmacon. The resulting AUGUcrosslinkerAGbiotin was again purified followed by 5′ phosphorylation and ligated to: -
(sequence M1) (SEQ ID NO: 27) GGGUUAACUUUAGAAGGAGGUCGCCACCAUGGUUAAAAUGAAAAUGAA AAUGAAA to produce (SEQ ID NO: 28) GGGUUAACUUUAGAAGGAGGUCGCCACCAUGGNNAAAAUGAAAAUGAA AAUGAAAAUGUcrosslinkerAGbiotin. - The yield is high enough to obviate purification. Accordingly, using the protocol described above, SATAs and Nonsense Suppressor tRNAs can be made and used in accordance with several embodiments of the present invention.
- Several embodiments of the present invention provide a system and method that do not require puromycin, puromycin analogs, or other amide linkers. In one embodiment, Linking tRNA Analogs and Nonsense Suppressor tRNAs do not require puromycin and can be made and used according to the following example.
- For systems without puromycin, a translation system to aminoacylate the tRNA can be used. In other embodiments, aminoacylation can be accomplished chemically. One skilled in the art will understand how to chemically aminoacylate tRNA. Where translation systems are used, any type of translation system for aminoacylation can be employed, such as in vitro, in vivo and in situ. In one embodiment, am E. coli translation system is used. An E. coli translation system is used for systems with a tRNA modified to be recognized by the aaRSAla. In one embodiment, this is preferable for systems without the stable acceptor (e.g. the puromycin)
- 3 mcg of each of the following mRNA's are translated in 40 microliters each of Promega S30 E. coli translation mixture:
-
a) (SEQ ID NO: 28) GGGUUAACUUUAGAAGGAGGUCGCCACCAUG GUU AAA AUG AAA AUG AAA AUG AAA AUGUcrosslinkerAGbiotin and b) (SEQ ID NO: 29) GGGUUAACUUUAGAAGGAGGUCGCCACCAUG GUU AAA AUG AAA AUG AAA AUG AAA AUGUAG - 3 mcg of amber suppressor tRNA manufactured as above are added to the first. 3 mcg of suppressor with crosslinker on the anticodon are added to the second. 35S-methionine is added to both and the mixtures are then incubated at 37° C. for 30 minutes. The reactions are then rapidly cooled by placement in an ice bath, transferred to a flat Petri dish and floated in an ice bath so that the mixture is 1.5 cm below a ˜350 nm light source. They are exposed at ˜20 J/cm for 15 min.
- After irradiation, the mixtures are phenol extracted and ethanol precipitated. In this manner, systems such as the Linking tRNA Analogs and Nonsense Suppressor tRNAs are aminoacylated and used to connect the message (mRNA) to its coded peptide in accordance with several embodiments of the present invention.
- In a preferred embodiment, Fragments 1, 2 and 3, described above in Example 1, have the following alternate sequences:
-
Fragment 1 (SEQ ID NO: 13): 5′ PO4 GCGGAUUUAGCUCAGUUGGGAGAGCGCCAGA N3-Methyl- U 3′Fragment 2 (SEQ ID NO: 14): 5′ UCUAAGΨCΨGGAGG 3′Fragment 3-Unchanged from the sequence listed above (SEQ ID NO: 6): 5′ PO4 UCCUGUGTΨCGAUCCACAGAAUUCGCACC Puromycin 3′ - Using the methods described above, the sequence of
alternative Fragments 1+2+3 was (SEQ ID NO: 15): -
5′PO4GCGGAUUUAGCUCAGUUGGGAGAGCGCCAGA(N3-MethylU) UCUPsoralenAAGΨCΨGGAGGUCCUGUGTYCGAUCCACAGAAUUCG Puromycin 3′ - For linking tRNA Analog and Nonsense Suppressor tRNA, the above sequences are similar, except adenosine is used to replace puromycin.
- While a number of preferred embodiments of the current invention and variations thereof have been described in detail, other modifications and methods of use will be readily apparent to those of skill in the art. For all of the embodiments described above, the steps of the methods need not be performed sequentially. Accordingly, it should be understood that various applications, modifications and substitutions may be made without departing from the spirit of the invention or the scope of the claims.
Claims (18)
1. A method for generation of a bifunctional targeted therapeutic that targets an agent of interest, the method comprising:
identifying a first protein capable of specifically interacting with the agent of interest;
identifying a first mRNA that encodes for said first protein;
identifying non-antibody second portion capable of eliciting an immune response through interaction with one or more components of the immune system;
identifying a second mRNA that encodes for said non-antibody second portion;
generating a first and a second cDNA corresponding to each of said first and said second mRNAs;
fusing said first and said second cDNA to the first and second ends of a bridge cDNA to generate a fused cDNA;
translating said fused cDNA into a corresponding fused protein,
wherein a first portion of said fused protein is capable of interacting with said agent of interest and a second portion of said fused protein is capable of eliciting an immune response,
thereby generating a bifunctional targeted therapeutic that targets said agent of interest.
2. The method for generation of a bifunctional targeted therapeutic according to claim 1 , wherein said non-antibody second portion is a second protein.
3. The method according to claim 1 , wherein said first protein is identified by screening a library comprising proteins linked to their cognate mRNAs to identify one or more proteins that interact with the agent of interest.
4. The method according to claim 1 , further comprising screening the bifunctional targeted therapeutic against said agent of interest and said one or more components of the immune system.
5. The method according to claim 1 , wherein said non-antibody second portion has a known mRNA sequence.
6. The method according to claim 2 , wherein said second protein is capable of binding to the heavy chain of an antibody.
7. The method according to claim 6 , wherein said second protein is capable of binding to the constant region of the heavy chain of said antibody.
8. The method according to claim 7 , wherein said second protein is capable of binding to the CH1 region of the heavy chain.
9. The method according to claim 1 , wherein said non-antibody second portion is capable of binding to an IgG antibody.
10. The method according to claim 1 , wherein agent of interest is a selected from the group consisting of animal toxins, insect toxins, plant toxins, algae-derived toxins, fungi-derived toxins, bacterial-derived toxins, biowarfare agents, and biopathway modulators.
11. The method according to claim 1 , wherein said agent of interest targets one or more of the blood, blood vessels, nervous tissue, and muscle tissue,
wherein said soluble agent targets one or more ion channels,
wherein said soluble agent induces muscle paralysis,
wherein said soluble agent prevents blood clotting, or
wherein said soluble agent induces increased gastrointestinal water secretion.
12. The method according to claim 3 , wherein said screening comprises:
immobilizing said agent of interest on a solid support;
blocking a site on said agent of interest with which said first protein interacts;
exposing a plurality of candidate bifunctional targeted therapeutics to said blocked and immobilized agent of interest;
identifying those candidate bifunctional targeted therapeutics that bind to said blocked and immobilized agent of interest and those that do not bind to said blocked and immobilized agent of interest; and
collecting those candidate bifunctional targeted therapeutic that do not bind to said blocked and immobilized agent of interest.
13. The method of claim 12 , further comprising screening said collected candidate bifunctional targeted therapeutics for interaction with one or more components of the immune system.
14. The method of claim 13 , wherein screening of said collected bifunctional targeted therapeutics comprises:
immobilizing a component of the immune system on a solid support;
exposing said collected candidate bifunctional targeted therapeutics to said immobilized component of the immune system;
identifying those candidate bifunctional targeted therapeutics that bind to said immobilized component of the immune system and those that do not bind to said immobilized component of the immune system; and
discarding those candidate bifunctional targeted therapeutics that do not bind to said immobilized component of the immune system and collecting those candidate bifunctional targeted therapeutics that do bind to said component of the immune system.
15. The method of claim 13 , wherein said component of the immune system is an antibody.
16. The method of claim 15 , wherein said antibody is an IgG antibody.
17. The method of claim 16 , wherein said antibody is an IgG isotype 1, 2, 3, or 4 antibody.
18. A method for treating a subject that has been exposed to a soluble agent, comprising:
identifying a subject who has been exposed to a soluble agent; and
administering to said subject a bifunctional targeted therapeutic generated by the method of claim 1 ,
wherein said bifunctional targeted therapeutic is generated to interact with said soluble agent,
wherein said elicited immune response results in clearance of the soluble agent and treatment of said subject.
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US18/306,189 US20240016927A1 (en) | 2005-01-12 | 2023-04-24 | Modular targeted therapeutic agents and methods of making same |
Applications Claiming Priority (11)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US64319105P | 2005-01-12 | 2005-01-12 | |
PCT/US2006/000956 WO2006076417A1 (en) | 2005-01-12 | 2006-01-12 | Method for making targeted therapeutic agents |
US81384908A | 2008-05-02 | 2008-05-02 | |
US25682309P | 2009-10-30 | 2009-10-30 | |
PCT/US2010/054556 WO2011053730A1 (en) | 2009-10-30 | 2010-10-28 | Method for making targeted therapeutic agents directed to soluble targets |
US13/016,576 US9193795B2 (en) | 2005-01-12 | 2011-01-28 | Method for making targeted therapeutic agents |
US13/455,598 US20120237539A1 (en) | 2009-10-30 | 2012-04-25 | Method for making targeted therapeutic agents directed to soluble targets |
US13/738,861 US20130129769A1 (en) | 2009-10-30 | 2013-01-10 | Method for making targeted therapeutic agents directed to soluble targets |
US13/791,615 US10206998B2 (en) | 2005-01-12 | 2013-03-08 | Modular targeted therapeutic agents and methods of making same |
US16/231,099 US11633474B2 (en) | 2005-01-12 | 2018-12-21 | Modular targeted therapeutic agents and methods of making same |
US18/306,189 US20240016927A1 (en) | 2005-01-12 | 2023-04-24 | Modular targeted therapeutic agents and methods of making same |
Related Parent Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US16/231,099 Continuation US11633474B2 (en) | 2005-01-12 | 2018-12-21 | Modular targeted therapeutic agents and methods of making same |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20240016927A1 true US20240016927A1 (en) | 2024-01-18 |
Family
ID=65351638
Family Applications (3)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US13/791,615 Active 2028-02-19 US10206998B2 (en) | 2005-01-12 | 2013-03-08 | Modular targeted therapeutic agents and methods of making same |
US16/231,099 Active 2028-08-24 US11633474B2 (en) | 2005-01-12 | 2018-12-21 | Modular targeted therapeutic agents and methods of making same |
US18/306,189 Pending US20240016927A1 (en) | 2005-01-12 | 2023-04-24 | Modular targeted therapeutic agents and methods of making same |
Family Applications Before (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US13/791,615 Active 2028-02-19 US10206998B2 (en) | 2005-01-12 | 2013-03-08 | Modular targeted therapeutic agents and methods of making same |
US16/231,099 Active 2028-08-24 US11633474B2 (en) | 2005-01-12 | 2018-12-21 | Modular targeted therapeutic agents and methods of making same |
Country Status (1)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (3) | US10206998B2 (en) |
Family Cites Families (21)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US4882423A (en) | 1984-10-02 | 1989-11-21 | Calpis Food Industry | Substance-conjugated complement component C1q |
US5843701A (en) | 1990-08-02 | 1998-12-01 | Nexstar Pharmaceticals, Inc. | Systematic polypeptide evolution by reverse translation |
HU220347B (en) | 1994-07-11 | 2001-12-28 | Board Of Regents The University Of Texas System | Composition for the specific coagulation of vasculature |
WO1996007738A2 (en) | 1994-09-08 | 1996-03-14 | Imutran Limited | Modified human c3 proteins |
US5917026A (en) * | 1996-02-05 | 1999-06-29 | Loewenadler; Bjoern | Fusion proteins of immunopotentiating activity |
WO1998031700A1 (en) | 1997-01-21 | 1998-07-23 | The General Hospital Corporation | Selection of proteins using rna-protein fusions |
US6306393B1 (en) | 1997-03-24 | 2001-10-23 | Immunomedics, Inc. | Immunotherapy of B-cell malignancies using anti-CD22 antibodies |
ATE360706T1 (en) | 1999-07-27 | 2007-05-15 | Adnexus Therapeutics Inc | PEPTIDE ACCEPTOR LIGATION PROCEDURE |
JP2003533995A (en) | 2000-05-19 | 2003-11-18 | リチャード、 ビー. ウィリアムズ、 | In vitro deployment of nucleic acids and encoded polypeptides |
US6962781B1 (en) * | 2000-05-19 | 2005-11-08 | Proteonova, Inc. | In vitro evolution of nucleic acids and encoded polypeptide |
US7410761B2 (en) * | 2000-05-19 | 2008-08-12 | Proteonova, Inc. | System for rapid identification and selection of nucleic acids and polypeptides, and method thereof |
US20030059827A1 (en) | 2001-03-13 | 2003-03-27 | Cayetano Gonzalez | Engineered protein binding domains and methods and systems for their design and use |
US7494646B2 (en) | 2001-09-06 | 2009-02-24 | Agensys, Inc. | Antibodies and molecules derived therefrom that bind to STEAP-1 proteins |
US20050053579A1 (en) * | 2001-10-23 | 2005-03-10 | Jacques Galipeau | Novel synthetic chimeric fusion transgene with immuno-therapeutic uses |
AU2002356984A1 (en) | 2001-11-16 | 2003-06-10 | Proteonova, Inc. | Selection and evolution of nucleic acids and polypeptides |
MXPA05004022A (en) | 2002-10-17 | 2005-10-05 | Genmab As | Human monoclonal antibodies against cd20. |
GB0227644D0 (en) | 2002-11-27 | 2003-01-08 | Cancer Rec Tech Ltd | Specific binding members and uses thereof |
EP2052713A3 (en) | 2003-01-13 | 2009-05-20 | Macrogenics, Inc. | Soluble FcgammaR fusion proteins and methods of use thereof |
WO2006039418A2 (en) | 2004-09-30 | 2006-04-13 | Medarex, Inc. | Human monoclonal antibodies to fc gamma receptor ii (cd32) |
EP2261257B1 (en) | 2005-01-12 | 2018-07-11 | Proteonova, Inc. | Method for making targeted therapeutic agents |
JP2010537985A (en) | 2007-08-28 | 2010-12-09 | バイオジェン アイデック マサチューセッツ インコーポレイテッド | Anti-IGF-1R antibodies and uses thereof |
-
2013
- 2013-03-08 US US13/791,615 patent/US10206998B2/en active Active
-
2018
- 2018-12-21 US US16/231,099 patent/US11633474B2/en active Active
-
2023
- 2023-04-24 US US18/306,189 patent/US20240016927A1/en active Pending
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
US11633474B2 (en) | 2023-04-25 |
US20190231870A1 (en) | 2019-08-01 |
US20130183312A1 (en) | 2013-07-18 |
US10206998B2 (en) | 2019-02-19 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US9193795B2 (en) | Method for making targeted therapeutic agents | |
ES2434850T3 (en) | Enhanced RNA presentation method | |
JP6814634B2 (en) | Methods for screening, selecting, and identifying cytotoxic recombinant polypeptides based on a temporary reduction in revolving toxicity | |
US6194550B1 (en) | Systematic polypeptide evolution by reverse translation | |
US7488600B2 (en) | Compositions and methods for the identification and selection of nucleic acids and polypeptides | |
JP2023551072A (en) | Multiplexed profiling of RNA and DNA modifications | |
US7351812B2 (en) | In vitro evolution of nucleic acids and encoded polypeptide | |
JP2016506926A (en) | Protein combination-based FV library and method for producing the same | |
US20070015181A1 (en) | System and methods for nucleic acid and polypeptide selection | |
US20240016927A1 (en) | Modular targeted therapeutic agents and methods of making same | |
JP2003533995A (en) | In vitro deployment of nucleic acids and encoded polypeptides | |
US20130129769A1 (en) | Method for making targeted therapeutic agents directed to soluble targets | |
US7410761B2 (en) | System for rapid identification and selection of nucleic acids and polypeptides, and method thereof | |
CN101003568A (en) | Recombined diphtheria toxin, preparation method, and application | |
AU2004314705A1 (en) | System and methods for nucleic acid and polypeptide selection | |
WO2003044194A1 (en) | Selection and evolution of nucleic acids and polypeptides | |
JP4576375B2 (en) | Antibody fragments capable of modulating multidrug resistance, and compositions and kits and methods using the antibody fragments | |
JPWO2018194015A1 (en) | How to obtain antigen-specific antibody information | |
JP2024536791A (en) | B7-H3 targeting fusion proteins and methods of using same | |
Ifere et al. | Molecular biology approach to the search for novel HIV proteases and antiretroviral drugs | |
US20140227724A1 (en) | Nucleic acid construct for use in screening for peptide antibody, and screening method using same |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: DOCKETED NEW CASE - READY FOR EXAMINATION |